Werner, J. H., ed., 1720. ‘Nova literaria’, Acta literaria Sveciae, 1 (1720), 240–246.

Catalogus codicum manuscriptorum  Bibliothecae regiae. Tomus primus 1739. (Parisiis: Typographia regia, 1739).

Almeida, M. de 1907. Rerum Aethiopicarum scriptores occidentales inediti a saeculo XVI ad XIX, VI: P. Emmanuelis D’Almeida S.I. Historia Aethiopiae, Liber V–VIII, ed. C. Beccari (Romae: Excudebat C. de Luigi, 1907).

Kaufmann, C. M., ed., 1910. Zur Ikonographie der Menas-Ampullen mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Funde in der Menasstadt nebst einem einführenden Kapitel über die neuentdeckten nubischen und aethiopischen Menastexte (mit über hundert Abbildungen und einem Plan.), Veröffentlichungen der Frankfurter Menasexpedition, 5 (Cairo: Verlag von F. Diemer, Finck, & Baylaender, Succ., Hofbuchhändler S. H. des Khediven, 1910).

Turaev, B. 1912. ‘Ėfiopskie melkie teksty’, Christianskij Vostok, 1/1 (1912), 50–61.

Turaev, B. A. 1912. ‘Iz armjano–abissinskix snošenij ('On Armenian–Ethiopian relations’)’, Zapiski Vostočnogo otdelenija Imperskogo Russkogo Arxeologičeskogo Obščestva ('Notes of the Oriental Division of the Russian Imperial Archeological Society’), 12/1 (1912), 3–15.

Turaev, B. 1917. ‘Iz" ėfiopskoj otrečennoj literatury’, Christianskij Vostok, 6/1 (1917), 63–86.

Consociazione Turistica Italiana 1938. Guida d’Italia della Consociazione Turistica Italiana: Africa Orientale Italiana, Con 15 carte geografiche, 16 piante di centri abitati, 10 piante di edifici, schizzi e stemmi, Supplem. alla Rivista mensile «Le Vie d’Italia» (Milano: Consociazione Turistica Italiana, 1938).

Grondijs, L. H. 1941. L’iconographie byzantine du crucifié mort sur la croix, Bibliotheca Byzantina Bruxellensis, 1 (Bruxelles; Leyde: Éditions de Byzantion, Institut de sociologie; Société d’Éditions A.W. Sijthoff, 1941).

Monneret de Villard, U. 1942. ‘La coronazione della Vergine in Abissinia’, La Bibliofilía, 44 (1942), 167–175.

Anon. 1945. መጽሐፈ፡ ቅዳሴ፡ (Maṣḥafa qǝddāse, ‘Book of the Missal’) (Vatican: Tipografia Poliglotta Vaticana, 1945).

Cerulli, E. 1947. ‘Il «Gesù percosso» nell’arte etiopica e le sue origini nell’Europa del xv secolo’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 6/2 (1947), 109–129.

Maṣḥafa qǝddāse bagǝʾǝzǝnnā baʾamārǝññā 1951. (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: 1951).

Anon., ed., 1955–1956. መልክአ፡ ጉባኤ፡ ((Malkǝʿa Gubāʾe, ‘Collection of Malkǝʿ-hymns’) (ʾAśmarā: Māḫbara Ḥāwārǝyāt Fǝre Haymānot, Kokāba Ṣǝbāḥ Mātamiyā Bet Tātama, 1955–1956).

Martin, J. R. 1955. ‘The Dead Christ on the Cross in Byzantine Art’, in K. Weitzmann, ed., Late Classical and Mediaeval Studies in Honor of Albert Mathias Friend (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1955), 189–196.

Grillmeier, A. 1956. Der Logos am Kreuz: Zur christologischen Symbolik der älteren Kreuzigungsdarstellung (München: Max Hueber, 1956).

Mäzmurä Dawit nǝbabunna tǝrgwamew 1957–1958. መዝሙረ፡ ዳዊት፡ ንባቡና፡ ትርጓሜው፡ ከጥንት፡ ከኢትዮጵያ፡ ሊቃውንት፡ ሲወርድ፡ ሲዋረድ፡ እንደ፡ መጣ። (Mäzmurä Dawit nǝbabunna tǝrg^wamew käṭǝnt käʾItyoṗya liqawǝt siwärd siwaräd ǝndä mäṭṭa, ʻPsalms of David, their reading and their interpretation how they have been handed down from the ancient scholars of Ethiopiaʼ) (n.p.: Artistik mattämiya bet, 1957–1958).

Anon. 1957. መጽሐፈ፡ ቅዳሴ፡ (Maṣḥafa qǝddāse, ‘Book of the Missal’) (ʾAśmarā: ba-māḫbara ḥawāryāt fǝre hāymānot ba-kokaba ṣǝbāḥ māttamiyā bet tāttama, 1957).

Ricci, L. 1959. ‘Qualche osservazione sull’iconografia della « Maiestas Domini »’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 15 (1959), 106–111.

Tasfā Gabra Śǝllāse, ed., 1961. ድርሳነ፡ ሚካኤል፡ ወድርሳነ፡ ሩፋኤል፡ መልክአ፡ ሚካኤል፡ መልክአ፡ ሩፋኤል፡ ድርሳነ፡ ገብርኤል፡ ወመልክአ፡ ገብርኤል። (Dǝrsāna Mikāʾel wa-dǝrsāna Rufāʾel, malkǝʾa Mikāʾel wa-malkǝʾa Rufāʾel, dǝrsāna Gabrǝʾel wa-malkǝʾa Gabrǝʾel, ’Homiliary of Michael and Homiliary of Raphael, Image of Michael, Image of Raphael, Homiliary of Gabriel and Image of Gabriel) (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: Tasfā mattāmiyā bet, 1961).

Wellen, G. A. 1961. Theotokos: Eine ikonographische Abhandlung über das Gottesmutterbild in Frühchristlicher Zeit (Utrecht and Antwerp: Uitgeverij het Spectrum, 1961).

[Tasfā Gabra Śǝllāse], ed., 1969. መጽሐፈ፡ ቅዳሴ። በግዕዝና፡ በአማርኛ። (Maṣḥafa qǝddāse. Bagǝʿǝzǝnnā baʾamārǝññā, ‘Book of the Missal. In Gǝʿǝz and Amharic’) (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: Tasfā māttamiyā bet, 1969).

Mazmurāt za-Dāwit, sǝbḥatāta Muse wa-za-nabiyyāt, maḫālǝyāta Salomon, saʾali lana Māryām, wǝddāse Māryām mǝsla ʾanqaṣa bǝrhān 1956. (Asmara: 1956).

ወንጌል ቅዱስ ዘእግዚእነ ወመድኃኒነ ኢየሱስ ክርስቶስ። የጌታችን የመድኃኒታችን የኢየሱስ ክርስቶስ ቅዱስ ወንጌል። ከቀድሞ አባቶች ጀምሮ ሲወርድ ሲዋረድ የመጣው ንባቡና ትርጓሜው። የኢትዮጵያ ሊቃውንት እንደጻፉትና እንደ ተረጐሙት። (Wangel Qǝddus zaʾǝgziʾǝna wamadḫanina ʾiyasus krǝstos. Yagetāččǝn yamadḫānitāččǝn yaʾiyasus krǝstos qǝddus wangel. Kaqadmo ʾabbātočč ǧammǝro siward siwwārrad yamaṭṭāw nǝbābunnā tǝrg^wāmew. Yaʾityoṗyā liqāwǝnt ʾǝndaṣāfutǝnnā ʾǝnda taragg^wamut) 1966–1967. , (2nd edn) (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: Bǝrhānǝnnā Salām Māttamiyā Bet Hāyla Śǝllase I, 1966–1967).

ገድለ፡ ጊዮርጊስ፡ በግዕዝና፡ በአማርኛ (Gadla Giyorgis ba-Gǝʿzǝnnā ʾAmārǝññā, The Life of George: Geez and Amharic) 1967. (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: Bǝrhānǝnnā Salām Hāyla Śǝllase I Māttamiyā Bet, 1967).

Hāymānota ʾabaw 1974–1975. (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: ba-tǝnśāʾe za-gubāʾe māttamiyā bet tātama, 1974–1975).

Anon. 1973. መጽሐፈ፡ ቀንዲል፡ ወንስሓ፡ (ኑዛዜ) ወሥርዓተ፡ ውሂቦተ፡ ቍርባን፡ ለሕሙማን፡ (Maṣḥafa qandil wa-nǝssǝḥā (nuzāze) wa-śǝrʿāta wǝhibota q^wǝrbān la-ḥǝmumān) (Rome: n.pub., 1973).

ገድለ ጊዮርጊስ ወተአምራቲሁ ዘምስለ መልክአ ጊዮርጊስ። (Gadla giyorgis wataʾammǝrātihu zamǝsla malkǝʿa giyorgis, ’The Life of George and His Miracles Together with the Effigy of George’) 1968–1969. (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: Tasfā Māttamiyā Bet, 1968–1969).

[Ethiopian Orthodox Täwaḥǝdo Church] 1975. ጾመ፡ ድጓ፡ ዘቅዱስ፡ ያሬድ። (Ṣomä dǝgg^wa zäqǝddus Yared, ‘Lenten hymnary of Saint Yared’) (Addis Abäba: Tǝnśaʾe zägubaʾe mattämiya bet, 1975).

Annequin, G. 1972. ‘L’illustration des Ta’amra Maryam de 1630 à 1730. Quelques remarques sur le premier style de Gondar’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 9 (1972), 193–219.

Anon. 1973. መጽሐፈ፡ ክርስትና (Maṣḥafa krǝstǝnnā) (Addis Ababa: 1973).

Chojnacki, S. 1976. ‘A note on the Baptism of Christ in Ethiopian Art’, Annali dell’Istituto Orientale di Napoli, 36 (1976), 103–115.

Juel-Jensen, B. 1977. ‘The Ground Hornbill artist of 17th-century Ethiopic manuscripts’, The Book Collector, 26/1 (1977), 61–74.

St. Clair, A. 1979. ‘The Visit to the Tomb: Narrative and Liturgy on Three Early Christian Pyxides’, Gesta, 18/1 (1979), 127–135.

Anon. 1982. Maṣaḥǝfta manakosāt. Śostǝññā maṣḥaf. ʾAragāwi manfasāwi (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: n.pub., 1982).

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 1983. ‘Le psautier illustré de Belēn Sägäd’, in R. Zeitler and J. O. Karlsson, eds, Imagines Medievales. Studier i medeltida ikonografi, arkitektur, skulptur, måleri och konstverk, Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis. Ars Suetica, 7 (Uppsala: Uppsala University Press, 1983), 1–46.

Chojnacki, S. 1983. Major Themes in Ethiopian Painting: Indigenous Developments, the Influence of Foreign Models, and Their Adaptation from the 13th to the 19th Century, Äthiopistische Forschungen, 10 (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1983).

Chojnacki, S. 1985. The ‘Qwerʿata Reʾesu’, Its Iconography and Significance: An Essay in the Cultural History of Ethiopia, Supplemento agli Annali, 42 (Napoli: Istituto Universitario Orientale, 1985).

Heldman, M. E. and Getatchew Haile 1987. ‘Who is Who in Ethiopia’s Past, Part III: Founders of Ethiopia’s Solomonic Dynasty’, Northeast African Studies, 9/1 (1987), 1–11.

Chojnacki, S. 1991. ‘Les trois hébreux dans la fournaise: une enquête iconographique dans la peinture éthiopienne’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 35 (1991), 13–40, figs. 1–10.

CE. Aziz S. Atiya, ed., 1991. The Coptic Encyclopedia, I–VIII (New  York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991).

Aranda Perez, G. 1991. ‘John the Baptist’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, V (New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 1354b–1357a.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 1992. ‘Les sources iconographiques des représentations éthiopiennes du Massacre des Innocents’, in P. O. Scholz, ed., Orbis Aethiopicus. Studia in honorem Stanislaus Chojnacki natali septuagesimo quinto dicata, septuagesimo septimo oblata, II, Bibliotheca nubica, 3 (Albstadt: Karl Schuler Publishing, 1992), 267–291.

Anon. 1992. ድርሳነ፡ ሚካኤል፡ ድርሳነ፡ ሩፋኤል፡ መልክአ፡ ሚካኤል፡ መልክአ፡ ሩፋኤል። በግዕዝና፡ በአማርኛ። (Dǝrsāna Mikāʾel Dǝrsāna Rufāʾel Malkǝʾa Mikāʾel Malkǝʾa Rufāʾel, bagǝʿǝzǝnnā baʾamārǝññā, ’Homiliary of Michael, Image of Michael, Homiliary of Raphael, Image of Raphael, in Gǝʿǝz and in Amharic’) (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: Tasfā mattāmiyā bet, 1992).

Scholz, P. O. 1992. ‘Der Einzug in Jerusalem’, in P. O. Scholz, ed., Orbis Aethiopicus: Studia in honorem Stanislaus Chojnacki natali septuagesimo quinto dicata, septuagesimo septimo oblata, 2nd, Bibliotheca nubica, 3 (Albstadt: Karl Schuler Publishing, 1992), 427–466.

Fiaccadori, G. 1993. ‘Bisanzio e il regno di ʾAksum. Sul manoscritto Martini etiop. 5 della Biblioteca Forteguerriana di Pistoia’, Bollettino del Museo Bodoniano di Parma, 7 (1993), 161–199.

Fiaccadori, G. 1994. ‘Prototipi miniati dell’Ottateuco etiopico’, Bollettino del Museo Bodoniano di Parma, 8 (1994), 69–102.

መዝገበ ቃላት ትግርኛ ብትግርኛ (Mazgaba qālāt tǝgrǝñña bǝtǝgrǝññā, ‘Dictionary of Tǝgrǝñña in Tǝgrǝñña’) 1996. (ʾ Addis ʾ Ababā: Nāy ʾItyoyā q^wānq^wātāt ʾākādāmi, 1996).

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 1997. La Crucifixion sans Crucifié dans l’art éthiopien: Recherches sur la survie de l’iconographie chrétienne de l’Antiquité tardive, Bibliotheca nubica et aethiopica, 4 (Warsaw–Wiesbaden: ZAŚ PAN, 1997).

Mercier, J. 1999. ‘Les sources iconographiques occidentales du cycle de la vie du Christ dans la peinture éthiopienne du dix-huitième siècle’, Journal Asiatique, 287/2 (1999), 375–394.

Bozzacchi, G. 2001. ‘La legatura etiopica’, I Beni Culturali. Tutela e valorizzazione, 9/4–5 (2001), 47–54.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘«The Book of Narration of Wäyzäro Bafäna Wäldä Mika’él» - the first wife of Menilek II’, in B. Hirsch and M. Kropp, eds, Saints, Biographies and History in Africa. Saints, biographies et histoire en Afrique. Heilige, Biographien und Geschichte in Afrika, Nordostafrikanische/Westasiatische Studien, 5 (Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang–Europäischer Verlag der Wissenschaften, 2003), 65–114.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2004. ‘The Wall-Paintings in the Church of Mädhane Aläm near Lalibäla’, Africana Bulletin, 52 (2004), 9–29.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2005. ‘George of Lydda: Iconography of St. George in Ethiopia’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 764b–766b.

Vassilaki, M., ed., 2005. Images of the Mother of God: Perceptions of the Theotokos in Byzantium (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2005).

Gabraśǝllāse Bǝrhanu za-bǝḥera ʾAksum, ed., 2006–2007. ድርሳነ፡ ሚካኤል፡ ድርሳነ፡ ሩፋኤል፡ መልክአ፡ ሚካኤል፡ መልክአ፡ ሩፋኤል። በግዕዝና፡ በአማርኛ። (Dǝrsāna Mikāʾel Dǝrsāna Rufāʾel Malkǝʾa Mikāʾel Malkǝʾa Rufāʾel, bagǝʿǝzǝnnā baʾamārǝññā, ’Homiliary of Michael, Image of Michael, Homiliary of Raphael, Image of Raphael, in Gǝʿǝz and in Amharic’), (2nd edn) (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: ’Aksum Māttamiyā Bet Tāttama, 2006–2007).

Wion, A. 2006. ‘Aux frontières de la codicologie et de la diplomatique. Structure et transmission des recueils documentaires éthiopiens’, Gazette du livre médiéval, 48 (2006), 14–25.

Scholz, P. O. 2007. ‘Wer war der Mohrenkönig in Bethlehem?’, in W. Raunig and Asfa-Wossen Asserate, eds, Ethiopian Art - a Unique Cultural Heritage and Modern Challenge: 10. Wissenschaftliche Tagung der Gesellschaft Orbis Aethiopicus - in Leipzig vom 24.-26. Juni 2005 in Verbindung mit der 7th International Conference of Ethiopian Art, zu Ehren des Nestors der äthiopischen Kunstgeschichte Stanisław Chojnacki, Bibliotheca nubica et aethiopica, 10, Orbis Aethiopicus: Beiträge zur Geschichte, Religion und Kunst Äthiopiens, 10 (Lublin: Maria Curie-Skłodowska University Press, 2007), 234–252.

[Ethiopian Orthodox Täwaḥǝdo Church] 2014. ጾመ ድጓ ዘቅዱስ ያሬድ (Ṣomä dǝgg^wa zäqǝddus Yared, ‘Lenten hymnary of Saint Yared’) (n.p.: Mamhǝr Mangǝśtu Gabra ʾAb, 2014).

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2008. Les îles de la mémoire: Fabrique des images et écriture de l’histoire dans les églises du lac Ṭānā, Éthiopie, XVII^e–XVIII^e siècle, Histoire ancienne et médiévale, 97 (Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 2008).

Meckelburg, A. 2008. Ethnische Gewalt in Süd-West Äthiopien: Konflikte, Akteure, Perzeptionen Magisterarbeit, Universität Hamburg (2008).

Bulakh, M. 2012. ‘Negative markers *ʔay-, *ʔi- and *ʔal- in Ethio-Semitic’, Babel und Bibel, 6 (2012), 385–420.

Chojnacki, S. 2002. ‘Notes on a Lesser-known Marian Iconography in 13th and 14th century Ethiopian Painting’, Aethiopica, 5 (2002), 42–66.

Gnisci, J. 2014. ‘The Dead Christ on the Cross in Ethiopian Art: Notes on the Iconography of the Crucifixion in Twelfth- to Fifteenth-Century Ethiopia’, Studies in Iconography, 35 (2014), 187–288.

Zaborski, A. 2014. ‘Review of G. Goldenberg, Semitic Languages – Features, Structures, Relations, Processes  (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013)’, Folia Orientalia, 50 (2014), 393–395.

Gnisci, J. 2015. ‘The Liturgical Character of Ethiopian Gospel Illumination of the Early Solomonic Period: A Brief Note on the Iconography of the Washing of the Feet in Late Thirteenth- to Early Fifteenth-Century Ethiopian Art’, in R. Zarzeczny, ed., Aethiopia Fortitudo ejus: Studi in onore di Monsignor Osvaldo Raineri in occasione del suo 80° compleanno, Orientalia Christiana Analecta, 298 (Roma: Pontificio Istituto Orientale, 2015), 253–275.

Winslow, S. M. 2015. Ethiopian Manuscript Culture: Practices and Contexts Thesis, University of Toronto, Medieval Studies (2015).

McKenzie, J. S. and F. Watson 2016. The Garima Gospels: Early Illuminated Gospel Books from Ethiopia, With Preface and Photographs by Michael Gervers and contributions by Matthew R. Crawford, Linda R. Macaulay, Sarah S. Norodom, Andres T. Reyes, and Miranda E. Williams, Manar al-Athar Monograph, 3 (Oxford: Manar al-Athar, 2016).

Binyam Sisay Mendisu and J. Bondi Johannessen 2016. Multilingual Ethiopia: Linguistic Challenges and Capacity Building Efforts, eds Binyam Sisay Mendisu and J. Bondi Johannessen (Oslo: University of Oslo, 2016).

Yohannes Gebreselassi 2017. ‘L’alphabet éthiopien. Une origine discutée’, Dossiers d’Archéologie, 379 (2017), 36–39.

Gnisci, J. and R. Zarzeczny 2017. ‘“They Came with their Troops Following a Star from the East”: A Codicological and Iconographic Study of an Illuminated Ethiopic Gospel Book’, Orientalia Christiana Periodica, 83/1 (2017), 127–189.

Heldman, M. E. and K. K. Shelemay 2017. ‘Concerning Saint Yared’, in A. C. McCollum, ed., Studies in Ethiopian Languages, Literature, and History: Festschrift for Getatchew Haile, Presented by his Friends and Colleagues, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 83 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2017), 65–93.

Nebes, N. 2017. ‘The Inscriptions of the Aksumite King Ḥafil and their Reference to Ethio-Sabaean Sources’, Zeitschrift für Orient-Archäologie, 10 (2017), 356–369.

Mulugeta Wodajo 1959. ‘Postwar Reform in Ethiopian Education’, Comparative Education Review, 2/3 (1959), 24–30.

Nebes, N. 2018. ‘Corrigenda to Norbert Nebes, “The Inscriptions of the Aksumite King Ḥafil and their Reference to Ethio-Sabaean Sources”, ZOrA 10 (2017) 356–369’, Zeitschrift für Orient-Archäologie, 11 (2018), 487.

Brock, S. 2019. ‘History of the Bodleian Collection’, in J. Gnisci, ed., Treasures of Ethiopia and Eritrea in the Bodleian Library, Oxford, Manar al-Athar Monograph, 5 (Oxford: Manar al-Athar–University of Oxford, 2019), 2–9.

Gnisci, J. 2019. ‘The Gospel in Geʿez’, in J. Gnisci, ed., Treasures of Ethiopia and Eritrea in the Bodleian Library, Oxford, Manar al-Athar Monograph, 5 (Oxford: Manar al-Athar, University of Oxford, 2019), 29–36.

Delamarter, S. and J. Gnisci 2019. ‘The Psalter in Geʿez’, in J. Gnisci, ed., Treasure of Ethiopia and Eritrea in the Bodleian Library, Oxford (Oxford: Manar al-Athar, University of Oxford, 2019), 37–51.

Gnisci, J. 2020. ‘Constructing Kingship in Early Solomonic Ethiopia: The David and Solomon Portraits in the Juel-Jensen Psalter’, The Art Bulletin, 102/4 (2020), 7–36.

Liuzzo, P. M., D. Reule, and Solomon Gebreyes Beyene 2020. ‘Beta maṣāḥǝft TEI-XML Data’, UHH Data Notes, 1 (2020).

Butts, A. 2014. ‘Aḥiqar’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 225a–226a.

d‘Abbadie, A. T. 1845. ‘Ethiopian family of languages [Letter to the Rev. G. C. Renouard. Foreign Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society]’, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, Bombay Branch, 2 (1845), 219–223.

d’Abbadie, A. d’ 1859. Catalogue raisonné de manuscrits éthiopiens appartenant à Antoine d’Abbadie (Paris: Imprimerie impériale, 1859).

d‘Abbadie, A. 1860. Hermae Pastor. Aethiopice primum edidit et Aethiopica Latine vertit, Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, 2,1 (Leipzig: in commission apud F. A. Brockhaus, 1860).

d‘Abbadie, A. 1881. Dictionnaire de la langue Amarǐñña, Actes de la Société Philologique, 10 (Paris: F. Vieweg, 1881).

d’Abbadie, A. and P. Paulitschke 1898. Futûḥ el-Hábacha des conquêtes faites en Abyssinie au xvie  siècle par l’imam Muhammad Ahmad dit Gragne (Paris: Librairie Émile Bouillon, 1898).

Abbink, J. 2007. ‘Mikaʾel Sǝḥul’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 962b–964b.

Abbink, J. G. 2010. ‘Säpänhi’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 532b–533a.

Abbink, J. G. 2010. ‘Ṭona’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 972a–972b.

Abbott, T. K. 1900. Catalogue of the manuscripts in the library of Trinity College, Dublin, to which is added a list of the Fagel collection of maps in the same library (Dublin–London: Hodges, Figgis, and Co.–Longmans, Green, and Co., 1900).

Abebe Tekle 2022. Catalogue of some Manuscripts of Debre Genet Bahrey Gemb St. Mikael Church Ge’ez Texts MA Thesis, Bahir Dar: Bahir Dar University (2022).

Aberra Jembere 2003. ‘Bälay Zälläqä’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 456a-b.

Aberra Jembere 2005. ‘Dañña’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 90b–91a.

Aberra Jembere 2007. ‘Kätäma Yǝfru’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 359a–360a.

Yohannes Aberra and Tsegay Berhe Gebrelibanos 2007. ‘Mäq̱älä’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 761a–763a.

Abir, M. 1968. Ethiopia: The Era of the Princes, The Challenge of Islam and Re-unification of the Christian Empire, 1769–1855 (New York, NY: Frederick A. Praeger Publishers, 1968).

Za-Manfas Qǝddus ʾAbrǝha 1949. Ḥatatā manāfǝst (kaʾǝna tǝrgumu wa-’awda nagast) (Asmara: 1949).

Abreham Adugna 2014. ‘Akalä Krǝstos’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 227a-b.

አቡሻክር (የቀን መቍጠሪያ) ʾAbušākǝr (ya-qan meq^wǝṭariyā) 1962. (Addis Ababa: 1962).

Stiltingus, J., J. Suyskenus, C. Perierus, and U. Stickenus 1866. Acta Sanctorum ex Latinis & Graecis, aliarumque gentium monumentis, servata primigeniâ veterum Scriptorum phrasi, editio novessima, Septembris Tomus Quintus (Parissiis et Romae: Apud Victorem Palmé, 1866).

Acton, R. 1868. The Abyssinian Expedition and the Life and Reign of King Theodore (London: Illustrated London News, 1868).

Anon. 1874. Monatsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Aus dem Jahre 1873, Monatsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (Berlin: Buchdruckerei der Kgl. Akademie der Wissenschaften (G. Vogt)–In Commission Ferd. Dümmler’s Verlagsbuchhandlung, 1874).

Adankpo-Labadie, O. 2023. Moines, saints et hérétiques dans l’Éthiopie médiévale. Les disciples d’Ēwosṭātēwos et l’invention d’un mouvement monastique hétérodoxe (XIVe-milieu du XVe siècle), Bibliothèque des Écoles Françaises d’Athènes et de Rome, 407 (Rome: École Française de Rome, 2023).

Bausi, A. and S. Uhlig, eds, 2014. ‘Addenda et Corrigenda’, in Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 559–579.

መጽሐፈ፡ ድጓ፡ ቅዱስ፡ ያሬድ፡ ዘደረሰው። (Mäṣḥafä dǝgg^wa qǝddus Yared zädäräsäw, ‘The Book of Dǝgg^wa<i> composed by Saint Yared’)</i> 1966. (Addis Abäba: Bǝrhanǝnna sälam mattämiya bet, 1966).

‘Offiziere des Garde-Füsilier-Regiments 1826-1918 in Adelskartei.de’, n.d.

Aescoly, A. Z. 1934. ‘La colonie éthiopienne à Jérusalem : inventaire des manuscrits éthiopiens de cette colonie’, Aethiopica, 2 (1934), 44–49, 88–95.

Aešcoly, A. Z. 1951. Recueil de textes falachas. Introduction. Textes éthiopiens. (édition critique et traduction). Index, Travaux et mémoires de l’Institut d’ethnologie, 55 (Paris: Institut d’ethnologie, 1951).

G. J. Afevork 1905. Grammatica della lingua amarica: metodo practico per l’insegnamento (Roma: Tipografia della R. Accademia dei Lincei, 1905).

ʾAfawarq Zawde, Qaḍalā Mangǝśtu, Malkǝʾa Krǝstos Nabiyu, and Kǝnafa Rǝgb ʾAttālal, eds, 1991. የግእዝ ቅኔያት የስነ ጥበብ ቅርስ። ሁለተኛ ክፍል። ንባቡ ከነትርጓሜው (Yagǝʾǝz qǝneyāt yasǝna ṭǝbab qǝrs.  Hulataññā kǝfl.  Nǝbābu kannatǝrgwāmew, Gǝʾǝz qǝnes, the monument of wisdom. Second part. Reading  with interpretationʼ) (Addis Ababa: Bǝrhānǝnnā salām māttamiyā bet, 1991).

Ahlmark, A. L. 1932–1933. ‘Den etiopiska översättningen av Ben Sira. Tekstkritiskt behandlad. I. Kapp. 1-6 utg. av. K. V. Zetterstéen’, Le Monde Oriental, 26–27 (1932–1933), 257–304.

Ahmed Hassen 1994. A Historical Survey of Ethnic Relations in Yefat and Temmuga, Northeast Shawa, 1889-1974 Addis Ababa University (1994).

Ahmed Hassen 2003. ‘Ayyälä Ḫayle’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 412a-b.

Ahmed Hassan Omer 2003. ‘Bäzzabbǝh Täklä Haymanot’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 511a–512a.

Ahmed Hassen Omer 2005. ‘Däbrä Sina’, in EAe (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 44a–45a.

Ahmed  Hassan, O. 2005. ‘Gayǝnt’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 716b–717b.

Hussein Ahmed 2005. ‘Haǧira’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 972a.

Ahmed Hassen 2007. ‘Lämma Abboyye’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 493b–494b.

Ahmed  Hassan, O. 2007. ‘Mugär’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1039a-b.

Akhrass, R.-Y. 2015. ‘A List of Homilies of Mar Jacob of Serugh’, Syriac Orthodox Patriarchal Journal, 53 (2015), 87–161.

Abū al-ʿAbbās Aḥmad ibn Muḥammad ibn Kathīr al-Farghānī 1669. Muhammedis filii Ketiri Ferganensis, qui vulgo Alfraganus dicitur, Elementa Astronomica, Arabice et Latine. Cum notis ad res exoticas sive orientales, quae in iis occurrunt, tr. J. Golius (Amstelodami: Apud Johannem Jansonium a Waasberge et Viduam Elizei Weyerstraet, 1669).

Muḥammad Ibn-Muḥammad al-Idrīsī 1619. Geographia Nubiensis: id est accuratissima totius orbis in septem climata divisi descriptio, continens præſertim exactam universæ Asiæ & Africæ rerumque in his hactenus incognitarum explicationem, tr. Gabriele Sionita and Joannes Hesronita (Parisiis: Ex typographia Hieronymi Blageart, prope Collegium Rhemense, 1619).

Yāred Šǝfarrāw, liqa liqāwǝnt ya-qǝne ya-ḥaddisat tǝrg^wāme mamhǝr 2007. መጽሐፈ፡ ግስ፡ ወሰዋስው፡ መርኆ፡ መጻሕፍት (Maṣḥafa gǝśś wa-sawāsǝw marḫo maṣāḥǝft, ‘Book of the Verbs and Lexicon, Guide in the Books’), (2nd edition) (Bāḥr Dar: Qǝddus Giyorgis māttamiyā bet, 2007).

Albuquerque, A. de 1576. Commentarios do grande Afonso Dalboquerque, capitam geral que foy das Indias Orientaes: Em tempo do muito poderoso Rey dom Manuel, o primeiro deste nome (Lisboa: João de Barreira impressor del Rey, 1576).

Alcock, A. 1991. ‘Samuel of Qalamun’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, VII (New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 2092a–2093b.

Atiya, A. S. 1991. ‘Synaxarion, Copto-Arabic: The List of Saints’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, VII (New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 2173a–2190a.

Alemé Esheté 1971. ‘Alaqa Taye Gabra Mariam (1861-1924)’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 25 (1971), 14–30.

Alemu Haile 2007. የአጼ፡ ገላውዴዎስ፡ ዜና፡ መዋዕል፡ (Yaʾaṣe Galāwdewos Zenā Mawāʾel ’The Chronicle of Emperor Galāwdewos’) (Addis Ababa: ARCCH-Ministry of Culture, 2007).

Alemu Haile 2013. የኢትዮጵያ ታሪክ፡ (፲፭፻፺፯-፲፮፳፭)። የዐፄ፡ሱስንዮስ፡ ዜና፡ መዋዕል፡ (Ya ʾItyopyā Tārik (1597-1625). Yaʿaṣe Susǝnyos Zenā Mawāʿǝl ’History of Ethiopia (1597-1625 AM): The Chronicle of King Susǝnyos’) (Addis Ababa: Sirak Printing press, 2013).

Allacci, L. 1648. De Ecclesiae Occidentalis atque Orientalis perpetua consensione libri tres: Eiusdem Dissertationes de Dominicis et Hebdomadibus Graecorum et de Missa Praesantificatorum. Cum B.Nihusii ad hanc annotationibus de Communione Orientalium sub specie unica (Coloniae Agrippinae: Kalcovius, 1648).

Allacci, L. 1648. Symmikton sive Opusculorum Graecorum, & Latinorum Vetustiorum, ac Recentiorum (Romae: Mascardi, 1648).

Allotte de la Fuye, M. 1958. Actes de Filmona, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 181, 182  Scriptores Aethiopici, 35, 36 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1958).

Alvarez, F. 1558. Historiale description de l’Ethiopie contenant vraye relation des terres, & païs du grand Roy, & Empereur Prete Ian, l’assiette de ses royaumes et provinces, leurs coutumes, loix, & religion, avec les pourtraits de leur temples & autres singularitez, cy devant non cogneues, Academia Cantabrigiensis Liber (Anvers: J. Bellere, 1558).

Alvares, F. 1889. Verdadeira informação das terras do Preste João das Indias, (Nova edição (Conforme a de 1540, illustrada de diversos fac-similes)) (Lisboa: Imprensa Nacional, 1889).

Ambu, M. 2022. Du texte à la communauté: relations et échanges entre l’Égypte copte et les réseaux monastiques éthiopiens (XIII^e–XVI^e siècles) Dissertation, Université Paris 1 Panthéon-Sorbonne (2022).

Amélineau, É. 1893. La géographie de l’Égypte à l’époque copte (Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1893).

Azeb Amha and D. Bustorf 2003. ‘Basketo’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 498a–500a.

Azeb Ahma, Tadesse Wolde Gossa, and H. Ferran 2007. ‘Maale’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 607a–610a.

አምስቱ፡ አዕማደ፡ ምሥጢር፡ በአማርኛ (ʾAmmǝstu aʿǝmāda mǝśṭir ba-ʾamārǝññā, ‘The Five Pillars of Mystery in Amharic’) 1993. (n.p.: Tasfā mattāmiyā bet, 1993).

Amsal Etsub 2022. A cataloging of 12 selected Manuscripts in Motta Däbrä Gänät Saint George Church Museum MA Thesis, Bahir Dar: Bahir Dar University (2022).

Amsalu Akilulu 2003. ‘Akalä Wäld’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 165a-b.

Amsalu Akilulu 2003. ‘Assäggaḵäñ’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 386a.

Amsalu Akilulu 2005. ‘Daññaččäw Wärqu’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 91a–92a.

Amsalu Tefera 2007. ‘Mälkǝʾa Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 707a–708a.

Amsalu Tefera 2010. ‘Gädlä Bǝsṭawros’, Aethiopica, 13 (2010), 7–45.

Amsalu Tefera 2014. ‘Colophonic Reflections on Dǝrsanä Ṣǝyon and Kǝbrä Nägäśt’, Aethiopica, 17 (2014), 78–89.

Amsalu Tefera 2015. The Ethiopian Homily on the Ark of the Covenant: Critical Edition and Annotated Translation of Dǝrsanä Ṣǝyon, Texts and Studies in Eastern Christianity, 5 (Leiden–Boston: Brill, 2015).

Amsalu Tefera 2019. ‘A Fifteenth-Century Ethiopian Homily on the Archangel Uriel’, Aethiopica, 21 (2019), 87–119.

ʾAmsālu Tafarrā 2019. ነቅዐ መጻሕፍት፤ ከ600 በላይ በግዕዝ የተጻፉ የኢትዮጵያ መጻሕፍት ዝርዝር ከማብራሪያ ጋር (Naqʿa maṣāḥǝft. ka600 balāy bagǝʿǝz yataṣāfu yaʾityoṗyā maṣāḥǝft zǝrzǝr kamābrāriyā gār’, ‘The source of books: List of over 600 Geez books with explanation’) (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: Jājaw Printers, 2019).

Ancel, S. 2012. ‘Discourse against Catholic Doctrine in Tǝgray (Ethiopia): A Nineteenth Century Text’, Aethiopica, 15 (2012), 92–104.

Ancel, S. and D. Nosnitsin 2014. ‘On the History of the Library of Mäqdäla: New Findings’, Aethiopica, 17 (2014), 90–95.

Ancel, S. 2014. ‘Yǝsḥaq’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 62b–63b.

Ancel, S. 2014. ‘Yoḥannǝs II’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 68b–69a.

Ancel, S. 2014. ‘Yoḥannǝs Käma’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 81b–82a.

Ancel, S. 2014. ‘Yosab I’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 94a–94b.

Ancel, S. 2014. ‘Yosab II’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 94b–95a.

Ancel, S. 2014. ‘Zäträ Wängel’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 154a–154b.

Ancel, S. 2016. ‘Travelling Books: Changes of Ownership and Location in Ethiopian Manuscript Culture’, in G. Ciotti and H. Lin, eds, Tracing Manuscripts in Time and Space through Paratexts, Studies in Manuscript Cultures, 7 (Berlin: De Gruyter, 2016), 269–299.

Andargachaw Tiruneh 1993. The Ethiopian Revolution, 1974-1987:  a transformation from an aristocratic to a totalitarian autocracy (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993).

Andrist, P., P. Canart, and M. Maniaci 2013. La syntaxe du codex: Essai de codicologie structurale, Bibliologia, 34 (Turnhout: Brepols, 2013).

Andrist, P. 2015. ‘Cataloguing: The physical description’, in A. Bausi, P. G. Borbone, F. Briquel-Chatonnet, P. Buzi, J. Gippert, C. Macé, M. Maniaci, Z. Melissakis, L. E. Parodi, W. Witakowski, and E. Sokolinski, eds, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies: An Introduction (Hamburg: COMSt, 2015), 521–530.

Andrist, P. 2015. ‘Syntactical description of manuscripts’, in A. Bausi, P. G. Borbone, F. Briquel-Chatonnet, P. Buzi, J. Gippert, C. Macé, M. Maniaci, Z. Melissakis, L. E. Parodi, W. Witakowski, and E. Sokolinski, eds, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies. An Introduction (Hamburg: Tredition, 2015), 511–520.

Andrzejewski, T., S. Jakobielski, and S. Strelcyn 1960. Katalog rękopisów egipskich, koptyjskich i etiopskich (Warszawa: Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe, 1960).

Anfray, F. 2014. ‘Yǝḥa’, in A. Bausi, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 42a–43b.

Annequin, G. 1976. ‘De  quand datent lʾéglise actuelle de Dabra Berhan Sellasse de Gondar et son ensemble de peintures?’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 10 (1976), 215–16.

Al-Mawsūʿa al-fiqhiyya 1983. , I–XLV (Kuwait: Wizārat al-Awqāf wa-l-šuʾūn al-islāmiyya, 1983).

Appleyard, D. 1993. Ethiopian Manuscripts (London: Jed Press, 1993).

Appleyard, D. L. 2003. ‘An “Old Amharic” Commentary on the Nicene Creed’, Aethiopica, 6 (2003), 111–136.

Appleyard, D. L. 2010. ‘Edward  Ullendorff (1920-2011)’, Aethiopica, 13 (2010), 201–204.

Appleyard, D. L. 2014. ‘Ullendorff, Edward’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 543a–544b.

John Saba 1989. መጻሕፍተ፡ መነኰሳት። ሦስተኛ፡ መጽሐፍ፡ አረጋዊ፡ መንፈሳዊ። (Mäṣaḥǝftä Mänäkwäsat. Śostäňňa Mäṣḥaf Arägawi Mänfäsawi) (Addis Ababa: Täsfa Gäbrä Śǝllase mattämiya bet, 1989).

Arén, G. 1999. Envoys of the gospel in Ethiopia: in the steps of the evangelical pioneers, 1898-1936, Studia missionalia Upsaliensia, 75 (Stockholm: EFS förlaget ; Addis Abeba : Evangelical Church Mekane Yesus, 1999).

von Arnhard, C. 1886. መጽሐፈ፡ ጥምቀት. Liturgie zum Tauf-Fest der Aethiopischen Kirche. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doctorwürde bei der Hohen philosophischen Facultät der Königlichen Universität Leipzig, (München: 1886).

Arnold, F. 1841. Libri Aethiopici Fetha Negest: i.e. canon regum caput XLIV de regibus nunc primum editum, Latine versum, annotationibus illustratum (Halis Saxonum: In Officina Orphanotrophei., 1841).

Arras, V. 1953. Miraculorum S. Georgii Megalomartyris. Collectio altera, ed. V. Arras, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 138, Scriptores Aethiopici, 31 (Louvain: Imprimerie Orientaliste L. Durbecq, 1953).

Arras, V. 1953. Miraculorum S. Georgii Megalomartyris. Collectio altera, tr. V. Arras, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 139, Scriptores Aethiopici, 32 (Louvain: Imprimerie Orientaliste L. Durbecq, 1953).

Arras, V. 1963. Collectio monastica. Textus, ed. V. Arras, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 238, Scriptores Aethiopici, 45 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1963).

Arras, V. 1963. Collectio monastica. Versio, tr. V. Arras, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 239, Scriptores Aethiopici, 46 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1963).

Arras, V. 1967. Patericon Aethiopice. Textus, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 277, Scriptores Aethiopici, 53 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du Corpus SCO, 1967).

Arras, V. 1967. Patericon Aethiopice. Versio, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 278, Scriptores Aethiopici, 54 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du CorpusSCO, 1967).

Arras, V., ed., 1973–1974. De transitu Mariae apocrypha aethiopice I, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 342, Scriptores Aethiopici, 66 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du Corpus SCO, 1973–1974).

Arras, V. 1973–1974. De transitu Mariae apocrypha aethiopice I, tr. V. Arras, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 343, Scriptores Aethiopici, 67 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du Corpus SCO, 1973–1974).

Arras, V. 1973–1974. De transitu Mariae apocrypha Aethiopice, I: [Textus]–[Versio], II: [Textus]–[Versio], Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 342, 343, 351, 352, Scriptores Aethiopici, 66, 67, 68, 69 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du Corpus SCO, 1973–1974).

Arras, V., ed., 1973–1974. De transitu Mariae apocrypha aethiopice II, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 351, Scriptores Aethiopici, 68 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du Corpus SCO, 1973–1974).

Arras, V. 1973–1974. De transitu Mariae apocrypha aethiopice II, tr. V. Arras, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 352, Scriptores Aethiopici, 69 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du Corpus SCO, 1973–1974).

Arras, V. 1988. Quadraginta historiae monachorum, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 505, Scriptores Aethiopici, 85 (Lovanii: Peeters, 1988).

Asaffǝh Taffara 2022. በአዊ ዞን በሚገኘው የዋደና ተክለሃይማኖት ቤተ ክርስቲያን የእጅ ጽሑፎች መዘርዝር (baʾawi zon bamiggaññaw yawāddanā taklahāymānot beta krǝstiyān yaʾǧ ṣǝḥufočč mazarzǝr) M.A. Thesis, Bahir Dar: Bahir Dar University (2022).

Belle Asante, E. Wagner, J. Miran, T. Carmichael, and R. Pankhurst 2005. ‘Harär’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1012a–1022a.

Ḫeruy Walda Śellāsē 1980. Die Geschichte von Šawā (Äthiopien) 1700-1865: nach dem Tārika Nagaśt des belāttēn gētā Ḫeruy Walda Śellāsē, tr. Asfa-Wossen Asserate, Studien zur Kulturkunde, 53 (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1980).

Asfa-Wossen Asserate 2007. ‘Kaśa Ḫaylu’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 350a–351b.

Asfaw Damte 2007. ‘Lämma Ḫäylu Wäldä Tariq’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 494b–495a.

Asfaw Damte 2005. ‘Gäbrä Wäld Ǝngǝda Wärq’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 629a-b.

Asfaw Damte 2005. ‘Ḥaddis ʿAlämayyähu’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 959a–960a.

Asfaw Damte 2007. ‘Käbbädä Täsämma’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 317b–319a.

Asfaw Damte 2007. ‘Lämma Gäbrä Ḥǝywät’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 494a.

Asfaw Damte 2010. ‘Ṗawlos Noñño’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 125b–126b.

Ashenafi M. 2009. A Catalogue of some selected manuscripts in Abba ýäfəśə church (Yeha-Tigray) MA Thesis, Addis Ababa: Addis Ababa University (2009).

Asnake Ali 1983. Aspects of the Political History of Wallo, 1872-1916 Addis Ababa University (1983).

Asaffa Mehrat 2022. በደቡብ ጎንደር ዞን የጎረፍ ተክለ ሃይማኖት ገዳም የብራና መጻሕፍት መዘርዝር (badabbub gondar zon yagoraf takla hāymānot gadām yabǝrānā maṣāḥǝft mazarzǝr) MA Thesis, Bahir Dar: Bahir Dar University (2022).

Daniel Assefa 2010. ‘Wǝddase amlak’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1172b–1173a.

Assemani, G. S. 1719. Bibliotheca Orientalis Clementino-Vaticana: In qua manuscriptos codices Syriacos, Arabicos, Persicos, Turcicos, Hebraicos, Samaritanos, Armenicos, Aethiopicos, Graecos, Aegyptiacos, Ibericos, & Malabaricos, jussu et munificentia Clementis XI. Pontificis Maximi ex Oriente conquisitos, comparatos, avectos, & Bibliothecae Vaticanae addictos (Romae: Typis Sacræ Congregationis de Propaganda Fide, 1719).

Assemanus, J. S. 1725. Bibliotheca Orientalis Clementino-Vaticana: In Qua Manuscriptos Codices Syriacos, Arabicos, Persicos, Turcicos, Hebraicos, Samaritanos, Armenicos, Aethiopicos, Graecos, Aegyptiacos, Ibericos, & Malabaricos, Jussu Et Munificentia Clementis XI. Pontificis Maximi Ex Oriente conquisitos, comparatos, avectos, & Bibliothecae Vaticanae addictos, III/1 (Romae: Typis Sacræ Congregationis de Propaganda Fide, 1725).

Assemanus, S. E. 1742. Bibliothecae Mediceae Laurentianae et Palatinae codicum mms. orientalium catalogus (Florentiae: Ex Typographio Albiziniano, 1742).

Assemanus, J. A. 1749. Codex liturgicus ecclesiae universae: Liber secundus: De Baptismo (Romae: Ex typographia Komarek, apud Angelum Rotilium Linguarum Orientalium Typographum, 1749).

Assemanus, J. A. 1749. Codex liturgicus ecclesiae universae: in XV libros distributus; in quo continentur libri rituales, missales, pontificales, officia, dypticha &c. Ecclesiarum Occidentis, & Orientis.  Liber primus: De Catechumenis, I (Romae: Ex typographia Komarek, apud Angelum Rotilium Linguarum Orientalium Typographum, 1749).

Assemanus, J. A. 1749. Codex liturgicus ecclesiae universae:  Liber tertius: De Confirmatione (Romae: Ex typographia Komarek, apud Angelum Rotilium Linguarum Orientalium Typographum, 1749).

Assemanus, J. S. 1719. Bibliotheca Orientalis Clementino-Vaticana: In Qua Manuscriptos Codices Syriacos, Arabicos, Persicos, Turcicos, Hebraicos, Samaritanos, Armenicos, Aethiopicos, Graecos, Aegyptiacos, Ibericos, & Malabaricos, Jussu Et Munificentia Clementis XI. Pontificis Maximi Ex Oriente conquisitos, comparatos, avectos, & Bibliothecae Vaticanae addictos, I (Romae: Typis Sacræ Congregationis de Propaganda Fide, 1719).

Assemanus, J. S. 1721. Bibliotheca Orientalis Clementino-Vaticana: In Qua Manuscriptos Codices Syriacos, Arabicos, Persicos, Turcicos, Hebraicos, Samaritanos, Armenicos, Aethiopicos, Graecos, Aegyptiacos, Ibericos, & Malabaricos, Jussu Et Munificentia Clementis XI. Pontificis Maximi Ex Oriente conquisitos, comparatos, avectos, & Bibliothecae Vaticanae addictos, II (Romae: Typis Sacræ Congregationis de Propaganda Fide, 1721).

Assemanus, S. E. and J. S. Assemanus 1759. Bibliothecae apostolicae vaticanae codicum manuscriptorum catalogus in tres partes distributus in quarum prima orientales in altera graeci in tertia latini italici aliorumque europaeorum idiomatum codices, I/3 (Romae: Ex typographia linguarum orientalium apud Komarek ad Ortorium Sancti Marcelli, 1759).

Aßfalg, J. and P. Krüger 1975. Kleines Wörterbuch des Christlichen Orients (Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1975).

Avanzini, A. 2010. ‘Sabaʾ’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 427a–429b.

Avanzini, A., N. Nebes, W. W. Müller, G. Fiaccadori, S. A. Frantsouzoff, and A. Gori 2007. ‘Inscriptions’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 152a–167b.

Nosnitsin, D. and Ayele Teklehaymanot 2005. ‘ʿƎqäbänni’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 345a-b.

‘Ethiopia Profile - Leaders’, 2015. , 30 July 2015.

BHG. Halkin, F. and Socii Bollandiani 1957. Bibliotheca hagiographica graeca, I–III, Subsidia Hagiographica, 8a (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1957).

BHG. Socii Bollandiani, ed., 1895. Bibliotheca hagiographica graeca seu elenchus vitarum sanctorum graece typis impressarum, (1st edn) (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1895).

BHG. Socii Bollandiani, ed., 1909. Bibliotheca hagiographica graeca seu elenchus vitarum sanctorum graece typis impressarum, Subsidia Hagiographica, 8, (2nd edn) (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1909).

Halkin, F. 1969. Bibliotheca hagiographica graeca. Auctarium, Subsidia Hagiographica, 47 (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1969).

Halkin, F. 1984. Bibliotheca hagiographica graeca. Novum Auctarium, Subsidia Hagiographica, 65 (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1984).

Socii Bollandiani 1898. Bibliotheca hagiographica latina antiquae et mediae aetatis, ed. Socii Bollandiani, I: A-I, Subsidia Hagiographica, 6 (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1898).

Socii Bollandiani 1900. Bibliotheca hagiographica latina antiquae et mediae aetatis, ed. Socii Bollandiani, II: K-Z, Subsidia Hagiographica, 6 (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1900).

BHL. Socii Bollandiani, ed., 1911. Bibliotheca hagiographica latina antiquae et mediae aetatis. Supplementi editio altera auctior, Subsidia Hagiographica, 12 (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1911).

BHL. Fros, H., ed., 1986. Bibliotheca hagiographica latina antiquae et mediae aetatis. Supplementi editio altera auctior, Subsidia Hagiographica, 70 (Bruxelles: Société des Bollandistes, 1986).

BHO. Socii Bollandiani 1910. Bibliotheca hagiographica orientalis, Subsidia Hagiographica, 10 (Bruxellis–Beyrouth: Apoud Editores–Imprimerie Catholique, 1910).

Baarda, T. 1981. ‘Another Treatise of Aphrahat the Persian Sage in Ethiopic Translation: A Short Note’, New Testament Studies, 27/5 (1981), 632–640.

Bachmann, J. 1887. ዜና፡ ስክንድስ፡ ጠቢብ፡ ወትምህርታቲሁ፡ ወጥበቡ። Das Leben und die Sentenzen des Philosophen Secundus des Schweigsamen—Nach dem Äthiopischen und Arabischen Inaugural­Dissertation, Halle a/S: Friedrichs-Universität Halle-Wittenberg (1887).

Bachmann, J. 1888. ጥበበ፡ ስክንድስ፡ ወዜና፡ ትርታግ፡ ንጉሠ፡ አርማንያ። Die Philosophie des Neopythagoreers Secundus. Linguistisch-philosophische Studie (Berlin: Mayer & Müller, 1888).

Bachmann, J. 1892. Dodekapropheton Aethiopum oder die zwölf kleinen Propheten der aethiopischen Bibelübersetzung nach handschriftlichen Quellen herausgegeben und mit text-kritischen Anmerkungen versehen von Dr. Johannes Bachamnn, Heft II: Der Prophet Maleachi (Halle: Max Niemeyer, 1892).

Bachmann, J. 1892. Dodekapropheton Aethiopum oder die zwölf kleinen Propheten der aethiopischen Bibelübersetzung nach handschriftlichen Quellen herausgegeben und mit text-kritischen Anmerkungen versehen von Dr. Johannes Bachmann, Heft I: Der Prophet Obadia (Halle (Saale): Max Niemeyer, 1892).

Bachmann, J. 1893. መጽሐፈ፡ ኢሳይያስ፡ ነቢይ። Der Prophet Jesaia nach der Bibeluebersetzung auf Grund Handschriftlicher Quellen herausgegeben von Dr. J.B., I: Der aethiopische Text. Mit einem photographischen Specimen des Cod. Aeth. Berol. Peterm. II. Nachtr. 42 (Berlin: Verlag von Emil Felber, 1893).

Bachmann, J., ed., 1893. ሰቆቃወ፡ ኤርምያስ፡ ነቢይ። (Saqoqāwa ʾErmǝyās nabiy) Die Klagelieder Jeremiae in der aethiopischen Bibelübersetzung. Auf Grund handschriftlicher Quellen mit text-kritischen Anmerkungen (Halle a. S.: Max Niemeyer, 1893).

Bachmann, J. 1893. Aethiopische Lesestücke. Inedita Aethiopica für den Gebrauch in Universitäts-Vorlesungen (Leipzig: J.C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung, 1893).

Backus, I. 2005. ‘Lettre de Jésus-Christ sur le dimanche’, in Écrits apocryphes chrétiens, II (Paris: Gallimard, 2005), 1099–1119.

Baeteman, J. 1929. Dictionnaire amarigna–français, suivi d’un vocabulaire français–amarigna (Dire-Daoua: Imprimerie Saint Lazare, 1929).

Bahr, L. 2023. The Litanies: Intercessory Prayers in Ethiopian Manuscripts M.A. Thesis, Hamburg: Universität Hamburg (2023).

Bahru Zewde 1991. A History of Modern Ethiopia 1855–1974, Eastern African Studies (London: James Currey; Athens, OH: Ohio University Press; Addis Ababa: Addis Ababa University Press, 1991).

Bahru Zewde 2002. Pioneers of Change in Ethiopia: The Reformist Intellectuals of the Early Twentieth Century, Eastern African Studies (Oxford: James Currey; Athens, OH: Ohio University Press; Addis Ababa: Addis Ababa University Press, 2002).

Bahru Zewde 2003. ‘Abbäbä Arägay’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 22a-b.

Bahru Zewde 2003. ‘Ammǝḫa Iyäsus’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 247a-b.

Bahru Zewde 2003. ‘Asfa Wäsän’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 366a.

Bahru Zewde 2003. ‘Bǝrru Wäldä Gäbrǝʾel’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 544b–545a.

Bahru Zewde 2005. ‘Däräso Ṭabo’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 101a-b.

Bahru Zewde 2005. ‘Dästa Damtäw’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 105a-b.

Bahru Zewde 2005. ‘Gäbrä Ḥǝywät Baykädañ’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 611b–612a.

Bahru Zewde 2005. ‘Habtä Giyorgis Dinagde’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 952a–953b.

Bahru Zewde 2007. ‘Ḫəruy Waldaśəllāse’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 20–21.

Bahru Zewde 2007. ‘Iyasu’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 253b–256b.

Bairu Tafla 1967. ‘Three Portraits: Ato Aṣmä Giyorgis, Ras Gobäna and Ṣäḥafé Tezaz Gäbrä Selassé (1844-1912)’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 5/3 (1967), 133–138.

Bairu Tafla 1972. ‘Marriage as a Political Device: an Appraisal of a Socio-political  Aspect of the Menelik Period 1889-1916’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 10/1 (1972), 13–21.

Bairu Tafla 1973. ‘Two of the Last Provinicial Kings of Ethiopia: Negus Täklä Haymanot and Abba Tänna of Gojjam 1850-1901, and his Sons’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 11/1 (1973), 29–55.

Bairu Tafla 1974. ‘Some Aspects of Taxation and Land Tenure in Sälalé under Dargé in the Nineteenth Century’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 12/2 (1974), 1–9.

Bairu Tafla 1975. ‘Ras Dargé Sahlä-Sellasé , c. 1827-1900’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 13/2 (1975), 17–37.

Bairu Tafla 1977. A Chronicle of Emperor Yoḥannes IV (1872–89), ed., tr. Bairu Tafla, Äthiopistische Forschungen, 1 (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1977).

Bairu Tafla 1987. Aṣma Giyorgis and His Work: History of the Gāllā and the Kingdom of Šawā, ed. Bairu Tafla, v (Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden GmbH, 1987).

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Aʾǝmǝro’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 111b–112a.

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Afäwärq Wäldä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 124ab.

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Alṭaš Tewodros’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 211ab.

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Aṣmä Giyorgis Gäbrä Mäsiḥ’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 373a-b.

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Bafäna’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 435a-b.

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Bäšah Abboye’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 492b–493a.

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Basǝlyos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 495b–496b.

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Bǝrhanu Dǝnqe’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 537b–538a.

Bairu Tafla 2003. ‘Ǝllen’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 264a–265a.

Bairu Tafla 2005. ‘Darge Śahlä Śǝllase’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 102a–103a.

Bairu Tafla 2005. ‘Dästa Tädla G^walu’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 106b–107a.

Bairu Tafla 2005. ‘Ǝngǝda Warq’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 303b–304a.

Bairu Tafla 2005. ‘Ǝsṭifanos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 391b.

Bairu Tafla 2005. ‘Gäbrä Śǝllase Wäldä Arägay’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 628b–629a.

Bairu Tafla 2005. ‘Gugsa Wäle’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2005), 907a–908b.

Bairu Tafla 2005. ‘Ḥagos Täfäri’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 972a-b.

Bairu Tafla 1973. ‘Two of the Last Provincial Kings of Ethiopia’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 11/1 (1973), 29–55.

Bairu Tafla 2010. ‘Täklä Haymanot’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 837a–839a.

Bairu Tafla 2014. ‘Wäldä Mikāʾel Sälomon’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 1105b–1107a.

Bairu Tafla 2014. ‘Yohannes IV’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 73a–80a.

Balashova, G. 2003. ‘Aššabbǝr Gäbrä Ḥǝywät’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 385b–386a.

Balashova, G. 2003. ‘Bäšah Täklä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 493a.

Balashova, G. 2003. ‘Bǝrhanu Zäryǝhun’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 538b–539b.

Balashova, G. 2007. ‘Käbbädä Mikaʾel’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 315a–317b.

Balashova, G. 2007. ‘Mäk^wännǝn Ǝndalkaččäw’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 683a–684a.

Balaynah Allacaw 2022. በደቅ እስጢፋኖስ አንድነት ገዳም የሚገኙ የብራና መጻሕፍት መዘርዝር (badaq ʾǝsṭifānos ʾandannat gadām yammigaññu yabarānā maṣāḥaft mazarzar) MA Thesis, Bahir Dar: Bahir Dar University (2022).

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 1984. ‘Observations sur l’iconographie de l’Annonciation dans la peinture éthiopienne’, in S. Rubenson, ed., Proceedings of the Seventh International Conference of Ethiopian Studies. University of Lund, 26-29 April 1982 (Addis Abeba; Uppsala; East Lansing: Institute of Ethiopian Studies; Scandinavian Institute of African Studies; African Studies Center, Michigan State University, 1984), 149–164.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 1984–1986. ‘Un psautier éthiopien illustré inconnu’, Orientalia Suecana, 33–35 (= T. Kronholm and E. Riad, in collaboration with L. Carlsson, S. Eliasson, and L. Grönberg, eds, On the Dignity of Man: Oriental and Classical Studies in Honour of Frithiof Rundgren), (1984–1986), 17–48.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. and M. Gervers 2001. ‘The Church of Yǝmräḥannä Krǝstos and Its Wall-Paintings: A Preliminary Report’, Africana Bulletin, 49 (2001), 9–47.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2005. ‘Däbrä Sina’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 46a–47b.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2007. ‘Lalibäla: King Lalibäla in art’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 480a–482a.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2010. ‘Main subjects of Ethiopian painting’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 92b–94b.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2010. ‘Qirqos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 292b–294a.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2010. ‘Täʾammǝrä Maryam in art’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 789b–795b.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2014. ‘Žämmädu Maryam’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 133b–135a.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. and A. Bausi 2010. ‘Täʾammǝrä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 789b–793b.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2015. ‘Digitisation and preservation of the manuscript collection at the Monastery of St Saviour in Old Jerusalem (EAP823)’, (2015).

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2005. ‘Däbrä Mäʿar’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 29b–31a.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2005. ‘Equestrian Saints’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 347b–351a.

Balicka-Witakowska, E. 2005. ‘Ǝsṭäzya’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 387b–388a.

Witakowski, W. and E. Balicka-Witakowska 2024. ‘The Miracle of the Mixed Inks: A Rare Episode of the Ethiopic Infancy Gospel’, Apocrypha, 35/1 (2024), 59–75.

Baltazar, J. de 1609. Fundacion, vida y regla de la grande orden militar y monastica de los cavalleros y monges del gloriosissimo padre san Anton, abad en la Etiopia, monarchia del Préste Juan de las Indias (Valencia: Iuan Vicente Franco, 1609).

‘Garratts Hall’, 2022. Banstead History - Grand Houses (2022).

Banti, G. 2005. ‘Harari literature’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1028a–1030a.

Baratti, G. 1670. The late travels into the remote Countries of the Abissins, or of Ethiopia Interior (London: Billingsley, 1670).

Baronio, C. 1597. Martyrologium Romanum: ad novam kalendarii rationem, et ecclesiasticae historiae veritatem restitutum (Venetiis: Apud Marcum Antonium Zalterium, 1597).

Barradas, E. P. 1906. Rerum Aethiopicarum scriptores occidentales inediti a saeculo XVI ad XIX, IV: P. Emmanuelis Barradas Tractatus tres historico-geographici, ed. C. Beccari (Romae: Excudebat C. de Luigi, 1906).

Barrera, G. 2003. ‘The Construction of Racial Hierarchies in Colonial Eritrea — The Liberal and Early Fascist Period (1897–1934)’, in P. Palumbo, ed., A Place in the Sun — Africa in Italian Colonial Culture from Post-Unification to the Present (Berkeley, CA–Los Angeles, CA–London: University of California Press, 2003), 81–115.

Da Bassano, F., ed., 1923–1926. ብሉይ፡ ኪዳን። ዘተሰናአወ፡ ምስለ፡ መጻሕፍት፡ ቀደምት፡ ዘብራና፡ ወምስለ፡ መጻሕፍተ፡ ሶርያ፡ ወጽርእ፡ ወዓረብ ። (Bǝluy kidān. Zatasanāʾawa mǝsla maṣāḥǝft qaddamt zabǝrānnā wamǝsla maṣāḥǝfta soryā waṣǝrʾ waʿārab), I–IV (Asmarae: Typis missionis catholicae, 1923–1926).

Basset, R. 1881. ‘Études sur l’Histoire d’Éthiopie. Première partie. Chronique éthiopienne, d’après un manuscrit de la Bibliothèque nationale de Paris’, Journal Asiatique, Septième série, 17 (1881), 315–434.

Basset, R. 1881. ‘Études sur l’Histoire d’Éthiopie. Première partie. Chronique éthiopienne, d’après un manuscrit de la Bibliothèque nationale de Paris (Suite)’, Journal Asiatique, Septième série, 18 (1881), 93–183.

Basset, R. 1881. ‘Études sur l’Histoire d’Éthiopie. Première partie. Chronique éthiopienne, d’après un manuscrit de la Bibliothèque nationale de Paris (Suite)’, Journal Asiatique, Septième série, 18 (1881), 285–389.

Basset, R. 1881. ‘Études sur l’Histoire d’Éthiopie. Première partie. Chronique éthiopienne, d’après un manuscrit de la Bibliothèque nationale de Paris’, Journal Asiatique, Septième série, 17 (1881), 315–434.

Basset, R. 1881. ‘Études sur l’Histoire d’Éthiopie. Première partie. Chronique éthiopienne, d’après un manuscrit de la Bibliothèque nationale de Paris (Suite)’, Journal Asiatique, Septième série, 18 (1881), 93–183.

Basset, R. 1881. ‘Études sur l’Histoire d’Éthiopie. Première partie. Chronique éthiopienne, d’après un manuscrit de la Bibliothèque nationale de Paris (Suite)’, Journal Asiatique, Septième série, 18 (1881), 285–389.

Basset, R. 1882. Études sur l’histoire d’Éthiopie, ed., tr. R. Basset, Extrait du Journal Asiatique (Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1882).

Basset, R. 1884. ‘Vie d’Abbā Yohanni. Texte éthiopien, traduction française avec une introduction’, Bulletin de correspondance africaine, 3 (1884), 433–453.

Basset, R. 1893. Mas’h’afa T’omar (Livre de l’Épître), Les apocryphes éthiopiens, 2 (Paris: 1893).

Basset, R. 1894. Les apocryphes Éthiopiens. Les légendes de S. Tërtâg et de S. Sousnyos, IV, Les Apocryphes Ethiopiens traduits en français, 4 (Paris: Librairie de l’Art Indépendant, 1894).

Basset, R. 1895. Les Apocryphes Éthiopiens: Les Prières de la Vierge à Bartos et au Golgotha, tr. R. Basset, V, Les Apocryphes Éthiopiens traduits en français, 5 (Paris: Librairie de l’Art Indépendant, 1895).

Basset, R. 1895. Les Prières de la Vierge à Bartos et au Golgotha, tr. R. Basset, Les apocryphes éthiopiens, 5 (Paris: Librairie de l’Art Indépendant, 1895).

Basset, R. 1896. Les Prières de S. Cyprien et de Théophile, Les apocryphes éthiopiens, 6 (Paris: Librairie de l’art indépendant, 1896).

Basset, R. 1896. Enseignements de Jésus-Christ à ses disciples et prière magique, Les apocryphes éthiopiens, 7 (Paris: 1896).

Basset, R. 1899. Apocalypse d’Esdras, Les apocryphes éthiopiens, 9 (Paris: 1899).

Basset, R. 1900. La Sagesse de Sibylle, Les apocryphes éthiopiens, 10 (Paris: 1900).

Basset, R. 1909. Fekkaré Iyasus, Les apocryphes éthiopiens, 11 (Paris: 1909).

Basset, R. 1922. Le Synaxaire arabe jacobite (rédaction copte), IV: Mois de Barmahat, Barmoudah et Bachons, ed., tr. R. Basset, Patrologia Orientalis, 16/2 (Paris: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, 1922).

Batsieva, S. M. 1986. Arabskie rukopisi Instituta vostokovedeniya: Kratkiy katalog, ed. A. B. Khalidov (Moscow: 1986).

Baumstark, A. 1911. Die christlichen Literaturen des Orients, 2nd (Leipzig: Göschen, 1911).

Bausi, A. 1991. ‘I manoscritti etiopici di J.M. Wansleben nella Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale di Firenze’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 33 (1989) (1991), 5–33.

Bausi, A. 1994. ‘Su alcuni manoscritti presso comunità monastiche dell’Eritrea [I. Dabra Māryām]’, Rassegna di studi etiopici, 38 (1994), 13–69.

Bausi, A. 1995. ‘Su alcuni manoscritti presso comunità monastiche dell’Eritrea: Parte Seconda’, Rassegna di studi etiopici, 39 (1995), 25–48.

Bausi, A. 1995. Il Sēnodos etiopico. Canoni pseudoapostolici: Canoni dopo l’Ascensione, Canoni di Simone il Cananeo, Canoni Apostolici, Lettera di Pietro, ed., tr. A. Bausi, I–II, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 552, 553, Scriptores Aethiopici, 101, 102 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 1995).

Bausi, A. 1995. Il Sēnodos etiopico. Canoni pseudoapostolici: Canoni dopo l’Ascensione, Canoni di Simone il Cananeo, Canoni Apostolici, Lettera di Pietro, Textus, ed. A. Bausi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 552, Scriptores Aethiopici, 101 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 1995).

Bausi, A. 1995. Il Sēnodos etiopico. Canoni pseudoapostolici: Canoni dopo l’Ascensione, Canoni di Simone il Cananeo, Canoni Apostolici, Lettera di Pietro, Versio, tr. A. Bausi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 553, Scriptores Aethiopici, 102 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 1995).

Bausi, A. 1997. ‘Su alcuni manoscritti presso comunità monastiche dell’Eritrea: Parte terza’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 41 (1997), 13–56, i–iv.

Bausi, A. 1998. ‘L’Epistola 70 di Cipriano di Cartagine in versione etiopica’, Aethiopica, 1 (1998), 101–130.

Bausi, A. 1998. ‘Some Short Remarks on the <i>Canon Tables<i> in Ethiopic Manuscripts’, ed. C. Baffioni Studi Magrebini, 26 (1998), 45–67.

Bausi, A. 2000. ‘Appunti sul Gadla Libānos’, in Miscellanea Aethiopica reverendissimo domino Stanislao Kur septuagenario professori illustrissimo viro amplissimo ac doctissimo oblata, Warszawskie Studia Teologiczne, 12/2 (1999) (Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Archidiecezij Warszawskiej, 2000), 11–30.

Bausi, A. 2000–2001. ‘Alcune osservazioni sul Gadla ḥawāryāt’, Annali dell’Istituto Orientale di Napoli, 60–61 (2000–2001), 77–114.

Bausi, A. 2002. La versione etiopica degli Acta Phileae nel Gadla samāʿtāt, Supplemento agli Annali 60–61 (2000–2001), 92 (Napoli: Istituto Universitario Orientale, 2002).

Bausi, A. 2003. ‘Some Short Remarks on the Canon Tables in Ethiopic Manuscripts’, in Birhanu Teferra and R. Pankhurst, eds, Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference on the History of Ethiopian Art, Addis Ababa, 5–8 November 2002 (Addis Ababa: Institute of Ethiopian Studies, Addis Ababa University, 2003), 120–139.

Bausi, A. 2003. ‘Cyprian of Carthage’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 842a-b.

Bausi, A. 2003. ‘Cyprian of Antioch’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 841a–842a.

Bausi, A. 2003. La «Vita» e i «Miracoli» di Libānos, ed. A. Bausi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 595, Scriptores Aethiopici, 105 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2003).

Bausi, A. 2003. La «Vita» e i «Miracoli» di Libānos, tr. A. Bausi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 596, Scriptores Aethiopici, 106 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2003).

Bausi, A. 2004. ‘Review of Gérard Colin, La version éthiopienne de l’Histoire de Bsoy. Édition critique et traduction française, Pontificio Istituto Orientale Roma, Patrologia Orientalis, 49/3 (219) (Turnhout, Belgique: Brepols, 2002)’, Aethiopica, 7 (2004), 234–242.

Bausi, A. 2004. ‘La versione etiopica della Didascalia dei 318 niceni sulla retta fede e la vita monastica’, in E. Lucchesi and U. Zanetti, eds, Ægyptus Christiana. Mélanges d’hagiographie égyptienne et orientale dédiés à la mémoire du P. Paul Devos bollandiste, Cahiers d’Orientalisme, 25 (Genève: Patrick Cramer, 2004), 225–248.

Bausi, A. 2005. ‘Däbrä Libanos (in Šǝmäzana)’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 28a–29b.

Bausi, A. 2005. ‘Didǝsqǝlya’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 154a–155a.

Bausi, A. 2005. ‘Ǝnda Abba Gärima’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 284a–286a.

Bausi, A. 2005. ‘Ǝnda Mäk^wännǝn’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 288a–289a.

Bausi, A. 2005. ‘Evagrius’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, 2nd (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 457a–459a.

Bausi, A. 2005. ‘Gädlä sämaʿǝtat’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 644b–646b.

Bausi, A. 2005. ‘Gabra Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 615a–616b.

Bausi, A. 2005. ‘Gädlä ḥawaryat’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1049b–1051a.

Bausi, A. and A. Gori 2006. Tradizioni orientali del «Martirio di Areta»: La prima recensione araba e la versione etiopica, Edizione critica e traduzione, eds A. Bausi and A. Gori, Quaderni di Semitistica, 27 (Firenze: Dipartimento di Linguistica, Università di Firenze, 2006).

Bausi, A. 2006. ‘La Collezione aksumita canonico-liturgica’, Adamantius, 12 (= A. Camplani, ed. Il patriarcato di Alessandria nella tarda antichità (Brescia: Morcelliana, 2006)) (2006), 43–70.

Bausi, A. 2006. ‘The Manuscript Tradition of the Ethiopic Qalēmenṭos. A Short Note’, in W. Witakowski and L. Łykowska, eds, Wälättä Yohanna. Ethiopian Studies in Honour of Joanna Mantel-Niećko on the Occasion of the 50th Year of Her Work at the Institute of Oriental Studies, Warsaw University (Warszawa: Dom Wydawniczy Elipsa, 2006), 47–57.

Bausi, A. 2006. ‘La versione etiopica delle Risposte canoniche di Timoteo I attribuite a Pietro di Alessandria (CPG II, nr. 2520)’, Scrinium. Revue de patrologie, d’hagiographie critique et d’histoire ecclésiastique, 2 (= Basil Lourié and Alexej V. Muraviev, eds, Universum Hagiographicum. Mémorial R.P. Michel van Esbroeck, s.j. (1934-2003), Saint-Pétersburg: Société des études byzantines et slaves, 2006) (2006), 41–57.

Bausi, A. 2007. ‘Mǝśṭir: Mäṣḥafä mǝśṭir’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 941b–944a.

Bausi, A. 2007. ‘Hippolytus’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 35a–36b.

Bausi, A. 2007. ‘John the Baptist (in Ethiopian literature)’, in Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 288b–291b.

Bausi, A. 2007. ‘Libanos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 558b–560b.

Bausi, A. 2007. ‘Melchizedek’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 914b–916b.

Bausi, A. 2007. ‘Monastic literature’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 993a–999b.

Bausi, A. 2008. ‘La tradizione scrittoria etiopica’, Segno e Testo, 6 (2008), 507–557.

Bausi, A. 2009. ‘The ›so-called Traditio apostolica‹: preliminary observations on the new Ethiopic evidence’, in H. Grieser and A. Merkt, eds, Volksglaube im antiken Christentum. Prof. Dr. Theofried Baumeister OFM zur Emeritierung (Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 2009), 291–321.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Qǝddase: Mäṣḥafä qǝddase’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 279a–281b.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Qerǝllos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 287a–290a.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Ṭǝmqät: Mäṣḥafä Ṭǝmqät’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2010), 917a–918a.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Wisdom books, biblical’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1189a–1191a.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘The Massacre of Najrān: The Ethiopic Sources’, in J. Beaucamp, F. Briquel-Chatonnet, and C. J. Robin, eds, Juifs et chrétiens en Arabie aux V^e et VI^e siècles: Regards croisés sur les sources, Collège de France–CNRS, Centre de recherche d’Histoire et Civilisation de Byzance, Monographies, 32, Le massacre de Najrân, 2 (Paris: Association des amis du Centre d’histoire et civilisation de Byzance, 2010), 241–254.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Qälemǝnṭos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 251b–253b.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Ricci, Lanfranco’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 387a–388b.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Säraye’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 537a–539a.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Särgis Abǝrgawi’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 540a–542a.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Senodos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2010), 623a–625a.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Tämben: Early history of Tämben to 17th cent.’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 852b–853b.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Testamentum Domini’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 927a–928b.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Testamentum Domini in Galilee’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 928b–929b.

Bausi, A. 2010. ‘Traditio apostolica’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 980a–981b.

Bausi, A. 2011. ‘The “True Story” of the Abba Gärima Gospels’, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies Newsletter, 1 (2011), 17–20.

Bausi, A. 2011. ‘La nuova versione etiopica della Traditio apostolica: edizione e traduzione preliminare’, in P. Buzi and A. Camplani, eds, Christianity in Egypt: Literary Production and Intellectual Trends in Late Antiquity. Studies in Honor of Tito Orlandi, Studia Ephemeridis Augustinianum, 125 (Roma: Institutum Patristicum Augustinianum, 2011), 19–69.

Bausi, A. 2012. ‘Una “lista” etiopica di apostoli e discepoli’, in A. Bausi, A. Brita, A. Manzo, C. Baffioni, and E. Francesca, eds, Æthiopica et Orientalia: Studi in onore di Yaqob Beyene, I, Studi Africanistici, Serie Etiopica, 9 (Napoli: Università degli Studi di Napoli ‘L’Orientale’, Dipartimento di Studi e Ricerche su Africa e Paesi Arabi, 2012), 43–67.

Bausi, A. 2013. ‘Liste etiopiche di vescovi niceni’, in P. Bruns and H. O. Luthe, eds, Orientalia Christiana. Festschrift für Hubert Kaufhold zum 70. Geburtstag, Eichstätter Beiträge zum Christlichen Orient, 3 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2013), 33–73.

Bausi, A. 2014. ‘Fǝkkare mäläkot’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 312a–313b.

Bausi, A. 2014. ‘Peiresc, Nicolas-Claude Fabri de’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 478b–480b.

Bausi, A. 2014. ‘Yoḥannǝs of Däbrä Bizän’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 83b–84a.

Bausi, A. 2014. ‘Yonas of Bur’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 92b–94a.

Bausi, A. 2014. ‘Žanhoy’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 138b–140b.

Bausi, A. 2016. ‘Dalla documentazione papiracea (P. Bodmer XX e P. Chester Beatty XV) alle raccolte agiografiche: la lunga storia degli Acta Phileae in versione etiopica’, in G. Agosti, P. Buzi, and A. Camplani, eds, I Papiri Bodmer. Biblioteche, comunità di asceti e cultura letteraria in greco, copto e latino nell’Egitto tardoantico / Bodmer Papyri. Libraries, ascetic congregations, and literary culture in Greek, Coptic, and Latin, within Late-Antique Egypt, Adamantius, 21 (2015) (Brescia: Morcelliana, 2016), 155–170.

Borbone, P. G., F. Briquel-Chatonnet, P. Buzi, J. Gippert, C. Macé, M. Maniaci, Z. Melissakis, L. E. Parodi, W. Witakowski, and E. Sokolinski 2015. Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies: An Introduction, eds A. Bausi, P. G. Borbone, F. Briquel-Chatonnet, P. Buzi, J. Gippert, C. Macé, M. Maniaci, Z. Melissakis, L. E. Parodi, W. Witakowski, and E. Sokolinski (Hamburg: COMSt, 2015).

Bausi, A. 2015. ‘La versione etiopica della Epistola di Eusebio a Carpiano’, in R. Zarzeczny, ed., Aethiopia Fortitudo ejus: Studi in onore di Monsignor Osvaldo Raineri in occasione del suo 80° compleanno, Orientalia Christiana Analecta, 298 (Roma: Pontificio Istituto Orientale, 2015), 107–135.

Bausi, A. 2015. ‘Johann Michael Wansleben’s Manuscripts and Texts. An Update’, in A. Bausi, A. Gori, D. Nosnitsin, and E. Sokolinski, eds, Essays in Ethiopian Manuscript Studies. Proceedings of the International Conference Manuscripts and Texts, Languages and Contexts: The Transmission of Knowledge in the Horn of Africa, Hamburg, 17–19 July 2014, Supplement to Aethiopica, 4 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2015), 197–244.

Bausi, A. 2016. ‘Composite and Multiple-Text Manuscripts: The Ethiopian Evidence’, in M. Friedrich and C. Schwarke, eds, One-Volume Libraries: Composite and Multiple Text Manuscripts, Studies in Manuscript Cultures, 9 (Berlin–Boston, MA: De Gruyter, 2016), 111–153.

Bausi, A. 2016. ‘The Accidents of Transmission: On a Surprising Multilingual Manuscript Leaf’, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies Bulletin, 2/1–2 (2016), 17–28.

Bausi, A. 2016. ‘Towards a Re-edition of the Ethiopic Dossier of the “Apocalypse of Peter”’, Apocrypha, 27 (2016), 179–196.

Bausi, A. 2017. ‘Il Gadla ʾAzqir’, Adamantius, 23 (2017), 341–380.

Bausi, A. 2017. ‘Review of Judith S. McKenzie and Francis Watson, The Garima Gospels: Early Illuminated Gospel Books from Ethiopia, with Preface and Photographs by Michael Gervers and Contributions by Matthew R. Crawford,  Linda R. Macaulay, Sarah S. Norodom, Andres  T.  Reyes, and Miranda E. Williams, Manar al-Athar Monograph, 3 (Oxford: Manar al­-Athar, 2016)’, Aethiopica, 20 (2017), 289–292.

Bausi, A. 2014. ‘Ḫasg^wa’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 341a–341b.

Bausi, A. 2017. ‘Il manoscritto MS 9 III CS della Fondazione Biblioteca Morcelli-Pinacoteca Repossi di Chiari’, in F. Formenti, ed., La Biblioteca Morcelliana nel bicentenario della donazione (1817–2017). Studi e ricerche, Storia, 85 (Brescia: Morcelliana, 2017), 189–206.

Bausi, A. 2019. ‘Research Project: Beta maṣāḥǝft: Manuscripts of Ethiopia and Eritrea (Schriftkultur des christlichen Äthiopiens und Eritreas: eine multimediale Forschungsumgebung’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, Terza serie, 3 (50) (2019), 155–156.

Bausi, A. 2019. ‘A Few Remarks on Hagiographical-Homiletic Collections in Ethiopic Manuscripts’, Manuscript Cultures, 13 (= J. Gippert and C. Macé, eds, <i>Homiletic Collections in Greek and Oriental Manuscripts: Proceedings of the Conference ‘Hagiographico-Homiletic Collections in Greek, Latin and Oriental Manuscripts – Histories of Books and Text Transmission in a Comparative Perspective’, Centre for the Study of Manuscript Cultures, Universität Hamburg, 23–24 June 2017</i>) (2019), 63–80.

Bausi, A. 2020. ‘The Baptismal Ritual in the earliest Ethiopic canonical liturgical collection’, in H. Brakmann, T. Chronz, and C. Sode, eds, »Neugeboren aus Wasser und Heiligem Geist«. Kölner Kolloquium zur Initiatio Christiana, Jerusalemer Theologisches Forum, 37 (Münster: Aschendorff Verlag, 2020), 31–38.

Bausi, A. 2020. ‘Ethiopia and the Christian Ecumene: Cultural Transmission, Translation, and Reception’, in S. Kelly, ed., A Companion to Medieval Ethiopia and Eritrea (Leiden–Boston, MA: Brill, 2020), 217–251.

Bausi, A. 2021. ‘The treatise “On the one judge” (CAe 6260) in the “Aksumite Collection” (CAe 1047)’, Adamantius, 27 (2021), 215–256.

Bausi, A. 2022. ‘Ethiopic Colophons: An Update’, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies Bulletin, 8/1 (2022), 121–197.

Bausi, A. 2022. ‘I manoscritti etiopici della Biblioteca Statale di Montevergine a Mercogliano, Avellino’, Aethiopica, 25 (2022), 201–214.

Bausi, A. 2024. ‘A (former) hapax from Aksumite texts’, in N. P. Heeßel, V. Tsukanova, and M. Waltisberg, eds, Der Perlentaucher Festschrift für Stefan Weninger zu seinem 65. Geburtstag am 6. August 2024 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2024), 15–22.

Bausi, A. and E. Balicka-Witakowska 2005. ‘Däbrä Täʾamina’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 48a–49a.

Bausi, A. and P. Chiesa 2019. ‘The Ystoria Ethyopie in the Cronica Universalis of Galvaneus de la Flamma (d. c.1345)’, Aethiopica, 22 (2019), 7–57.

Bausi, A., A. Brita, M. Di Bella, D. Nosnitsin, N. Sarris, and I. Rabin 2020. ‘The Aksumite Collection or Codex Σ (Sinodos of Qǝfrǝyā, ms C3-IV-71/C3-IV-73, Ethio-SPaRe UM-039): Codicological and Palaeographical Observations. With a Note on Material Analysis of Inks’, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies Bulletin, 6/2 (2020), 127–171.

Bausi, A. and G. Fiaccadori 2010. ‘Red Sea’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 346a–347b.

Bausi, A. and G. Fiaccadori 2014. ‘Täsfa Ṣǝyon’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 525a–528b.

Bausi, A. and D. Nosnitsin 2015. ‘Ethiopic Palaeography’, in A. Bausi, P. G. Borbone, F. Briquel-Chatonnet, P. Buzi, J. Gippert, C. Macé, Z. Melissakes, L. E. Parodi, W. Witakowski, and E. Sokolinski, eds, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies: An Introduction (Hamburg: Tredition, 2015), 287–291.

Smidt, W. and A. Bausi 2010. ‘Wansleben, Johann Michael’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1132b–1134a.

Sokolinski, E. 2016. ‘The TraCES project and Gǝʿǝz studies’, in A. Bausi and E. Sokolinski, eds, 150 Years after Dillmann’s Lexicon: Perspectives and Challenges of Gǝʿǝz Studies, Supplement to Aethiopica, 5 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2016), 13–16.

Baxter, P. T. W. 2003. ‘Baḥrǝy’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 446a–446b.

Baxter, P. T. W. 2005. ‘Galla’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 660b–661b.

Baye Yimam and Red. 2007. ‘Kidanä Wäld Kǝfle’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 399a–400b.

Beck, E. J. 2018. Perceiving the Mystery of the Merciful Son of God: An Analysis of the Purpose of the Apocalypse of Peter Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh (2018).

Beck, E. J. 2024. ‘Translation of the Ethiopic Apocalypse of Peter including the Pseudo-Clementine Framework’, in D. Maier, J. Frey, and T. J. Kraus, eds, The Apocalypse of Peter in context (Leuven: Uitgeverij Peeters, 2024), 377–400.

Beckingham, C. F. and G. W. B. Huntingford 1961. The Prester John of the Indies: A True Relation of the Lands of the Prester John, Being the narrative of the Portuguese Embassy to Ethiopia in 1520, Written by Father Francisco Alvares, The translation of Lord Stanley of Alderley (1881) revised and edited with additional material, eds, trans. C. F. Beckingham and G. W. B. Huntingford, I, Works issued by the Hakluyt Society, Second Series, 114 (Cambridge: Published for the Hakluyt Society at the University Press, 1961).

Beckingham, C. F. and G. W. B. Huntingford, eds, 1954. Some Records of Ethiopia 1593-1646: Being Extracts from The History of High Ethiopia or Abassia by Manoel de Almeida together with  Bahrey’s History of the Galla, Hakluyt Society Works, Ser. 2, 107 (London: La Colonizzazione Militaire Abissina Nel Limmu, 1954).

Beckingham, C. 1961. ‘Notes on an Unpublished Manuscript of Francisco Alvares : Verdadera informaçam das terras do Preste Joam das Indias’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 4 (1961), 139–154.

Bedjan, P. 1902. Cantus seu Homiliae Mar-Jacobi in Jesum et Mariam (Paris: Harrassowitz, 1902).

Bedjan, P. 1902. S. Martyrii, qui et Sahdona, quae supersunt omnia, ed. P. Bedjan (Parisiis–Lispiae: Otto Harrassowitz, 1902).

Bedjan, P. 1905. Homiliae selectae Mar-Jacobi Sarugensis. Tomus I. (Leipzig; Paris: Otto Harrassowitz, 1905).

Bedjan, P. 1906. Homiliae selectae Mar-Jacobi Sarugensis. Tomus II., II (Parisiis, Lipsiae: Otto Harrassowitz, 1906).

Bedjan, P. 1909. Mar Isaacus Ninivita De Perfectione Religiosa (Lipsiae: Otto Harrassowitz, 1909).

Bedjan, P., ed., 2006. Homilies of Mar Jacob of Sarug. Homiliae Selectae Mar-Jacobi Sarugensis, VI (Piscataway: Gorgias, 2006).

Beeston, A. F. L. 1985. ‘The Martyrdom of Azqir’, Proceedings of the Seminar for Arabian Studies, 15 (1985), 5–10.

Béguinot, F. 1901. La cronaca abbreviata d’Abissinia: nuova versione dall’etiopico e commento (Roma: Tipografia della Casa Edit. Italiana, 1901).

Beiʾde Maryam 1982. Die Geschichte der äthiopischen Patriarchen von 1926 bis zur Gegenwart Heidelberg (1982).

Bel, A. 1924. ‘René Basset (1855-1924)’, Revue Africaine, 65 (1924), 12–19.

Belay W. 2010. A Catalogue of some selected manuscripts of Hayq St. Eəstifanos AbunäIyäsus Mo’a Monastery MA Thesis, Addis Ababa: Addis Ababa University (2010).

Belcher, W. L. 2015. ‘Introduction to the Text’, in W. L. Belcher, ed., M. Kleiner, tr., The Life and Struggles of Our Mother Walatta Petros: A Seventeenth-Century African Biography of an Ethiopian Woman, Written by Galawdewos (Princeton, NJ–Oxford: Princeton University Press, 2015), 1–48.

Bǝrhāna Masqal Tasfā Māryām, ed., 1963. መጽሐፈ፡ ግንዘት (Asmara: 1963).

Bǝrhāna Masqal Tasfāmāryām 2003. ታሪክ ገዳማት ዘምድረ  ኣግኣዚት ኤርትራ ወስርዓተ፡ ብሕትውና፡ ንኑም ወዋልድባ ካብ ጥንቲ ክሳብ ሕጂ (Tārik gadāmāt zamǝdra ʾāgʾāzit ʾErtǝrā wasǝrʿāta bǝḥtǝwǝnnā nǝnum waWāldǝbbā kāb ṭǝnti kǝsāb ḥǝǧǧi) (‘The history of the cloisters of the country of ʾāgʾāzit of Eritrea, and the customs of the asceticism of the “nǝnum” and Wāldǝbbā, from the origins till nowadays ’), (2nd edn) (ʾAśmarā: 2003).

Bermudes, J. 1565. Esta he hūa breue relação da embaixada q̄ o Patriarcha dō Ioão Bermudez trouxe do Emperador da Ethiopia, chamado vulgarmente Preste Ioão, ao christianissimo, & zelador da fee de Christo Rey de Portugal dom Ioão o terceiro deste nome: dirigida ao muy alto ... Rey tābem de Portugal dom Sebastião o primeiro deste nome. Em a qual tābem conta a morte de dom Christouão da gama: & dos sucessos que acontecerão aos Portugueses que forão em sua companhia (Lixboa: F. Correa, 1565).

Bermudes, J. 1875. Breve relação da embaixada que o Patriarcha D. João Bermudez trouxe do Imperador da Ethiopia chamado vulgarmente Preste João (Lisboa: Academia Real das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1875).

Bernand, É. 2000. Recueil des inscriptions de l’Éthiopie des périodes pré-axoumite et axoumite, III A: Traductions et commentaires: Les inscriptions grecques (Paris: Diffusion de Boccard, 2000).

Berry, L. B. 2003. ‘Amonewos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 249b.

Berry, L. B. 2003. ‘Bǝrhan Mogäsa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 534a–535a.

Berry, L. B. 2005. ‘Damot’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 78b–79b.

Berry, L. B. 2005. ‘Dǝmeṭros’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 129b.

Berry, L. 2010. ‘Qǝddǝste’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrssowitz, 2010), 283a-b.

Berry, L. B. 2010. ‘Q^wara’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 312b–314a.

Berry, L. B. 2010. ‘Tänśe Mammo’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 860a–861a.

Berry, L. 2010. ‘Wägära’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1072a–1073a.

Berry, L. B. 2010. ‘Wähni Amba’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1076a–1077b.

Berry, L. B. 2014. ‘Yoḥannǝs I’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 69a–70b.

Berry, L. B., J. Quirin, and D. Crummey 2005. ‘Gondär’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 838a–848a.

Berthier, A., G. Freudenthal, and A. Rouaud 2014. ‘Zotenberg, Hermann (Théodore)’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 197b–198a.

Bickford-Berzock, K. 2002. The miracles of Mary: A seventeenth-century Ethiopian manuscript (Chicago, IL: Art Institute of Chicago, 2002).

Beylot, R. 1976. Abbā Nabyud de Dabra Sihat: visions et conseils ascétiques. Textus, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 377, Scriptores Aethiopici, 70 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du CorpusSCO, 1976).

Beylot, R. 1976. Abbā Nabyud de Dabra Sihat: visions et conseils ascétiques. Versio, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 378, Scriptores Aethiopici, 71 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du CorpusSCO, 1976).

Beylot, R. 1979. Commentaire éthiopien sur les bénédictions de Moïse et de Jacob, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 410, Scriptores Aethiopici, 73 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du CorpusSCO, 1979).

Beylot, R. 1979. Commentaire éthiopien sur les bénédictions de Moïse et de Jacob, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 411, Scriptores Aethiopici, 74 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du CorpusSCO, 1979).

Beylot, R. 1980. ‘Sur deux textes apocalyptiques éthiopiens’, Semitica, 30 (1980), 89–92.

Beylot, R. 1983. ‘Sermon éthiopien anonyme sur l’Eucharistie’, Abbay, 12 (1983), 113–116.

Beylot, R. 1984. Testamentum Domini éthiopien: Édition et traduction, ed., tr. R. Beylot (Louvain: Éditions Peeters, 1984).

Beylot, R. 1986. ‘La version éthiopienne de “l’histoire de Besoy”’, Revue de l’histoire des religions, 203 (1986), 169–184.

Beylot, R. 1990. ‘Actes des Pères et Frères de Debra Garzen: introduction et instructions spirituelles et théologiques d’Estifanos’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 15 (1990), 7–43.

Beylot, R. 1991. ‘Hippolyte de Rome, Traité de l’Antéchrist, traduit de l’éthiopien’, Semitica, 40 (1991), 107–139.

Beylot, R. 1991. ‘Les Actes de Gabra Masiḥ I (ca 1419-1522) troisiéme chef du mouvement stéphanite’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 35 (1991), 5–11.

Beylot, R. 1993. ‘Langue et littérature éthiopiennes’, in M. Albert, ed., Christianismes orientaux – Introduction à l‘étude des langues et des littératures (Paris: Ed. du Cerf, 1993), 219–260.

Beylot, R. 1993. Martyre de Pilate, Patrologia Orientalis, 45/4 (204) (Tournhout: Brepols, 1993).

Beylot, R. and M. Rodinson 1995. Répertoire des bibliothèques et des catalogues de manuscrits éthiopiens, Documents, études et répertoires publiés par l’Institut de Recherches et d’Histoire des Textes, 46 (Paris, Turnhout: Centre national de la recherche scientifique, Brepols, 1995).

Beylot, R. 2003. ‘Abäkäräzun’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 5b–6a.

Beylot, R. 2004. ‘Du Kebra Nagast’, Aethiopica, 7 (2004), 74–83.

Beylot, R. 2007. ‘Cyrille de Jérusalem: Homélie sur la Présentation de Jésus’, Aethiopica, 10 (2007), 58–69.

Beylot, R. 2008. La Gloire des rois ou l’histoire de Salomon et de la reine de Saba, Apocryphes, collection de poche de l’AELAC, 12 (Turnhout: Brepols, 2008).

Beylot, R. 2009. ‘Un témoin éthiopien inédit du Gradus 5 de Jean Climaque, Collegeville EMML 1939, folio 102r⁰-113v⁰’, in M. A. Amir Moezzi, J.-D. Dubois, C. Jullien, and F. Jullien, eds, Pensée grecque et sagesse d’Orient: Hommage à Michel Tardieu, Bibliothèque de l’Ecole des Hautes Études, Sciences Religieuses, 142 (Turnhout: Brepols, 2009), 89–107.

Beylot, R. 2014. ‘L’archange ʾAfnin dans trois homélies’, in A. Bausi, A. Gori, and G. Lusini, eds, Linguistic, Oriental and Ethiopian Studies in Memory of Paolo Marrassini (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 91–145.

Beylot, R. 2017. ‘Homélie d’Anastase le Sinaïte sur le Psaume 6 (ms. éthiopien D’Abbadie 134, de la BnF)’, in Studies in Ethiopian languages, literature, and history : Festschrift for Getatchew Haile presented by his friends and collegues, Äthiopistische Forschungen, 83 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2017).

Beylot, R. and A. Bausi 2007. ‘Isayǝyyas’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 196b–197a.

Beylot, R. and Red. 2005. ‘ʿƎzra’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 481a–482b.

Beylot, R. and Red. 2014. ‘Caquot, André’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 287a-b.

Bezold, C. 1905. Kebra Nagast: Die Herrlichkeit der Könige; Nach den Handschriften in Berlin, London, Oxford und Paris, zum ersten Mal im äthiopischen Urtext herausgegeben und mit deutscher Übersetzung versehen, ed., tr. C. Bezold, Abhandlungen der philosophisch-philologischen Klasse der Königlich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 23, Denkschriften, 77 (München: Verlag der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Kommission des G. Franz’schen Verlags (J. Roth), 1905).

Bezold, C. 1905. Kebra Nagast: Die Herrlichkeit der Könige; Nach den Handschriften in Berlin, London, Oxford und Paris, zum ersten Mal im äthiopischen Urtext herausgegeben und mit deutscher Übersetzung versehen, ed., tr. C. Bezold, Abhandlungen der philosophisch-philologischen Klasse der Königlich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 23, Denkschriften, 77 (München: Verlag der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Kommission des G. Franz’schen Verlags (J. Roth), 1905).

Bezualem Berhane 1971. Adal Abba Tänna: Nigus Tekle Haymanot of Goǧǧam, 1850-1901 Addis Ababa University (1971).

Bianchi, G. 1884. Alla terra dei Galla. Narrazione  della spedizione Bianchi in Africa nel 1879-80 (Milano: Fratelli Treves, 1884).

The Bibliographical Society (website) <http://www.bibsoc.org.uk>, accessed 1 October 2004.

Biesterfeldt, H. H. 1986. ‘Enno Littmann: Leben und Arbeit. Ein autobiographisches Fragment (1875-1904)’, Oriens, 29/30 (1986), 1–101.

Bigoul al-Suryiany, Fr. 2016. ‘The Monastery of the Abyssinians and the Abyssinian Treasures in the Monasteries of Wādī n-Naṭrūn’, Journal of the Canadian Society for Coptic Studies, 8 (2016), 119–134.

Binyamin ben Yonah mi-Ṭudelah 1633. Massāʿôt šel Rabbî Binyāmîn: /  Itinerarium D. Beniaminis, Cum Versione & Notis Constantini L’Empereur ab Oppyck, S. T. D. & S. L. P. in Acad. Lugd. Batava, ed. C. Empereur van Oppyck (Lugduni Batavorum: Elzevir, 1633).

Bittner, M. 1905. Der vom Himmel gefallene Brief Christi in seinen morgenländischen Versionen und Rezensionen, Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschafen in Wien, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse 51 (Wien: In Kommission bei Alfred Hölder, 1905).

Blake, R. P. and H. de Vis 1934. Epiphanius de Gemmis. The Old Georgian Version and the Fragments of the Armenian Version. And the Coptic-Sahidic Fragments. (London: Christophers, 1934).

Blanc, H. 1868. A Narrative of Captivity in Abyssinia (London: Smith, Elder, 1868).

Blanchart, J. 1909. ‘Note sur les manuscrits rapportés d’Abyssinie par la Mission Duchesne-Fournet’, in Mission en Éthiopie (1901-03) (Paris: Masson et Cie, 1909), 325–339.

Weld Blundell, H. 1922. The Royal Chronicle of Abyssinia: 1769-1840, ed., tr. H. Weld Blundell (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1922).

Beta maṣāḥǝft: Manuscripts of Ethiopia and Eritrea (Schriftkultur des christlichen Äthiopiens und Eritreas: eine multimediale Forschungsumgebung) (2018–2025) <http://betamasaheft.eu/>, accessed 6 September 2024.

Boavida, I., H. Pennec, M. J. Ramos, and C. J. Tribe 2011. Pedro Páez’s History of Ethiopia, 1622, eds I. Boavida, H. Pennec, and M. J. Ramos, tr. C. J. Tribe, I, Works issued by The Hakluyt Society, Third Series, 23 (London: Ashgate, 2011).

Boavida, I., H. Pennec, M. J. Ramos, and C. J. Tribe 2011. Pedro Páez’s History of Ethiopia, 1622, eds I. Boavida, H. Pennec, and M. J. Ramos, tr. C. J. Tribe, II, Works issued by The Hakluyt Society, Third Series, 24 (London: Ashgate, 2011).

Boavida, I. and Red. 2005. ‘Esteves Pereira, Francisco Maria’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 389a-b.

Bobzin, H. 1999. ‘Theodor Nöldeke’, Neue Deutsche Biographie, 19 (1999), 311–312.

Bochart, S. 1794. Samuelis Bocharti Rhotomagensis Ecclesiae Cadomensis Olim Pastoris Hierozoicon Sive De Animalibus S. Scripturae, II (Lipsiae: In Libraria Weidmannia, 1794).

Bochart, S. 1796. Samuelis Bocharti Rhotomagensis Ecclesiae Cadomensis Olim Pastoris Hierozoicon Sive De Animalibus S. Scripturae Recensuit Notis Adiectis Ern. Frid Car. Rosenmüller, III (Lipsiae: In Libraria Weidmannia, 1796).

Bodin, J. 1586. Io. Bodini Andegavensis De repvblica libri sex, latine ab avctore redditi, multo quam antea locupletiores cum indice copiosissimo (Lugduni et Parisiis: Apud Iacobum Du-Puys sub signo Samaritanae, 1586).

Böll, V. 1998. „Unsere Herrin Maria”. Die traditionelle äthiopische Exegese der Marienanaphora des Cyriacus von Behnesa, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 48 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1998).

Böll, V. 2005. ‘ʿƎräfta’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 351a–352a.

Böll, V. 2007. ‘Mälkǝʾa Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 708a–709a.

Böll, V. 2010. ‘O rǝḫrǝḫtä ḫǝllina’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1a–1b.

Böll, V. 2010. ‘Ṣǝyon Mogäsa’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 645b–646a.

Boissonade, J. Fr. 1832. Anecdota Graeca e codicibus regiis, IV (Parisiis: Excusum in regio typographeo, 1832).

Böll, V. 2010. ‘Säblä Wängel’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 436a-b.

Böll, V. 2010. ‘Aṣe Iyasu I (1682-1706) and Synod oF Yǝbaba’, Proceedings of International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, 16 (2010), 65–73.

Böll, V. 2010. ‘Wälättä Qirqos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1088a-b.

Böll, V. 2014. ‘Zena Maryam’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 179a–180a.

Henschenius, G., D. Papebrochius, F. Baertius, and C. Janningus 1695. Acta Sanctorum Iunii, ex Latinis & Graecis, aliarumque gentium Monumentis, servata primigeniâ veterum Scriptorum phrasi, collecta, digesta, commentariis & observationibus illustrata, I: complectens sex primos dies mensis (Antverpiae: Ex Typographia Henrici Thieullier, 1695).

Stiltingus, J., J. Suyskenus, C. Perierus, and J. Cleus 1760. Acta Sanctorum Septembris ex Latinis & Graecis, aliarumque gentium monumentis, servata primigeniâ veterum Scriptorum phrasi, collecta, digesta, commentariisque & observationibus illustrata a Joanne Stiltingo, Constantino Suyskeno, Joanne Periero, Joanne Cleo, e Societate Jesu Presbyteris Theologis. Tomus VII. (Antverpiae: Apud Bernardum Alb. Vander Plassche, 1760).

Suysenko, C., C. Byeo, J. Bueo, and J. Ghuesquiero 1770. Acta Sanctorum Octobris ex Latinis & Graecis, aliarumque gentium monumentis, servatâ primigeniâ veterum scriptorum phrasi, collecta, digesta, commentariisque & observationibus illustrata a Constantino Suysenko, Cornelio Byeo, Jacobo Bueo, Josepho Ghuesquiero e Societate Jesu presbyteris Theologis. Tomus III, quo dies quintus, sextus & septimus continentur., Acta Sanctorum, (Antverpiae) (Apud Joannem Nicolaum Vander Beken, 1770).

Bollini, M. G. 2023. ‘Fondi archivistici e raccolte documentarie: Pia Maria Pezzoli e Giovanni Battista Ellero’, Fondi nel web: Guida ai fondi della Biblioteca dell’Archiginnasio Blog-Post (2023).

Bolotov, V. 1887. ‘Opisanie dvuch" rukopisej, požertvovannych" v" biblioteku Spb. Duch. Akademii preosvjaščennym" Anatoliem", episkopom" baltskim" (nyně ostrogožskim")’, Christianskoe čtenije, 7–8 (1887), 137–160.

Bombeck, S. 2010. Die Geschichte der heiligen Maria in einer alten äthiopischen Handschrift. Einleitung, kritischer Apparat, Übersetzung, Anmerkungen, Kommentar, ed., tr. S. Bombeck (Dortmund: Verlag Praxiswissen, 2010).

Bombeck, S. Die Geschichte der heiligen Maria in einer alten äthiopischen Handschrift. Einleitung, kritischer Apparat, Übersetzung, Anmerkungen, Kommentar - Online, tr. S. Bombeck (2004) <https://www.bombeck.de/stefan.html>.

Bombeck, S. 2022. ‘Zur ältesten Urkunde in der äthiopischen Handschrift der Geschichte der heiligen Maria’, Oriens Christianus, 105 (2022), 192–199.

Bona, G. (Ioannes) 1672. Rerum liturgicarum libri duo (Parisiis: Apud Ludovicum Billaine, 1672).

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2000. ‘L’histoire et l’art des églises du lac Ṭana’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 16 (2000), 207–270.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2004. ‘“How Beautiful She Is!” in Her Mirror: Polysemic Images and Reflections of Power of an Eighteenth-Century Ethiopian Queen’, Journal of Early Modern History, 8/3 (2004), 294–318.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2005. ‘Gälila’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 659a–660a.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2007. ‘Narga Śǝllase’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1148b–1149b.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2007. ‘Ḫiruta Amlak’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 38a–39b.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2007. ‘Iyasu I’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 249b–251a.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2009. ‘Gouverner et définir un territoire: Géopolitique, art et production manuscrite au Lāstā entre 1667 et 1768’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 24 (2009), 87–148.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2022. ‘Ethiopian Manuscripts in Old Regime France and the Collection of the French National Library’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 6, 3^a Serie (53) (2022), 153–194.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. 2005. ‘Daga Ǝsṭifanos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 57a–59b.

Derat, M.-L. and C. Bosc-Tiessé 2007. ‘Nob’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1192a-b.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. and A. Wion 1998. ‘Inventaire des peintures datées du VXIIe au début du XIXe siècles: questions sur l’art gondarien (Éthiopie)’, Cahiers du CRA—Centre de recherches africaines, 9 (1998), 215–242, pl.

Bosc-Tiessé, C. and A. Wion 2010. ‘Les manuscrits éthiopiens d’Antoine d’Abbadie à la Bibliothèque Nationale de France. Collecte, copie et étude’, in J. Delcourt, ed., Antoine d’Abbadie (1810–1897). De l’Abyssinie au Pays basque voyage d’une vie (Biarritz: Atlantica, 2010), 77–116.

Botero, G. 1600. Delle Relationi universali ... parte terza: nella quale si tratta de popoli d’ogni credenza, cattolici, giudei, gentili et scismatici (In Venetia: Appresso Giorgio Angelieri, 1600).

Bouanga, A. 2013. Le Damot dans l’histoire de l’Éthiopie ( XIIIe -XXe siècles): Recompositions religieuses, politiques & historiographiques Université Paris 1 Panthéon -Sorbonne (2013).

Bowersock, G. W. 2013. The Throne of Adulis: Red Sea Wars on the Eve of Islam, Emblems of Antiquity (Oxford–New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2013).

Brakmann, H. 1994. Τὸ παρὰ τοῖς βαρβάροις ἔργον θεῖον. Die Einwurzelung der Kirche im spätantiken Reich von Aksum (Bonn: Borengässer, 1994).

Brankaer, J. 2016. ‘La tradition éthiopienne’, in J.-C. Haelewyck, ed., Histoire de Zosime sur la vie des Bienheureux Réchabites: Les versions orientales et leurs manuscrits, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 664, Subsidia, 135 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2016), 93–98.

Braukämper, U. 1980. Geschichte der Hadiya Süd-Äthiopiens: Von den Anfängen bis zur Revolution 1974, Studien zur Kulturkunde, 50 (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 1980).

Braukämper, U. 2002. Islamic History and Culture in Southern Ethiopia: Collected Essays, Göttinger Studien zur Ethnologie, 9 (Münster–Hamburg–London: LIT Verlag, 2002).

Braukämper, U. 2004. Islamic History and Culture in Southern Ethiopia: Collected Essays, Göttinger Studien zur Ethnologie, 9, (2nd edn) (Münster: LIT Verlag, 2004).

Brauner-Plazikowski, H. 1913. Ein äthiopisch–amharisches Glossar (Sawāsew). Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde, genehmigt von der philosophichen Fakultät der Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität zu Berlin, Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin, 16, Westasiatische Studien, 2 (Berlin: Reichsdruckerei, 1913).

Brerewood, E. 1679. Scrutinium Religionum & Linguarum, Editio novissima, cui summaria capitum accesserunt (Francofurti: Sumptibus haeredum Thomae Matthiae Götzii, 1679).

Breuning von Buchenbach, H. J. 1612. Orientalische Reyß Deß Edlen unnd Vesten Hanß Jacob Breüning von und zu Buochenbach: so er selb ander in der Türckey, under deß Türckischen Sultans Jurisdiction und Gebiet, so wol in Europa als Asia unnd Africa, ohn einig Cuchium oder FreyGleit, benantlich in GriechenLand, Egypten, Arabien, Palestina, das Heylige Gelobte Land und Syrien, nicht ohne sondere grosse Gefahr, vor dieser zeit verrichtet ; Alles in Fünff underschiedliche Meerfahrten disponirt und abgetheylet ... ; Mit angehenckter Summarischer Computation aller Meylen... (Straßburg: Johann Carolus, 1612).

Liturgies, Eastern and Western, being the texts original or translated of the principal liturgies of the church. Brightman, F. E., ed., 1896. Liturgies, Eastern and Western, being the Texts Original or Translated of the Principal Liturgies of the Church, I: Eastern Liturgies (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1896).

Brita, A. 2007. ‘Nine Saints’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1188b–1191a.

Brita, A. 2007. ‘Liqanos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 581a–582b.

Brita, A. 2010. I racconti tradizionali sulla ‘Seconda Cristianizzazione’ dell’Etiopia. Il ciclo agiografico dei Nove Santi, Studi Africanistici, Serie Etiopica, 7 (Napoli: Università degli Studi di Napoli ‘L’Orientale’, Dipartimento di Studi e Ricerche su Africa e Paesi Arabi, 2010).

Brita, A. 2010. ‘ʿOṣ’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 73ab.

Brita, A. 2010. ‘Ṗänṭälewon’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 111a–113a.

Brita, A. 2010. ‘Ṣadǝqan’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 446a–447b.

Brita, A. 2010. ‘Ṣǝḥma’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 596a–597a.

Brita, A. 2012. ‘Il Gadla Alēf’, in A. Bausi, A. Brita, A. Manzo, C. Baffioni, and E. Francesca, eds, Æthiopica et Orientalia: Studi in onore di Yaqob Beyene, I, Studi Africanistici, Serie Etiopica, 9 (Napoli: Università degli Studi di Napoli ‘L’Orientale’, Dipartimento Asia, Africa e Mediterraneo, 2012), 69–87.

Brita, A. 2014. ‘Yaʿǝqob’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 5b–6a.

Brita, A. 2014. ‘Yǝmʾata’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 49b–50b.

Brita, A. 2014. ‘Yared’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 26b–28b.

Brita, A. 2014. ‘Yǝsḥaq’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 62b.

Brita, A. 2014. ‘Yoḥannǝs’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 67a-b.

Brita, A. 2014. ‘Zämikaʾel Arägawi’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 130a–131b.

Brita, A. Wordlists for Libraries and Closely Related Phenomena in Different Manuscript Cultures from Asia, Africa and Europ: Ethiopic Manuscript Culture (University Web) CSMC-Occasional Papers University Web (2015) <https://www.csmc.uni-hamburg.de/publications/occasional-papers.html>, accessed 17 November 2020.

Brita, A. 2015. ‘The manuscript as a leaf puzzle: the case of the Gädlä sämaʿtat from ʿUra Qirqos (Ethiopia)’, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies Bulletin, 1/1 (2015), 7–20.

Brita, A., K. Helmholz, S. Hummel, and M. Villa 2017. ‘Three Collections of Gǝʿǝz Manuscripts Recently Surveyed in Italy: An Inventory’, Aethiopica, 20 (2017), 167–189.

Brock, S. 1978. ‘Secundus the Silent Philosopher: Some Notes on the Syriac Tradition’, Rheinisches Museum für Philologie, 121/1 (1978), 94–100.

Brock, S. P. 2006. ‘Index of First Lines’, in Homilies of Mar Jacob of Sarug, 6th (Piscataway: Gorgias Press, 2006), 372–399.

Brock, S. and L. Van Rompay 2014. Catalogue of the Syriac Manuscripts and Fragments in the Library of Deir al-Surian, Wadi al-Natrun (Egypt), Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta, 227 (Leuven–Walpole, MA: Uitgeverij Peeters en Departement Oosterse Studies, 2014).

Brockelmann, C. 1908. Katalog der orientalischen Handschriften der Stadtbibliothek zu Hamburg: mit Ausschluss der hebräischen, Teil I, die arabischen, persischen, türkischen, malaiischen, koptischen, syrischen, äthiopischen Handschriften (Hamburg: Otto Meissner, 1908).

Brockelmann, C., A. Fischer, W. Heffening, and F. Taeschner 1935. Die Transliteration der arabischen Schrift in ihrer Anwendung auf die Hauptliteratursprachen der islamischen Welt: Denkschrift dem 19. internationalen Orientalistenkongreß in Rom vorgelegt von der Transkriptionskommission der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft (Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1935).

Bruce, J. 1790. Reisen zur Entdeckung der Quellen des Nils : in den Jahren 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, und 1773, eds J. F. Blumenbach and T. C. Tychsen, tr. J. J. Volkmann, I (Leipzig: Weidmann, 1790).

Bruce, J. 1790. Reisen zur Entdeckung der Quellen des Nils : in den Jahren 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, und 1773, eds J. F. Blumenbach and T. C. Tychsen, tr. J. J. Volkmann, II (Leipzig: Weidmann, 1790).

Bruce, J. 1790. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, I (Edinburgh: J. Ruthven, 1790).

Bruce, J. 1790. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, II (Edinburgh: J. Ruthven, 1790).

Bruce, J. 1790. Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile, In the Years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, in five volumes, I–V (Edinburgh: J. Ruthven for G. G. J. and J. Robinson, 1790).

Bruce, J. 1790. Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile, In the Years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, In Five Volumes, III (Edinburgh: J. Ruthven for G. G. J. and J. Robinson, 1790).

Bruce, J. 1790. Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile, In the Years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, In Five Volumes, V (Edinburgh: J. Ruthven for G. G. J. and J. Robinson, 1790).

Bruce, J. 1791. Reisen zur Entdeckung der Quellen des Nils : in den Jahren 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, und 1773, eds J. F. Blumenbach and T. C. Tychsen, tr. J. J. Volkmann, III (Leipzig: Weidmann, 1791).

Bruce, J. 1791. Reisen zur Entdeckung der Quellen des Nils : in den Jahren 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, und 1773, eds J. F. Blumenbach and T. C. Tychsen, tr. J. J. Volkmann, IV (Leipzig: Weidmann, 1791).

Bruce, J. 1791. Reisen zur Entdeckung der Quellen des Nils : in den Jahren 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, und 1773, eds J. F. Blumenbach and T. C. Tychsen, tr. J. J. Volkmann, V (Leipzig: Weidmann, 1791).

Bruce, J. 1791. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, III (Dublin: William Porter, 1791).

Bruce, J. 1804. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, second edition, II (Edinburgh: Printed by James Ballantyne for Archibald Constable and Company, 1804).

Bruce, J. 1813. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, third edition, II, (3rd edn) (Edinburgh: George Ramsay and Company for Archibald Constable and Company, 1813).

Bruce, J. 1813. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773, third edition, III, (3rd edn) (Edinburgh: George Ramsay and Company for Archibald Constable and Company, 1813).

Brüne, S. 2014. ‘Mälläs Zenawi’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 408b–409a.

Bruns, P. 1991. Aphrahat. Unterweisungen. Erster Teilband, Fontes Christiani: zweisprachige Neuausgabe christlicher Quellentexte aus Altertum und Mittelalter, 5, 1 (Freiburg: Herder, 1991).

Bruns, P. 1991. Aphrahat. Unterweisungen. Zweiter Teilband, Fontes Christiani: zweisprachige Neuausgabe christlicher Quellentexte aus Altertum und Mittelalter, 5, 2 (1991).

Brzuski, W. K. 1983. Zapożyczenia arabskie w dawnym i współczesnym języku amharskim [Arabic loanwords in the old and modern Amharic language], Dissertationes Universitatis Varsoviensis, 82 (Warszawa: Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego, 1983).

Budge, E. A. W. 1896. The Life and Exploits of Alexander the Great: Being a Series of Ethiopic Texts Edited from Manuscripts in the British Museum and the Bibliothèque nationale, Paris, With an English Translation and Notes, I: The Ethiopic Text, Introduction, etc., ed., tr. E. A. W. Budge (London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1896).

Budge, E. A. W. 1896. The Life and Exploits of Alexander the Great: Being a Series of Translations of the Ethiopic Histories of Alexander by the Pseudo-Callisthenes and Other Writers, With Introduction, etc., tr. E. A. W. Budge, [II] (London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1896).

Budge, E. A. W. 1898. The lives of Mabâ’ Ṣĕyôn and Gabra Krĕstôs. The Ethiopic texts edited with an English translation and a chapter on the illustrations of Ethiopic MSS, Lady Meux Manuscript, 1 (London: W. Griggs, 1898).

Budge, E. A. W. 1899. መጽሐፈ፡ ገድለ፡ ሐዋርያት። The Contendings of the Apostles being the Histories of the Lives and Martyrdoms and Deaths of the Twelve Apostles and Evangelists, the Ethiopic Texts now first Edited from Manuscripts in the British Museum, with an English Translation, ed. E. A. W. Budge, I: The Ethiopic Text (London–New York, NY: Henry Frowde, 1899).

Budge, E. A. W. 1900. The Miracles of the Blessed Virgin Mary, and the Life of Ḥannâ (Saint Anne), and the Magical Prayers of ʾAhĕta Mîkâêl. The Ethiopic Texts edited with English Translations, etc., ed., tr. E. A. W. Budge, Lady Meux Manuscripts, 2–5 (London: W. Griggs, 1900).

Budge, E. A. W. 1901. መጽሐፈ፡ ገድለ፡ ሐዋርያት። The Contendings of the Apostles being the Histories of the Lives and Martyrdoms and Deaths of the Twelve Apostles and Evangelists, the Ethiopic Texts now first Edited from Manuscripts in the British Museum, with an English Translation, tr. E. A. W. Budge, II: The English Translation (London–New York, NY: Henry Frowde, 1901).

Budge, E. A. W., ed., 1906. The Life of Takla Hâymânôt, in the version of Dabra Lîbanôs, and The Miracles of Takla Hâymânôt in the version of Dabra Lîbanôs, and The Book of the Riches of Kings, tr. E. A. W. Budge, I–II (London: Privately printed for Lady Meux, 1906).

Budge, E. A. W., ed., 1906. The Life of Takla Hâymânôt, in the version of Dabra Lîbanôs, and The Miracles of Takla Hâymânôt in the version of Dabra Lîbanôs, and The Book of the Riches of Kings, tr. E. A. W. Budge, I (London: Privately printed for Lady Meux, 1906).

Budge, E. A. W., ed., 1906. The Life of Takla Hâymânôt, in the version of Dabra Lîbanôs, and The Miracles of Takla Hâymânôt in the version of Dabra Lîbanôs, and The Book of the Riches of Kings, tr. E. A. W. Budge, II (London: Privately printed for Lady Meux, 1906).

Budge, E. A. T. W. 1909. Texts relating to Saint Mêna of Egypt and canons of Nicaea in Nubian dialect with Facsimile (London: Printed by order of the Trustees, 1909).

Budge, E. A. W. 1915. Miscellaneous Coptic texts in the dialect of Upper Egypt (London: Printed by order of the Trustees : sold at the British Museum, 1915).

Budge, E. A. T. W. 1922. The Queen of Sheba & her only son Menyelek; being the history of the departure of God & His Ark of the covenant from Jerusalem to Ethiopia, and the establishment of the religion of the Hebrews & the Solomonic line of kings in that country (London: Medici Society, 1922).

Budge, E. A. W. 1922. Legends of Our Lady Mary the Perpetual Virgin and Her Mother Ḥannâ (London–Liverpool–Boston, MA: The Medici Society, Ltd., 1922).

Budge, E. A. W. 1923. Baralâm and Yewâsef: being the Ethiopic version of a Christianized recension of the Buddhist legend of the Buddha and the Bodhisattva. Volume I. Ethiopic Text, I (Cambridge: University Press, 1923).

Budge, E. A. W. 1923. Baralâm and Yewâsef: being the Ethiopic version of a Christianized recension of the Buddhist legend of the Buddha and the Bodhisattva. Volume II. The Introduction, English Translation, etc., II (Cambridge: At the University Press, 1923).

Budge, E. A. [Thompson] W. 1923. One hundred and ten miracles of Our Lady Mary (London: Medici Society, 1923).

Budge, E. A. W. 1928. A History of Ethiopia, Nubia & Abyssinia: (According to the Hieroglyphic Inscriptions of Egypt and Nubia, and the Ethiopian Chronicles) (London: Methuen & Co., 1928).

Budge, E. A. W. 1928. The Book of the Saints of the Ethiopian Church: a translation of the Ethiopic Synaxarium: made from the manuscripts Oriental 660 and 661 in the British Museum (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1928).

Budge, E. A. W. 1929. The Bandlet of Righteousness, an Ethiopian Book of the Dead: The Ethiopic Text of the ልፋፈ፡ ጽድቅ፡ in Facsimile from Two Manuscripts in the British Museum, Luzac’s Semitic Text & Translation Series, 19 (London: Luzac & Company, 1929).

Budge, E. A. W. 1930. George of Lydda, the Patron Saint of England: A Study of the Cultus of St. George in Ethiopia. The Ethiopic texts in facsimile edited for the first time from the manuscripts from Maḳdalâ now in the British Museum, with translations and an introduction, Luzac’s Semitic Text & Translation Series, 20 (London: Luzac & Co. Ltd., 1930).

Budge, E. A. W. 1933. One Hundred and Ten Miracles of Our Lady Mary, Translated from Ethiopic Manuscripts for the Most Part in the British Museum, with Extracts from Some Ancient European Versions, and Illustrations from the Paintings in Manuscripts by Ethiopian Artists, with Sixty-Four Plates (London: Oxford University Press–Humphrey Milford, 1933).

Budge, E. A. T. W. 1935. The Book of the Mysteries of the Heavens and the Earth and Other Works of Bakhayla Mîkâʼêl (Zôsîmâs) (London: Oxford University Press, 1935).

Budge, E. A. W. 1966. A history of Ethiopia, Nubia & Abyssinia. According to the hieroglyphic inscriptions of Egypt and Nubia, and the Ethiopian chronicles (London; Oosterhout N.B.: Methuen [1928] Anthropological Publications, 1966).

Budge, E. A. W. 1976. The Book of the Saints of the Ethiopian Church: [a translation of the Ethiopic Synaxarium: made from the manuscripts Oriental 660 and 661 in the British Museum], III/IV (Hildesheim: Georg Olms, 1976).

Budge, E. A. T. W. 2000. The Queen of Sheba and Her Only Son Menyelek (Kebrä Nägäst), (repr.) (Oxford: Oxford                    University Press, 2000).

Bulakh, M. 2014. ‘Ancient Gǝʿǝz Orthography: Evaluation of the Fragment of Luke (Verses 6:37-6:43) in the Manuscript MY-002 from Däbrä Maʿṣo, Tǝgray’, in A. Bausi, A. Gori, and G. Lusini, eds, Linguistic, Oriental and Ethiopian Studies in Memory of Paolo Marrassini (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 177–212.

KHS-Burmester, O. H. E. 1967. The Egyptian or Coptic Church: A Detailed Description of her Liturgical Services and the Rites and Ceremonies Observed in the Administration of her Sacraments, Publications de la Société d’Archéologie Copte, 10 (Le Caire: 1967).

Burtea, B. 2005. ‘Devil’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 147a–148b.

Burtea, B. 2005. ‘Demons’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 130a–132b.

Burtea, B. 2007. ‘Lǝfafä ṣǝdǝq’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 542a–543a.

Burtea, B. 2007. ‘Märbäbtä Sälomon’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 777a–778b.

Burtea, B. 2010. ‘Tǝmhǝrtä ḫǝbuʾat’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 914b–915a.

Burtea, B. 2010. ‘Susǝnyos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 772a–773a.

Buruk Wolde Michael 2013. ‘Treasures of the Lake Zeway churches and monastery, South-Central Ethiopia’, Journal of Ethiopian Church Studies, 3/1 (2013), 66–82.

Butts, A. M. 2013–2014. ‘Embellished with Gold: The Ethiopic Reception of Syriac Biblical Exegesis’, Oriens Christianus, 97 (2013–2014), 137–159.

Butts, A. M. 2020. ‘From Syriac to Arabic to Ethiopic: Loci of Change in Transmission’, in R. B. Finazzi, F. Forte, C. Milani, and M. Moriggi, eds, Circolazione di testi e superamento delle barriere linguistiche e culturali nelle tradizioni orientali, Orientalia Ambrosiana, 7 (Milano: Biblioteca Ambrosiana–Centro Ambrosiano, 2020), 21–57.

Butts, A. M. 2024. ‘Syriac in Ethiopic Manuscripts, Ethiopic in Syriac Manuscripts—Part I: MS Florence, Biblioteca Medicea Laurenziana, Or. 148’, Hugoye: Journal of Syriac Studies, 27 (2024), 43–99.

Butts, A. M. and T. Erho 2018. ‘Jacob of Serugh in the Ambrosian Homiliary (ms. Ambros. X.198 sup. and its membra disiecta )’, Deltio Biblikōn Meletōn (‘Bulletin of Bible Studies’), 33/B (2018), 37–54.

Butts, A. M. and T. Erho 2023. ‘The Ethiopic Homily on Holy Easter attributed to John Theologos and its Arabic Vorlage (CPG 4163.2)’, Aethiopica, 26 (2023), 246–260.

Butts, A. M., K. Heal, G. Moseley, and J. Witztum 2017. ‘Notes on the History of Joseph (CAVT 113, 114) and the Death of Joseph (CAVT 116, 117)’, Apocrypha, 28 (2017), 233–237.

Johannis Buxtorfi Lexicon Hebraicum Et Chaldaicum. Buxtorf, J. 1639. Johannis Buxtorfi Lexicon Hebraicum Et Chaldaicum: Complectens Omnes Voces, Tam Primas quam Derivatas, quae in Sacris Bibliis, Hebraea, & ex parte Chaldea lingua scriptis, extant ; Interpretationis Fide, Exemplorum Biblicorum copia, Locorum plurimorum difficilium ex variis Hebraeorum Commentariis explicatione, auctum & illustratum (Basileae: Sumptibus & typis Ludovici König, 1639).

Buxtorf, J. 1641. Johannis Buxtorfi Synagoga Judaica: auspiciis authoris jam olim Latinitate donata; nunc primum in vulgus emissa (Basileae: Impensis Ludovici König, 1641).

Buzi, P. and A. Bausi 2010. ‘Shenute of Atripe’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 648b–650b.

Geerard, M. 1992. Clavis apocryphorum Novi Testamenti, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 1992).

CAVT. Haelewyck, J.-C. 1998. Clavis apocryphorum Veteris Testamenti, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 1998).

Orlandi, T. Clavis patrum Copticorum. An index of the authors and works of the Coptic literature <http://www.cmcl.it/~cmcl/chiam_clavis.html>.

Meyer, M., J. Moukarzel, and E. Balicka-Witakowska 2015. ‘Digitization for access and preservation’, in A. Bausi, P. G. Borbone, F. Briquel-Chatonnet, P. Buzi, J. Gippert, C. Macé, M. Maniaci, Z. Melissakis, L. E. Parodi, W. Witakowski, and E. Sokolinski, eds, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies. An Introduction (Hamburg: COMSt, 2015), 570–580.

CPG. Geerard, M. 1983. Clavis patrum Graecorum, I: Patres antenicaeni, schedulis usi quibus rem paravit F. Winkelmann, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 1983).

CPG. Geerard, M. 1974. Clavis patrum Graecorum, II: Ab Athanasio ad Chrysostomum, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 1974).

CPG. Geerard, M. 1979. Clavis patrum Graecorum, III: A Cyrillo Alexandrino ad Iohannem Damascenum, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 1979).

CPG. Noret, J. 2003. Clavis patrum Graecorum, IIIA: A Cyrillo Alexandrino ad Iohannem Damascenum, addenda, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 2003).

CPG. Geerard, M. 1980. Clavis patrum Graecorum, IV: Concilia. Catenae, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 1980).

CPG. Geerard, M. and F. Glorie 1987. Clavis patrum Graecorum, V: Indices, initia, concordantiae, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 1987).

CPG. Geerard, M. and J. Noret 1998. Clavis patrum Graecorum, Supplementum, Corpus Christianorum (Turnhout: Brepols, 1998).

Cahen, C. and R.-G. Coquin 1991. ‘al-Makīn b. Al-ʿAmīd’, in Encyclopaedia of Islam, Second Edition, 6th (1991).

Calchi Novati, G. 2003. ‘Africa Orientale Italiana’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 129a–134a.

Capon, L. 2008. ‘Extreme Bookbinding – a fascinating preservation project in Ethiopia’, Skin Deep, 26 (2008), 2–11.

Caquot, A. 1955. ‘L’homélie en l’honneur de l’archange Ouriel (Dersāna Urāʾēl)’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 1 (1955), 61–88.

Caquot, A. 1957. ‘Les «Chroniques abrégées» d’Éthiopie’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 2 (1957), 187–192.

Caquot, A. 1957. ‘L’homélie en l’honneur de l’archange Raguel (Dersāna Rāguʾēl)’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 2 (1957), 91–122.

Caquot, A. 1957. ‘Histoire amharique de Grāñ et des Gallas’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 2 (1957), 123–143.

Caquot, A. 1957. ‘La royauté sacrale en Éthiopie’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 2 (1957), 205–218.

Caquot, A. 1961. ‘Les Actes d’Ezrā de Gunda-Gundē’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 4 (1961), 69–121.

Caquot, A. 1965. ‘Une version geʽez du Traité d’Hippolyte de Rome sur l’Antichrist’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 6 (1965), 165–214.

Caquot, A. 1988. ‘Une homélie éthiopienne attribuée à saint Mari Éphrem sur le séjour d’Abraham et Sara en Égypte’, in Mélanges Antoine Guillaumont. Contributions à l’étude des christianismes orientaux., Cahiers d’Orientalisme, 20 (Genève: Patrick Cramer, 1988), 173–185.

Carmichael, T. 2007. ‘Mäk^wännǝn Wäldä Mikaʾel’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 686a–687b.

Cartlidge, D. R. and J. Keith Elliot 2001. Art & the Christian Apocrypha (London and New York: Routledge, 2001).

Caspari, C. P. 1869. Ungedruckte, unbeachtete und wenig beachtete Quellen zur Geschichte des Taufsymbols und der Glaubensregel. II., II (Christiania: Gedruckt bei P. T. Malling, 1869).

Casson, L. and R. MacMullen 1989. The Periplus Maris Erythraei: Text with Introduction, Translation, and Commentary (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1989).

Castro, F. 1964. ‘Scritti di Martino Marino Mario Moreno’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 20 (1964), 12–21.

Caulk, R. A. 1972. ‘Religion and the State in the Nineteenth Century Ethiopia’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 10/1 (1972), 23–41.

Caulk, R. 1975. ‘Territorial Competition and the Battle of Embabo’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 13 (1975), 64–88.

Ceriani, A. M. 1861. Monumenta sacra et profana ex codicibus praesertim bibliothecae Ambrosianae opera collegii doctorum ejusdem Tomus 1. = Fasciculus 1., I (Mediolani: typis et impensis Bibliothecae Ambrosianae, 1861).

Cerulli, E. 1933. ‘LʼEtiopia del secolo XV in nuovi documenti storici’, Africa Italiana, 5/1–2 (1933), 57–112.

Cerulli, E. 1936. Studi Etiopici I: La lingua e la storia di Harar, Pubblicazioni dell’Istituto per l’Oriente (Roma: Istituto per l’Oriente, 1936).

Cerulli, E. 1942. ‘Francesco Gallina’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 2/3 (1942), 347–348.

Cerulli, E. 1942. ‘Abba Tekla Maryam Semharay edi i suoi studi etiopici’, Oriente Moderno, 22 (1942), 516–17.

Cerulli, E. 1943–1947. Etiopi in Palestina: storia della comunità etiopica di Gerusalemme, I–II, Collezione scientifica e documentaria a cura del Ministero dell’Africa Italiana, 12, 14 (Roma: La Libreria dello Stato, 1943–1947).

Cerulli, E. 1943. ‘Gli abbati di Dabra Libānos, capi del monachismo etiopico, secondo la «lista rimata» (sec. XIV-XVIII)’, Orientalia, Nova series, 12 (1943), 226–253.

Cerulli, E. 1943. ‘Un frammento degli Atti di Batērgēlā Māryām’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 3/2 (1943), 131–138.

Cerulli, E. 1943. Etiopi in Palestina: Storia della comunità etiopica di Gerusalemme, I, Collezione scientifica e documentaria a cura del Ministero dell’Africa Italiana, 12 (Roma: La Libreria dello Stato, 1943).

Cerulli, E. 1943. Il libro etiopico dei Miracoli di Maria e le sue fonti nelle letterature del Medio Evo latino, Studi orientali pubblicati a cura della Scuola Orientale, 1 (Roma: Dott. Giovanni Bardi, 1943).

Cerulli, E. 1943. ‘L’ Etiopia medievale in alcuni brani di scrittori arabi’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 3/3 (1943), 272–294.

Cerulli, E. 1943. ‘Gli Atti di Takla Alfā’, Annali dell’Istituto Universitario Orientale, 2 (1943), 1–87.

Cerulli, E. 1944. ‘Gli abbati di Dabra Libānos, capi del monachismo etiopico, secondo la «lista rimata» (sec. XIV-XVIII) (Continuazione)’, Orientalia, Nova series, 13 (1944), 137–182.

Cerulli, E. 1944–1945. ‘Gli Atti di Batra Māryām’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 4 (1944–1945), 133–144.

Cerulli, E. 1945. ‘Gli abbati di Dabra Libanos, capi del monachismo etiopico, secondo le liste recenti (sec. XVIII-XX)’, Orientalia, Nova series, 14 (1945), 143–171.

Cerulli, E. 1946. ‘Gli Atti di Batra Māryām’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 5 (1946), 42–66.

Cerulli, E. 1946. ‘I manoscritti etiopici della biblioteca dell’India Office in Londra’, Oriente Moderno, 26/7–12 (1946), 109–116.

Cerulli, E. 1946. ‘Gli Atti di Zēnā Māryām, monaca etiopica del secolo XIV’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 21 (1946), 121–156.

Cerulli, E. 1947. Etiopi in Palestina: Storia della comunità etiopica di Gerusalemme, II, Collezione scientifica e documentaria a cura dell’Ufficio studi del Ministero dell’Africa Italiana, 14 (Roma: La Libreria dello Stato, 1947).

Cerulli, E. 1950. ‘La festa del Battesimo e l’Eucarestia in Etiopia nel secolo XV’, Analecta Bollandiana, 68 (1950), 436–452.

Cerulli, E. 1954. ‘I manoscritti etiopici della Bibliothèque Royale di Bruxelles’, Atti della Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie ottava, 9 (1954), 516–521.

Cerulli, E., ed., 1956. Atti di Krestos Samrā, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 164 Scriptores Aethiopici, 34 (Louvain: Imprimerie Orientaliste L. Dubrecq, 1956).

Cerulli, E., ed., 1956. Atti di Krestos Samrā, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 163 Scriptores Aethiopici, 33 (Louvain: Imprimerie Orientaliste L. Dubrecq, 1956).

Cerulli, E. 1956. Storia della letteratura etiopica, Thesaurus litterarum, 1, Storia delle letterature di tutto il mondo, 11 (Milano: Nuova Accademia, 1956).

Cerulli, E. 1956. ‘Due codici di Upsala del Libro etiopico dei Miracoli di Maria’, in Studi orientalistici in onore di Giorgio Levi Della Vida, I, Pubblicazioni dell’Istituto per l’Oriente, 52 (Roma: Istituto per l’Oriente, 1956), 151–179.

Cerulli, E. 1957. ‘Il Codice della Staatsbibliothek di Berlino del Libro dei Miracoli di Maria’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 32 (1957), 337–396.

Cerulli, E. 1958. Scritti teologici etiopici dei secoli XVI-XVII, I: Tre opuscoli dei Mikaeliti, Studi e Testi, 198 (Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1958).

Cerulli, E. 1959. Atti di Giulio di Aqfaḥs, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 190, 191, Scriptores Aethiopici, 37, 38 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1959).

Atti del Convegno internazionale di Studi Etiopici (Roma 2–4 aprile 1959) 1960. , Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 357, Problemi attuali di scienza e di cultura, 48 (Roma: Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 1960).

Cerulli, E. 1960. ‘Punti di vista sulla storia dell’Etiopia’, in Atti del Convegno internazionale di Studi Etiopici (Roma 2–4 aprile 1959), Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 357, Problemi attuali di scienza e di cultura, 48 (Roma: Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 1960), 5–27.

Cerulli, E. 1960. Scritti teologici etiopici dei secoli XVI-XVII, II: La Storia dei Quattro Concili ed altri opuscoli monofisiti, Studi e Testi, 204 (Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1960).

Cerulli, E. 1962. ‘Gli atti di Zēnā Mārqos, monaco etiope del sec. XIV’, in Collectanea Vaticana Anselmi M. Card. Albareda a Bibliotheca Apostolica edita, Studi e Testi, 219 (Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1962), 191–212.

Cerulli, E. 1964. ‘L’Oriente cristiano nell’unita delle sue tradizioni’, in Atti del Convegno Internazionale sul Tema: L’Oriente cristiano nella storia della civiltà: (Roma 31 marzo - 3 aprile), (Firenze 4 aprile 1963), Problemi attuali di scienza e di cultura, 62 (Roma: Accademia Nazionale dei LinceiNovum, 1964), 11–45.

Cerulli, E. 1964. ‘“De resurrectione mortuorum”, opuscolo della Chiesa etiopica del sec. XIV’, in Mélanges Eugène Tisserant, II: Orient chrétien, Première partie, Studi e Testi, 232 (Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1964), 1–27.

Cerulli, E. 1965. I manoscritti etiopici della Chester Beatty Library in Dublino, Atti della Reale Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Memorie, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie ottava, 11/6 ([Roma]: [Accademia nazionale dei Lincei], 1965).

Cerulli, E. 1965. ‘Il codice di Leningrado del libro etiopico dei Miracoli di Maria’, Atti della Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie ottava, 20 (1965), 1–19.

Cerulli, E. 1968. La letteratura etiopica: L’oriente cristiano nell’unità delle sue tradizioni, Le letterature del mondo, 30, (3rd edn) (Firenze–Milano: Sansoni, Accademia, 1968).

Cerulli, E. 1969. Les vies éthiopiennes de Saint Alexis l’homme de Dieu, ed. E. Cerulli, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 298, Scriptores Aethiopici, 59 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1969).

Cerulli, E. 1969. Les vies éthiopiennes de Saint Alexis l’homme de Dieu, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 299, Scriptores Aethiopici, 60 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1969).

Cerulli, E. 1970. ‘Two Ethiopian Tales on the Christians of Cyprus’, Abba Salama, 1 (1970), 178–185.

Cerulli, E. 1970. ‘L’imperatore Naʾod e gli stefaniti a Gerusalemme in un documento inedito (Vaticano Etiopico 298)’, in R. Pankhurst, ed., Proceedings of the Third International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, II (Addis Ababa: Institute of Ethiopian Studies, Haile Selassie I University, 1970), 243–253.

Cerulli, E. 1975. ‘Tiberius and Pontius Pilatus in the Ethiopian Tradition and Poetry’, Proceedings of the British Academy, 59 (1975), 141–158.

Chaîne, M., ed., 1909. Apocrypha de B. Maria Virgine, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Series Prima, 7, Textus (Romae, Parisiis, Lipsiae: Excudebat Karolus De Luigi, Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1909).

Chaîne, M. 1909. Apocrypha de B. Maria Virgine, tr. M. Chaîne, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Series Prima, 7, Versio (Romae, Parisiis, Lipsiae: Excudebat Karolus De Luigi, Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1909).

Chaîne, M. 1911. ‘Un monastère éthiopien à Rome au XVe et XVIe siècle. San Stefano dei Mori’, Mélanges de l’Université Saint-Joseph, 5/1 (1911), 1–36.

Chaîne, M. 1912. Catalogue des manuscrits éthiopiens de la Collection Antoine d’Abbadie (Paris: Imprimerie nationale–Ernest Leroux, éditeur, 1912).

Chaîne, M., ed., 1913. ‘Le rituel éthiopien. Rituel du baptême’, Bessarione, 17 [29], 123 (1913), 38–71.

Chaîne, M. 1913. ‘Le rituel éthiopien - Rituel de Confirmation et du Mariage’, Bessarione, 17 [29] (1913), 255–283.

Chaîne, M. 1913. Catalogue des manuscrits éthiopiens de la collection Mondon-Vidailhet (Paris: Ernest Leroux Éditeur, 1913).

Chaîne, M., ed., 1913. ‘Le rituel éthiopien - Rituel de l’Extrême-Onction (Rédaction de Galawdewos)’, Bessarione, 17 [29]; 18 [30] (1913), 420–451; 12–41.

Chaîne, M. 1913. ‘Répertoire des Salam et Malkeʾe contenus dans les manuscrits éthiopiens des bibliothèques d’Europe’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 18/2 and 18/4 (Deuxième série, 8/2 and 8/4) (1913), 183–203 and 337–357.

Chaîne, M. 1913. ‘Répertoire des Salam et Malkeʾe contenus dans les manuscrits éthiopiens des bibliothèques d’Europe’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 18/2 (Deuxième série, 8/2) (1913), 183–203.

Chaîne, M. 1913. ‘Répertoire des Salam et Malkeʾe contenus dans les manuscrits éthiopiens des bibliothèques d’Europe’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 18/4_(Deuxième série, 8/4) (1913), 337–357.

Chaîne, M., ed., 1914. ‘Le rituel éthiopien - Rituel de l’Extrême-Onction (Rédaction de Zarʿa Iaʿqob)’, Bessarione, 18 [30] (1914), 213–231.

Chaîne, M. 1914. ‘Catalogue des manuscrits éthiopiens des bibliothèques et musées de Paris, des départements et des collections privées’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 19 (1914), 3–16; 247–265.

Chaîne, M. 1922. ‘La date de la morte du metropolite Abbā Salāmā’, Aethiops, 1 (1922), 33–36.

Chaîne, M. 1925. La chronologie des temps chrétiens de l’Égypte et de l’Éthiopie (Paris: Libraire orientaliste Paul Geuthner, 1925).

Chaîne, M., ed., 1962. Apocrypha de B. Maria Virgine (Aeth. I, 7), T., Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 39, Scriptores Aethiopici, 22 (Louvain: Peeters, 1962).

Chaîne, M. 1962. Apocrypha de B. Maria Virgine (Aeth. I, 7), V., tr. M. Chaîne, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 40, Scriptores Aethiopici, 23 (Louvain: Peeters, 1962).

Chaîne, M. 1905. ‘Le Livre du Coq (“Matzhafa Dorho”)’, Revue Sémitique d’Epigraphie et d’Histoire Ancienne, 13 (1905), 276–281.

Charles, R. H. 1900. The Ascension of Isaiah : translated from the Ethiopic version, which, together with the new Greek fragment, the Latin versions and the Latin translation of the Slavonic, is here published in full (London: Black, 1900).

Charles, R. H. 1902. The Book of Jubilees or the Little Genesis translated from the editor’s Ethiopic text (London: Adam and Charles Black, 1902).

Charles, R. H. 1906. The Ethiopic version of the Book of Enoch, together with the fragmentary Greek and Latin versions, Anecdota Oxoniensia (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1906).

Charles, R. H. 1912. The Book of Enoch or 1 Enoch, translated from the editor’s Ethiopic text (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1912).

Charles, R. H. 1916. The Chronicle of John (c. 690 A.D.) Coptic Bishop of Nikiu: Being a History of Egypt before and during the Arab Conquest, Translated from Hermann Zotenberg’s Edition of the Ethiopic Version, Text and Translation Society, 3 (London: Williams & Norgate, 1916).

Chekroun, A. 2013. ‘Manuscrits, éditions et traductions du Futūḥ al-Ḥabaša. État des lieux’, Annales islamologiques, 46 (2013), 293–322.

Chekroun, A. 2013. Le Futuh al-Habasa: écriture de l’histoire, guerre et société dans le Bar Sa’ad ad-din (Ethiopie, XVIe siècle) Paris: l’Université Paris 1 Panthéon-Sorbonne (2013).

Chernetsov, S. 1974. ‘The “History of the Gallas” and the Death of Za-dengel, King of Ethiopia (1603–1604)’, in IV Congresso Internazionale di Studi Etiopici, 10–15 Aprile 1972, I, Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, Anno 371, Problemi attuali di scienza e di cultura, 191 (Roma: Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, 1974), 803–808.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Barča’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 475b–476a.

Chernetsov, S. B. 2005. ‘Faris’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 495b–496a.

Chernetsov, S. B. 2005. ‘Fitawrari’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 552a-b.

Černecov, S. 1975. ‘Opisanie ėfiopskix rukopisnyx amuletov (“magičeskix svitkov”) iz sobranija MAĖ’, in D. Ol’derogge and R. Kinžalov, eds, Iz kulturnogo nasledija narodov Ameriki i Afriki, 31st, Sbornik MAĖ (Leningrad: Nauka, 1975), 208–226.

Chernetsov, S. B. 1984. Efiopskie xroniki XVI-XVII vekov, tr. S. B. Chernetsov (Moscow: Nauka Publishers, 1984).

Chernetsov, S. 1988. ‘Medieval Ethiopian Historiographers and Their Method’, in A. A. Gromyko, ed., Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress of Ethiopian Studies, Moscow, 26–29 August 1986, V (Moscow: Nauka, Glavnaja redakcija vostočnoj literatury, 1988), 1986.

Chernetsov, S. 1989. ‘Who Wrote “The History of King Sarsa Dengel“ – Was it the Monk Baḥrey?’, in Taddese Beyene, ed., II (Addis Ababa: Institute of Ethiopian Studies, 1989), 131–136.

Chernetsov, S. 1994. ‘The Crisis of Ethiopian Official Royal Historiography and Its Consequences in the 18th Century’, Proceedings of the 11 th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, I (1994), 87–101.

Chernetsov, S. 1997. ‘Ethiopian Traditional Paintings in the Collections of Peter the Great Kunstkammer’, St. Petersburg Journal of African Studies, 6 (1997), 128–155.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Abagaz’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 5a-b.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘ʿAqaṣen’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 290a.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Aśärä Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 362b–363a.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Asbo’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 364b.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Askal’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 371a-b.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Atnatewos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 394a.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Baḥǝr nägaš: Baḥǝr nägaš before the 18th century’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 444a–444b.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Bäträ Giyorgis’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 506a–506b.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Bǝʿǝlä Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 514a-b.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Bukko’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 637a-b.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Abugida and Hahu’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 55a-b.

Chernetsov, S. 2003. ‘Bǝʿǝlä nägäśt’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 514b–515b.

Chernetsov, S. B. 2005. ‘Dägälhan’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 60a-b.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Gäbrä Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 617ab.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Ǝleni’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 254a.

Chernetsov, S. B. 2005. ‘Ǝnkoyye’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 306b–307a.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Ǝskǝndǝr’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 383a–38b.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Ǝslam Sägäd’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 385b–386a.

Chernetsov, S. B. 2005. ‘Fanuʾel’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 491a-b.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Fiqṭor’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 547a.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Gäbrä Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 616b–617a.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Gäbrä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 622b.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Gäbrä Śǝllase’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 627a-b.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Gäbre Täsfa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 631b–632a.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Halibo’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 977b–978a.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Ḥawarya Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1049a–1049b.

Chernetsov, S. 2005. ‘Gäbrǝʾel and Mikaʾel’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 632a–632b.

Chernetsov, S. 2007. ‘Ḥǝzqǝyas’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 28b–29a.

Chernetsov, S. and Red. 2007. ‘Ethiopian historiography’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 40–45.

Chernetsov, S. 2007. ‘Iyoʾas II’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 260b.

Chernetsov, S. 2007. ‘Kǝflä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 372b–373a.

Chernetsov, S. 2007. ‘Krǝstodolu III’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 442a–443a.

Chernetsov, S. 2007. ‘Mäläkotawit’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 690a.b.

Chernetsov, S. 2010. ‘Turaev, Boris Aleksandrovič’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1002a–1003b.

Chernetsov, S. and D. Bustorf 2010. ‘Sisgayo’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 672a-b.

Chernetsov, S. and Red. 2005. ‘Ḫaylä Mikaʾel Ǝšäte’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1059b–1060a.

Chernetsov, S. and Red. 2014. ‘Yosef Nǝguśe’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 95b–96b.

Chojnacki, S. 1999. ‘The Discovery of a 15th-Century Painting and the Brancaleon Enigma’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 43 (1999), 15–42.

Chojnacki, S. 1973. ‘The Iconography of St. George  in Ethiopia’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 11/1 (1973), 57–73.

Chojnacki, S. 1978. ‘Notes on the Ethiopian Traditional Art: the Last Phase’, Ethnologisches Zeitschrift, 2 (1978), 65–66.

Chojnacki, S. 1983. ‘A note on the costumes in 15th and early 16th-century paintings: portraits of the nobles and their relation to the images of saints on horseback’, in S. Segert and A. J. E. Bodrogligeti, eds, Ethiopian studies: dedicated to Wolf Leslau on the occasion of his seventy-fifth birthday, November 14th, 1981 by friends and colleagues (Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1983), 521–553.

Chojnacki, S. 1993. ‘The Theme of the Bitter Water in Ethiopian Painting’, in P. Henze, ed., Aspects of Ethiopian Art from Ancient Axum to the 20th Century (London: The Jed Press, 1993), 53–67.

Chojnacki 2003. ‘Afnin’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 127b.

Chojnacki, S. 2009. Christ’s Resurrection in Ethiopian Painting, Orientalia Christiana Analecta, 282 (Roma: Pontificio Istituto Orientale, 2009).

Clapham, C. 1969. Haileslassie’s Government (London: Longmans, 1969).

Clapham, C. 2003. ‘Andargaččäw Mäsay’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 257b–258a.

Clapham, C. 2007. ‘Mǝnilǝk II’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 922a–927b.

ClarCE. Torjesen, K. J. and G. Gabra, eds, n.d. Claremont Coptic Encyclopedia (Claremont Graduate University. School of Religion, ).

Cöln, F. 1906. ‘Der Nomokanon Mîḫâʾîls von Malîg’, Oriens Christianus, 6 (1906), 70–237.

Cöln, F. 1907. ‘Der Nomokanon Mîḫâʾîls von Malîg (Fortsetzung)’, Oriens Christianus, 7 (1907), 2–135.

Cöln, F. 1908. ‘Der Nomokanon Mîḫâʾîls von Malîg (Schluss)’, Oriens Christianus, 8 (1908), 110–129.

Cohen, D. 1957. ‘Un poème éthiopien: Le <hi rend="italics">malkeʿ</hi> du Christ “Sauveur du monde” <hi rend="italics">(madḫānē ʿālam)</hi>’, Journal Asiatique, 245 (1957), 147–183.

Cohen, L. 2007. ‘Marqos II’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 790a-b.

Cohen, L. 2010. ‘Śǝʿǝlä Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 591a–592a.

Cohen, L. 2010. ‘Susǝnyos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 770a–772a.

Cohen, L. 2010. ‘Wälättä Ṗeṭros’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1086b–1088a.

Cohen, L. 2014. ‘Yaʿǝqob’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 6a–7a.

Cohen, L. 2014. ‘Zädǝngǝl’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2014), 103b–104a.

Colin, G. 1982. La version éthiopienne de la vie de Schenoudi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 444, Scriptores Aethiopici, 75 (Lovanii: Peeters, 1982).

Colin, G. 1985. ‘La profession de foi christologique du Talmid’, in C. Robin, ed., Mélanges linguistiques offerts à Maxime Rodinson par ses élèves, ses collègues et ses amis, 12th, Comptes rendus du Groupe Linguistique d’Études Chamito-Sémitiques, Supplément (Paris: Geuthner, 1985), 161–163.

Colin, G. 1986. Le Synaxaire éthiopien: Mois de Maskaram, ed., tr. G. Colin, Patrologia Orientalis, 43/3 (195) (Turnhout: Brepols, 1986).

Colin, G. 1987. Vie de Georges de Saglā, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 492, 493, Scriptores Aethiopici, 81, 82 (Louvain: Peeters, 1987).

Colin, G. 1987. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Mois de Ṭeqemt, ed., tr. G. Colin, Patrologia Orientalis, 44/1 (197) (Turnhout: Brepols, 1987).

Colin, G. 1988. ‘Le synaxaire éthiopien. État actuel de la question’, Analecta Bollandiana, 106 (1988), 273–317.

Colin, G., ed., 1990. Vie de Sāmu’ēl de Dabra Hāllēluyā, tr. G. Colin, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 519 Scriptores Aethiopici, 93 (Lovanii: In Aedibus E. Peeters, 1990).

Colin, G. 1990. Vie de Sāmu’ēl de Dabra Hāllēluyā, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 520 Scriptores Aethiopici, 94 (Lovanii: In Aedibus E. Peeters, 1990).

Colin, G. 1990. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Mois de Ṭerr, ed., tr. G. Colin, Patrologia Orientalis, 45/1 (201) (Turnhout: Brepols, 1990).

Colin, G. 1992. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Mois de Yakkātit, ed., tr. G. Colin, Patrologia Orientalis, 45/3 (203) (Turnhout: Brepols, 1992).

Colin, G. 1994. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Mois de Maggābit, ed., tr. G. Colin, Patrologia Orientalis, 46/3 (207) (Turnhout: Brepols, 1994).

Colin, G. 1995. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Mois de Miyāzyā, ed., tr. G. Colin, Patrologia Orientalis, 46/4 (208) (Turnhout: Brepols, 1995).

Colin, G. 1997. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Mois de Genbot, ed., tr. G. Colin, Patrologia Orientalis, 47/3 (211) (Turnhout: Brepols, 1997).

Colin, G. 1999. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Index généraux. Annexes, Patrologia Orientalis, 48/3 (215) (Turnhout: Brepols, 1999).

Colin, G. 2001. ‘L’édition indigène du synaxaire éthiopien’, Analecta Bollandiana, 119/1 (2001), 48–58.

Colin, G. 2001. L’Homélie sur l’église du Rocher attribuée à Timothée Aelure. Texte éthiopien et traduction, Patrologia Orientalis, 49, 2 (218) (Turnhout: Brepols, 2001).

Colin, G. 2002. La version éthiopienne de l’histoire de Bsoy, Patrologia Orientalis, 49, 3 (Turnhout: Brepols, 2002).

Colin, G. 2002. La gloire des rois (Kebra Nagast). Épopée nationale de l’Éthiopie, Cahiers d’orientalisme, 23 (Genève: Cramer, 2002).

Colin, G. 2003. ‘L’homélie sur la foi en la Trinité de Sévérien de Gabala (traduction française annotée)’, Aethiopica, 6 (2003), 70–110.

Colin, G. 2004. Le livre éthiopien des miracles de Marie (Taamra Mâryâm), Patrimoines christianisme (Paris: Les Éditions du Cerf, 2004).

Colin, G. 2005. ‘Giyorgis of Sägla’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 812a-b.

Colin, G. and A. Bausi 2010. ‘Sǝnkǝssar’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 621a–623a.

Colin, G. 2010. ‘Tälmid’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, 4th (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2010), 849b–850a.

Colin, G. 2010. Vie et Miracles de Madhanina Egziʾ, Patrologia Orientalis, 51/4 (229) (Turnhout: Brepols, 2010).

Colin, G. 2013. Vie et Miracles de Samuel de Waldebba, ed., tr. G. Colin, Patrologia Orientalis, 53/1 (235) (Turnhout: Brepols, 2013).

Colin, G. 2017. Saints fondateurs du Christianisme éthiopien: Frumentius, Garimā, Takla-Hāymānot et Ēwosṭātēwos, avec la collaboration pour l’Introduction de Christian Julien Robin et Marie-Laure Derat, tr. G. Colin, Bibliothèque de l’Orient chrétien, 1 (Paris: Les Belles Lettres, 2017).

Colomiès, P. 1688. Observationes sacrae, editio secunda auctior et emendatior, accedunt ejusdem Paralipomena de scriptoribus ecclesiasticis et passio S. Victoris Massiliensis ab eodem emendata (Londini: Impensis J. Adamſon , ad Insigne Angeli & Coronæ in coemeterio D. Pauli, 1688).

Bano, L. n.d. ‘In Pace Christi: Hanriot, Leon’, Missionari Comboniani.

‘Eritrea’, n.d. Comboni Missionaries.

Leslau, W. 2010. Concise Dictionary of Geʿez (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010).

Conti Rossini, C. 1919. ‘Testi in lingua harari’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 8 (1919), 401–425.

Conti Rossini, C. 1893. ‘Due squarci inediti di cronica etiopica’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 2 (1893), 804–818.

Conti Rossini, C. 1894. ‘Storia di Lebna Dengel re d’Etiopia sino alle prime lotte contro Ahmad Ben Ibrahim’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 3 (1894), 617–640.

Conti Rossini, C. 1896. Il “Gadla Takla Hāymānot” secondo la redazione waldebbana, Reale Accademia dei Lincei, serie quinta, Memorie della Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, 2/1 (Roma: Tipografia della R. Accademia dei Lincei, 1896).

Conti Rossini, C. 1896. ‘La redazione etiopica della preghiera della Vergine tra i Parti’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 5 (1896), 457–479.

Conti Rossini, C. 1898. ‘L’omilia di Yohannes, vescovo d’Aksum, in onore di Garimâ’, in Actes du onzième Congrès international des orientalistes: Paris–1897, IV: Hébreu – phénicien – araméen – éthiopien – assyrien (Paris: Imprimerie nationale, Ernest Leroux, éditeur, 1898), 139–177.

Conti Rossini, C. 1899. ‘Manoscritti ed opere abissine in Europa’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 8 (1899), 606–637.

Conti Rossini, C. 1899. ‘Note per la storia letteraria abissina’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 8 (1899), 197–220; 263–285.

Conti Rossini, C. 1901. ‘L’evangelo d’oro di Dabra Libānos’, Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 10 (1901), 177–219.

Conti Rossini, C. 1903. Il Gadla Filpos e il Gadla Yoḥannes di Dabra Bizan, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Memorie, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 8 (Roma: Tipografia della R. Accademia dei Lincei, 1903).

Conti Rossini, C. 1902. ‘Bǝsuʿa ʾAmlak e il convento della Trinità’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, 5a, Serie quinta, 11 (1902), 389–429.

Conti Rossini, C. 1903. ‘Gli Atti di Abbā Yonās’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 12 (1903), 239–262.

Conti Rossini, C. 1903. ‘Per la conoscenza della lingua cunama’, Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana, 16 (1903), 187–227.

Conti Rossini, C. 1903. Ricordi di un soggiorno in Eritrea (Asmara: Tipografia della Missione Svedese, 1903).

Conti Rossini, C. 1903. ‘Documenti per lo studio della lingua tigrè’, Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana, 15 (1903), 1–32.

Conti Rossini, C. 1904. ‘I Loggo e la legge dei Loggo Sarda’, Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana, 17 (1904), 1–63.

Conti Rossini, C., ed., 1904. Vitae Sanctorum Indigenarum. I. Gadla Marqorēwos seu Acta Sancti Mercurii, tr. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, II, 22 (Parisiis: E typographeo reipublicae, 1904).

Conti Rossini, C., ed., 1904. Vitae Sanctorum Indigenarum, I: Gadla Marqorēwos seu Acta Sancti Mercurii, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 22 (Parisiis, Lipsiae: E typographeo reipublicae, Otto Harrassowitz, 1904).

Conti Rossini, C. 1904. Vitae Sanctorum Antiquiorum, I: Gadla Yārēd seu Acta Sancti Yārēd, II: Gadla Panṭalēwon seu Acta Sancti Pantaleonis. Textus, ed. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 17 (Romae, Parisiis, Lipsiae: Excudebat Karolus de Luigi, Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1904).

Conti Rossini, C. 1904. Vitae Sanctorum Antiquiorum: I: Gadla Yārēd seu Acta Sancti Yārēd, II: Gadla Panṭalēwon seu Acta Sancti Pantaleonis. Versio, tr. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 17 (Romae, Parisiis, Lipsiae: Excudebat Karolus de Luigi, Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1904).

Conti Rossini, C. 1904. ‘I manoscritti etiopici della Missione Cattolica di Cheren’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 13 (1904), 233–255, 261–281.

Conti Rossini, C., ed., 1905. Vitae Sanctorum Indigenarum, I: Gadla Baṣalota Mikāʾēl seu Acta S. Baṣalota Mikāʾēl; II: Gadla S. Anorēwos seu Acta Sancti Honorii, tr. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, II, 20 (Romae: K. de Luigi, 1905).

Conti Rossini, C. 1906. ‘Poemetto lirico tigrai per la battaglia di Addì Cheletò’, in C. Bezold, ed., Orientalische Studien Theodor Nöldeke zum siebzigsten Geburtstag (2. März 1906) gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern, I (Gieszen: Verlag von Alfred Töpelmann (Vormals J. Ricker), 1906), 925–939.

Conti Rossini, C., ed., 1907. Historia regis Sarṣa Dengel (Malak Sagad), I: Textus, tr. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 20, Scriptores Aethiopici, series altera, 2 (Parisiis: E Typographeo republicae, 1907).

Conti Rossini, C. 1907. Historia regis Sarṣa Dengel (Malak Sagad), accedit Historia gentis Galla, interprete I. Guidi, II: Versio, tr. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 21, Scriptores Aethiopici, series altera, 3 (Paris: E Typographeo Republicae: Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 1907).

Conti Rossini, C. 1909. Documenta ad illustrandam historiam, I: Liber Axumae, Textus, ed. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 8 (Parisiis; Lipsiae: E Typographeo Reipublicae–Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola; Otto Harrassowitz, 1909).

Conti Rossini, C. 1909. ‘Les listes des rois d’Aksoum’, Journal Asiatique, Dixième Série, 14 (1909), 263–320.

Conti Rossini, C., ed., 1910. Vitae Sanctorum Indigenarum. I. Gadla Abuna Abakerazun seu Acta sancti Abakerazun, tr. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, II, 24 (Romae: K. de Luigi, 1910).

Conti Rossini, C. 1910. ‘Sudarabico asad = etiopico anbasā “uomo d’arme”’, Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, 24 (1910), 337–344.

Conti Rossini, C. 1910. ‘Un documento sul cristianesimo nello Iemen ai tempi del re Šarāḥbīl Yakkuf’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 19 (1910), 705–750.

Conti Rossini, C. 1910. Documenta ad illustrandam historiam, I: Liber Axumae, Versio, tr. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 8 (Parisiis; Lipsiae: E Typographeo Reipublicae–Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola; Otto Harrassowitz, 1910).

Conti Rossini, C. 1910. Vitae Sanctorum Indigenarum. I. Acta sancti Abakerazun, II. Acta Takla Hawāryāt, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 56, 57, Scriptores Aethiopici, 24, 25 (Louvain: Secrétariat Du CorpusSCO, 1910).

Conti Rossini, C. 1910. ‘Il convento di Tsana in Abissinia e le sue laudi alla Vergine’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 19 (1910), 581–621.

Conti Rossini, C. 1912. ‘Il discorso su Monte Coscam attribuito a Teofilo d’Alessandria nella versione Etiopica’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 21 (1912), 395–471.

Conti Rossini, C. 1912. ‘Studi su popolazioni dell’Etiopia, II. La seconda migrazione Agau dell’Eritrea (Zaguà e Adchemé Melgà)’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 4/3 (1912), 559–651.

Conti Rossini, C., ed., 1912. Vitae Sanctorum Indigenarum. I. Gadla Emna Walatta Pēṭros seu Acta S. Walatta Pēṭros; II. Ta’āmera Zar’a-Būrūk seu Miracula S. Zara-Buruk, tr. C. Conti Rossini, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, II, 25 (Romae: K. de Luigi, 1912).

Conti Rossini, C. 1913. ‘Studi su popolazioni dell’Etiopia, III’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 6/2 (1913), 365–425.

Conti Rossini, C. 1914. Notice sur les manuscrits éthiopiens de la Collection d’Abbadie, Extrait du Journal Asiatique (Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1914).

Conti Rossini, C. 1914. Studi su popolazioni dell’Etiopia (Roma: Casa ed. italiana, 1914).

Conti Rossini, C. 1916. Principi di diritto consuetudinario dell’Eritrea, Manuali coloniali pubblicati a cura del Ministero delle Colonie (Roma: Tipografia dell’Unione Editrice, 1916).

Conti Rossini, C. 1916. ‘Fonti storiche etiopiche per il secolo XIX. I. Vicende dell’Etiopia e delle missioni cattoliche ai tempi di ras Ali, deggiac Ubiè e re Teodoro secondo un documento abissino’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, sér. V, 25 (1916), 425–550.

Conti Rossini, C. 1918. ‘L’autobiografia di Pawlos, monaco abissino del secolo XVI’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 27 (1918), 279–296.

Conti Rossini, C. 1919. ‘Appunti di storia e letteratura Falascià’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 8 (1919), 563–610.

Conti Rossini, C. 1923. ‘Aethiopica’, Rivista degli studi orientali, 9/4 (1923), 365–382, 449–468.

Conti Rossini, C. 1923. ‘Aethiopica (II)’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 10/2 (1923), 481–520.

Conti Rossini, C. 1922. ‘Nuovi appunti sui Giudei d’Abissinia’, Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, XXXI (1922), 61–63.

Conti Rossini, C. 1922. ‘La caduta della dinastia Zagué e la versione amarica del Beʿela Nagast’, Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 31 (1922), 228–291.

Conti Rossini, C. 1925. ‘Epistolario del Debterà Aseggachégn di Uadlà’, Atti della Reale Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie sesta, 1 (1925), 449–90.

Conti Rossini, C. 1927. ‘Un codice illustrato eritreo del secolo XV (Ms. Abb. n. 105 della Bibl. Nat. di Parigi)’, Africa Italiana, 1 (1927), 83–97.

Conti Rossini, C. 1927. ‘Di alcuni scritti etiopici inediti. 1. Gli Atti etiopici di San Sebastiano; 2. Arkālēdes e una lista di commemorazioni di discepoli del santo Ewostātēwos; 3. Preghiere tradotte da Marqoryos nel 1540; 4. Il “Nagara liqāwent”, scrittura convenzionale’, Atti della Reale Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie sesta, Serie sesta, 3/7–10 (1927), 497–528.

Conti Rossini, C. 1928. Storia d’Etiopia, I: Dalle origini all’avvento della dinastia salomonide, Africa Italiana, 3 (Bergamo: Istituto italiano d’arti grafiche, 1928).

Conti Rossini, C. 1935. ‘Commemorazione di Ignazio Guidi’, Atti della Reale Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie sesta, 11 (1935), 471–481.

Conti Rossini, C. 1936. ‘Bibliografia etiopica (1927–giugno 1936)’, Aevum, 10/4 (1936), 467–587.

Conti Rossini, C. 1937. ‘L’agiografia etiopica e gli atti del santo Yāfqǝranna Ǝgziʾ (secolo XIV)’, Atti del Reale Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere e Arti, 96/2 (1937), 402–433.

Conti Rossini, C. 1938. ‘Note di agiografia etiopica (ʿAbiya Egziʾ, ʿArkalēdes e Gabra-Iyasus)’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 17 (1938), 409–452.

Rossini, C. C. 1938. ‘La passione del martire Arsenofis e dei suoi compagni nella versione etiopica’, Orientalia, 7/n. s. 3 (1938), 193–214, 319–332.

Conti Rossini, C. 1938. ‘Un santo eritreo: Buruk Amlāk’, Atti della Reale Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie sesta, 14 (1938), 1–48.

Conti Rossini, C. 1939. ‘La leggenda di Abbā Afṣē in Etiopia’, in Mélanges syriens offerts à Monseigneur René Dussaud, secrétaire perpétuel de l’Academie des Inscriptions & Belles-Lettres, Bibliothèque archéologique et historique, 30 (Paris: Geuthner, 1939), 151–156.

Conti Rossini, C. 1940. ‘I. Pergamene di Debra Dammó, II. I Galla Raia, III. Il Libro della Rivelazione dei misteri attribuito a Tolomeo’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 19/1 (1940), 45–80.

Conti Rossini, C. 1941. ‘Lo ʿawda nagast scritto divinatorio etiopico’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 1/2 (1941), 127–145.

Conti Rossini, C. 1941. ‘III. Il Libro della Rivelazione dei Misteri attribuito a Tolomeo’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 19 (1941), 65–80.

Conti Rossini, C. 1942. ‘Iyāsu I re d’Etiopia e martire’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 20/1 (1942), 65–128.

Conti Rossini, C. 1942. ‘Appunti e comenti. Miniature armene nel ms. Et. n. 50 della Biblioteca Vaticana’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 2/2 (1942), 191–197.

Conti Rossini, C. 1942. Proverbi tradizioni e canzoni tigrine, Collezione scientifica e documentaria dell’Africa Italiana, 5 (Verbania: A cura dell’Ufficio Studi del Ministero dell’Africa Italiana, Ambrogio Airoldi Editore, 1942).

Conti Rossini, C. 1943. ‘Il Libro di re Zarʾa-Yāʿqob sulla custodia del mistero’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 3/2 (1943), 148–166.

Conti Rossini, C. 1943. ‘Gli Atti di re Naʾakweto Laʾab’, Annali dell’Istituto Universitario Orientale, 11 (1943), 105–232.

Conti Rossini, C. 1945. ‘La leggenda di Habacuch nella versione etiopica’, in C. Conti Rossini, ed., Studi Etiopici (Roma: Istituto per l’oriente, 1945), 17–40.

Conti Rossini, C. 1949. ‘Su due frasi della Cronaca Abbreviata dei re d’Etiopia’’, Annali dell’Istituto Orientale di Napoli, (1949), 283–290.

Conti Rossini, C. 1950. ‘L’arcangelo Afnin nella letteratura etiopica’, Analecta Bollandiana, 68 (1950), 424–435.

Conti Rossini, C. 1951. ‘Il Fisiologo etiopico’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 10 (1951), 5–51.

Conti Rossini, C. and L. Ricci 1964. Il libro della luce del negus Zarʾa Yāʿqob (Maṣḥafa Berhān), eds C. Conti Rossini and L. Ricci, I, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 250, Scriptores Aethiopici, 47 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1964).

Conti Rossini, C. and L. Ricci 1965. Il libro della luce del negus Zarʾa Yāʿqob (Maṣḥafa Berhān), eds, trans. C. Conti Rossini and L. Ricci, II, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 261, Scriptores Aethiopici, 51 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1965).

Conti Rossini, C. and L. Ricci 1965. Il libro della luce del negus Zarʾa Yāʿqob (Maṣḥafa Berhān), tr. C. Conti Rossini and L. Ricci, II, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 262, Scriptores Aethiopici, 52 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1965).

Conti Rossini, C. and L. Ricci 1965. Il libro della luce del negus Zarʾa Yāʿqob (Maṣḥafa Berhān), tr. C. Conti Rossini and L. Ricci, I, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 251, Scriptores Aethiopici, 48 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1965).

Contzen, A. 1628. Methodus Doctrinae Civilis, Seu Abissini Regis Historia (Coloniae Agrippinae: Apud Ioannem Kinckium, 1628).

Conzelman, W. E. 1895. Chronique de Galâwdêwos (Claudius), roi d’Éthiopie, texte éthiopien, traduit, annoté et précédé d’une introduction historique, ed., tr. W. E. Conzelman, Bibliothèque de l’École pratique des hautes études, Sciences philologiques et historiques, 104 (Paris: Librairie Émile Bouillon, Éditeur, 1895).

Guèbre Sellassié 1930. Chronique du règne de Ménélik II: roi des rois d’Éthiopie, ed. M. de Coppet, tr. Tèsfa Sellassié, I (Paris: Librairie orientale et américaine–Maisonneuve frères, éditeurs, 1930).

Coquin, R.-G. 1974. ‘Le Testamentum Domini: problèmes de tradition textuelle’, Parole de l’Orient, 5 (1974), 165–188.

Coquin, R.-G. 1984. ‘Le synaxaire éthiopien: Note codicologique sur le ms. Paris B N d’Abbadie 66-66bis’, Analecta Bollandiana, 102/1–2 (1984), 49–59.

Coquin, R.-G. 1991. ‘Ammonius of Tunah’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, 1st (New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 114a–114b.

Coquin, R.-G. 1991. ‘John of Nikiou’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, V (New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 1366b–1367b.

Coquin, R.-G. 1992. ‘À propos des vêtements des moines égyptiens’, Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte, 31 (1992), 3–23.

Cornill, C. H. 1875. Maṣḥafa Falâsfâ Ṭabîbân. Das Buch der weisen Philosophen nach dem aethiopischen untersucht (Leipzig: Druck von F. A. Brockhaus, 1875).

Cornill, C. H. 1876. ‘Das Glaubensbekenntnis des Jakob Baradaeus in äthiopischer Uebersetzung’, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 30 (1876), 417–466.

Cotelier, J.-B. 1677. Ecclesiae graecae monumenta (Luteciae Parisorum: Apud Franciscum Muguet Regis & Illustrissimi Archiepiscopi Parisiensis Typographum, 1677).

Cootwijk, J. van 1619. Itinerarium Hierosolymitanum et Syriacum; in quo variarum gentium mores et instituta; insularum, regionum, urbium situs, unà ex prisci recentiorisq[ue] sæculi usu; unà cum euentis, quæ auctori terrâ mariq[ue] acciderunt, dilucidè recensentur. Accessit synopsis Reipublicae Venetae auctore Joanne Cotovico Ultraiectino I. V. D. & Milit. Hierosolymitano (Antverpiae: Apud Hieronymum Verdussium, 1619).

Coulbeaux, P. S., J. (Jules) Schreiber, and Thomas Leiper Kane Collection (Library of Congress. Hebraic Section) DLC 1915. Dictionnaire de la langue tigraï (Wien : In Kommission bei A. Hölder, 1915).

Cowley, R. 1984. ‘Review of Getatchew Haile and William F. Macomber, A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, VII: Project Numbers 2501–3000 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1083)’, Journal of Semitic Studies, 29/2 (1984), 325–338.

Cowley, R. W. 1974. ‘A Text in Old Amharic’, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, 37/3 (1974), 597–607.

Cowley, R. W. 1974. ‘Old Testament Introduction in the Andemta Commentary Tradition’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 12/1 (1974), 133–175.

Cowley, R. W. 1977. ‘New Testament Introduction in the Andemta Commentary Tradition’, Ostkirchliche Studien, 26 (1977), 144–192.

Cowley, R. W. 1980. ‘Patristic Introduction in the Ethiopian Andemta Commentary Tradition’, Ostkirchliche Studien, 29 (1980), 39–49.

Cowley, R. W. 1982. ‘Ethiopic manuscripts’, in M. R. Falivene and A. F. Jesson, eds, Historical Catalogue of the Manuscripts of Bible House Library (London: The British and Foreign Bible Society, 1982), 6–9, 66–121.

Cowley, R. W. 1983. The Traditional Interpretation of the Apocalypse of St John in the Ethiopian Orthodox Church, University of Cambridge Oriental Publications, 33 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1983).

Cowley, R. 1983. ‘Ludolf’s Fragmentum Piquesii: An old Amharic tract about Mary who anointed Jesus’ feet’, Journal of Semitic Studies, 28/1 (1983), 1–47.

Cowley, R. W. 1984. ‘A Ge‘ez Document Reporting Controversy Concerning the Bible Commentaries of Ibn aṭ-Ṭaiyib’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 30 (1984), 5–13.

Cowley, R. W. 1985. ‘The So-Called “Ethiopic Book of the Cock”: Part of an Apocryphal Passion Gospel, “The Homily and Teaching of Our Fathers the Holy Apostles”’, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1 (1985), 16–22.

Cowley, R. W. 1986. ‘Review of R. Beylot, Testamentum domini éthiopien, Louvain: Peeters, 1984’, Journal of Semitic Studies, 31 (1986), 292–295.

Cowley, R. W. 1988. Ethiopian Biblical Interpretation: A Study in Exegetical Tradition and Hermeneutics, University of Cambridge Oriental Publications, 38 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988).

Cowley, R. and Fitawrari Alemu Teferu 1971. ‘The Study of Geez Manuscripts in Tégre Province’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 9/1 (1971), 21–25.

Crill, R. 2026. ‘Indian Textiles in Ethiopian and Armenian Bookbindings’, in M. Moreton and S. Conklin Akbari, eds, Textiles in Manuscripts: A Local and Global History of the Book (Berlin–Boston: De Gruyter, 2026), 160–181.

Crum, W. E. 1907. ‘Barṣaumâ The Naked’, Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archeology, 29 (1907), 135–149, 187–207.

Crum, W. E. 1915. Der Papyruscodex saec. VI - VII der Phillippsbibliothek in Cheltenham. Koptische theologische Schriften, Schriften der Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft in Straßburg, 18 (Straßburg: Karl J. Trübner, 1915).

Crum, W. E. 1939. A Coptic Dictionary (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1939).

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Ǝg^walä Ṣǝyon’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz                    Verlag, 2005), 239b–240a.

Crummey, D. 1972. Priests and Politicians: Protestant and Catholic Missions in Orthodox Ethiopia, 1830–1868 (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1972).

Crummey, D. 1978. ‘Orthodoxy and Imperial Reconstruction in Ethiopia, 1854–1878’, The Journal of Theological Studies, New Series, 29/2 (1978), 427–442.

Crummey, D. 1988. ‘Imperial Legitimacy and the Creation of Neo-Solomonic Ideology in 19th-Century Ethiopia’, Cahiers dʾétudes africaines, 28/1 (109) (1988), 13–43.

Crummey, D. 2000. Land and Society in the Christian Kingdom of Ethiopia: From the Thirteenth to the Twentieth Century (Urbana–Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 2000).

Crummey, D. 2003. ‘Alṭaš’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 211a.

Crummey, D. 2003. ‘Aster’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 387b.

Crummey, D. 2003. ‘Bäkaffa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: 2003), 449b–450a.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Dawit III’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 113b–114a.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Dori Gugsa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 194b.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Däbrä Ṣ́äḥay Q^wǝsq^wam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 37a–37b.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Ǝšätu Wǝbe’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 378a.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Fänta’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 490b.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Gälawdewos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 658a.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Garäd Kǝnfu’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 697b.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Gigar’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 792a.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Ḫaylä Maryam Gäbre’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1057a.

Crummey, D. 2005. ‘Feudalism’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II:D-Ha (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz                    Verlag, 2005), 536b–538a.

Crummey, D. 2007. ‘Iyasu III’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 252b–253a.

Crummey, D. 2007. ‘Iyasu IV’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 253a-b.

Crummey, D. 2007. ‘Lubo’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 601b.

Crummey, D. 2007. ‘Mänän Libän Amäde’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 721a–722b.

Crummey, D. 2007. ‘Marǝyye Gugsa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 781b.

Crummey, D. 2007. ‘Marqos IV’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 791b.

Crummey, D. 2007. ‘Maru’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 807a–807b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Täklä Haymanot I’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 834b–835a.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Qerellos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz verlag, 2010), 290b–291a.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Śahlä Dǝngǝl’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 464a–465a.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Sälama’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 489b–490b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Sälomon I’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 498a-b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Sälomon II’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 498b–499a.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Tädla G^walu’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 814a-b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Täklä Giyorgis I’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 826b–827b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Täklä Haymanot II’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 835a–836b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Ṭäqäye’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 861b–862a.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Täwabäčč’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 872b–873b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Tewoflos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 936b–937b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Wälättä Ǝsraʾel’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1085a-b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Wäldä Lǝʿul’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1104b–1105a.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Wäldä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1105a-b.

Crummey, D. 2010. ‘Wäldä Śǝllase’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1108b–1110a.

Crummey, D. 2014. ‘Yaʿǝqob’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 7a-b.

Crummey, D. 2014. ‘Yonas’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 92a-b.

Crummey, D. 2014. ‘Yosṭos’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 97a–98b.

Crummey, D., D. Nosnitsin, and E. Sokolinskaia 2010. ‘Tewodros II’, in Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowits Verlag, 2010), 930–936.

Crummey, D. and Red. 2005. ‘Gugsa Märsa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 906b–907a.

Crummey, D. and Red. 2005. ‘G^wangul’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 938b–939a.

Cuoq, J. 1981. L’Islam en Éthiopie des origines au XVI^e siècle (Paris: Nouvelles Éditions Latines, 1981).

Cureton, W. 1864. Ancient Syriac documents relative to the earliest establishment of Christianity in Edessa and the neighbouring countries from the year after our Lord’s ascension to the beginning of the fourth century (London; Edinburgh: Williams and Norgate, 1864).

Curtis, M. 2007. ‘Lalibäla’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 489a–490a.

Curtis, M. and D. Nosnitsin 2005. ‘Gulo Mäkäda’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 911a–912a.

Curzon, R. 1849. Catalogue of Materials for Writing, Early Writings on Tablets and Stones, Rolled and other Manuscripts and Oriental Manuscript Books, in the Library of the Honourable Robert Curzon at Parham in the County of Sussex (London: Printed by William Nicol. Shakspeare Press, Pall Mall, 1849).

Curzon, R. 1849. Visits to Monasteries in the Levant, (1st edn) (London: John Murray, Albemarle Street, 1849).

Orlandi, T. 1991. ‘Cyriacus and Julitta, Saints’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, III (New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 671.

Habbi, J. 1998. ‘Ciriaco (Quiryaqos) e Giulietta (Yolete)’, in Bibliotheca sanctorum orientalium. Enciclopedia dei Santi. Le Chiese Orientali (Roma: 1998), 491.

Wenig, S., W. Smidt, B. Vogt, and K. Volker-Saad, eds, 2006. In kaiserlichem Auftrag: Die Deutsche Aksum-Expedition 1906 unter Enno Littmann, I: Die Akteure und die wissenschaftlichen Unternehmungen der DAE in Eritrea, Forschungen zur Archäologie Außereuropäischer Kulturen, 3/1 (Aichwald: Linden Soft, 2006).

Krencker, D. 1913. Deutsche Aksum-Expedition, II: Ältere Denkmäler Nordabessiniens, Mit Beiträgen von Theodor von Lüpke und einem Anhang von Robert Zahn (Berlin: Druck und Verlag von Georg Reimer, 1913).

Da Bassano, F. 1918. Vocabolario Tigray-Italiano e repertorio Italiano-Tigray (Roma: Casa Editrice Italiana di C. de Luigi, 1918).

From the Greeks to the Arabs and beyond. Daiber, Hans and Helga Daiber 2023. From the Greeks to the Arabs and beyond: V: Unknown Arabic Manuscripts from Eight Centuries, Including one Hebrew and Two Ethiopian Manuscripts: Daiber Collection III, Islamic philosophy, theology and science, 114/5 (Leiden ; Boston: Brill, 2023).

Daniel Assefa 2010. ‘Qedär: Mäṣḥafä qedär’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 270a–271b.

Daniel T. 2011. The Churches of St. Mary and St. Takla Haymanot of Limu Kosan and their MS: A Catalogue of 12 Selected MS MA Thesis, Addis Ababa: Addis Ababa University (2011).

Marcos Daoud and Marsie Hazen 1954. The Liturgy of the Ethiopian Church, ed. Marsie Hazen, tr. Marcos Daoud (Addis Ababa: Berhanenna Selam Printing Press of His Imperial Majesty Haile Selassie, 1954).

Dapper, O. 1670. Umbständliche und Eigentliche Beschreibung von Africa, Und denen darzu gehörigen Königreichen und Landschaften als Egypten, Barbarien, Libyen, Biledulgerid, dem Lande der Negros, Guinea, Ethiopien, Abyßina und den Africanischen Insulen: zusamt deren Verscheidenen Nahmen, Grentzen, Städten ... (In Amsterdam: Jacob von Meurs, 1670).

Darkwah, R. H. K. 1975. Shewa, Menilek and the Ethiopian Empire: 1813–1889 (London: Heinemann, 1975).

Dästa Täklä Wäld 1969–1970. ዐዲስ፡ ያማርኛ፡ መዝገበ፡ ቃላት። በካህናትና፡ በሀገረ፡ ሰብ፡ ቋንቋ፡ (ʿAddis yamarǝñña mäzgäbä qalat. Bäkahǝnatǝnna bähagärä säb q^wanq^wa, ‘A new Amharic dictionary. In the language of the priests and people’) (Addis Abäba: Artistik mattämiya bet, 1969–1970).

Davis, M. 2010. ‘Pankhurst, Estelle Sylvia’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 109b–111a.

Davis, S. J. 2018. ‘Cataloguing the Coptic and Arabic Manuscripts in the Monastery of the Syrians: A Preliminary Report’, Studia Patristica, 92 (2018), 179–185.

Davis, S. J. 2020. Catalogue of Coptic and Arabic Manuscripts in Dayr al-Suryan. Volume 1. Coptic and Arabic Biblical texts; Coptic Language Resources, including Biblical Lexica, eds S. J. Davis and Bigoul al-Suryānī, Fr., Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 677, Subsidia, 139 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2020).

Davis, S. J. 2021. Catalogue of Coptic and Arabic Manuscripts in Dayr al-Suryān. Volume 2. Arabic Commentaries and Canons, eds S. J. Davis and Bigoul al-Suryānī, Fr., Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 678, Subsidia, 140 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2021).

Dawit Berhanu 1997. Das Mashafa Mar Yeshaq von Ninive. Einleitung, Edition und Übersetzung mit Kommentar (Hamburg: Kovač, 1997).

De Goeje, M. J. 1873. Catalogus Codicum Orientalium Bibliothecae Academiae Lugduno-Batavae, V (Lugduni Batavorum: apud E. J. Brill, 1873).

León Pinelo, A. de 1629. Epitome de la biblioteca oriental i occidental, nautica i geografica (Madrid: por Juan Gonzalez, 1629).

Linda, L. de 1656. Orbis Lumen et Atlantis Iuga Tecta Retecta: Das ist: Newe außführliche Entdeck- Und Beschreibung der gantzen Welt: Aller darinn enthaltener Keyserthumb, Königreichen, Fürstenthumben, Provincien, Länder und Republiquen, etc. deren Inwohner Sitten, Religion, ... Ingleichem der Päbste, Käyser, ... Und endlichen deß Röm. Reichs freyer Ritterschafft, ... ; Auß unverwerfflichen Gründen und Zeugnüssen verschiedener glaubhaffter Authorum, ... mit höchstem Fleiß zusammen getragen (Franckfurt am Mayn: Wilhelm Serlin und Georg Fickwirth, 1656).

De Santis, R. 1942. ‘Il Gadla Tādēwos di Dabra Bārtārwā, un contributo allo studio della letteratura agiografica etiopica’, Annali Lateranensi, 6 (1942), 1–116.

Dege, S. 2007. ‘Nägaśi Krǝstos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1110b–1111b.

Dege, S. 2010. ‘Sǝbǝstyanos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 587a–587b.

Dege, S. 2010. ‘Tewoflos’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 937b–938a.

Dege, S. 2010. ‘Wäsän Sägäd’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1153b–1154a.

Dege, S. 2014. ‘Sǝddät: Mäṣḥafä sǝddät’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 509b–510a.

Dege, S. 2014. ‘Wäldä Tǝnsaʾe’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 551a.

Dege, S. 2014. ‘Yoḥannǝs II’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 70b–71b.

Dege-Müller, S. 2020. ‘The Monastic Genealogy of Hoḫ^wärwa Monastery: A Unique Witness of Betä Ǝsraʾel Historiography’, Aethiopica, 23 (2020), 57–86.

Dege-Müller, S. 2025. Der Kampf der Engel im Aksimaros. Ein äthiopischer Schöpfungsmythos, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 90 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2025).

Dege-Müller, S. 2015. ‘The Ethiopic Psalter manuscripts: scribal practices and text arrangement’, in A. Bausi, A. Gori, D. Nosnitsin, and E. Sokolinski, eds, Essays in Ethiopian Manuscript Studies: Proceedings of the International Conference Manuscripts and Texts, Languages and Contexts: the Transmission of Knowledge in the Horn of Africa, Hamburg, 17–19 July 2014, Supplement to Aethiopica, 4 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2015), 59–74.

Dege-Müller, S. 2020. ‘The Manuscript Tradition of the Betä Ǝsraʾel (Ethiopian Jews): Form and Content. A Preliminary Analysis’, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies Bulletin, 6/1 (2020), 5–40.

Dege-Müller, S. 2025. ‘The Ethiopian Royal Family as Commissioners of Manuscripts and the Artistic School of the “Sad Eyes”’, in J. Gnisci, S. Dege-Müller, J. Karlsson, V. Pisani, and in collaboration with A. Bausi, eds, Manuscript Treasures from Afro-Eurasia: Scribes, Patrons, Collectors, and Readers, Studies in Manuscript Cultures, 46 (Berlin–Boston, MA: De Gruyter, 2025), 323–356.

Dege, S. and S. Uhlig 2010. ‘Potken, Johannes’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 191b–192b.

Dehérain, H. 1916. ‘Asselin de Cherville, drogman du consulat de France en Égypte et orientaliste’, Journal des Savants, 14/4 (1916), 176–187.

Delamarter, S. and Demeke Berhane 2007. A Catalogue of Previously Uncatalogued Ethiopic Manuscripts in England: Twenty-three Manuscripts in the Bodleian, Cambridge University and John Rylands University Libraries and in a Private Collection, Journal of Semitic Studies Supplement, 21 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007).

Delitzsch, F. 1855. ‘Talmudische Studien: VI. Der Hosianna-Ruf’, Zeitschrift für die gesammte lutherische Theologie und Kirche, 16 (1855), 653–655.

Delpech, V. 2012. Le château d’Abbadia à Hendaye : le monument idéal d’Antoine d’Abbadie Université de Pau et des Pays de l’Adour (2012).

Derat, M.-L. 2001. ‘Le banquet à la cour du roi d’Éthiopie au XVe siècle. Dons forcés et contreparties’, Hypothèses, 5 (2001), 267–274.

Derat, M.-L. 2001. ‘Gäbrä ʽEndreyas de Däbrä Qozät et les généalogies monastiques du XVe au XIXe siècle: réécritures et réemplois’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 17 (2001), 229–255.

Derat, M.-L. 2003. ‘Ammǝḫa Ṣǝyon’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 247b–248a.

Derat, M.-L. 2003. ‘Atronsä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 394b–395a.

Derat, M.-L. 2003. ‘Bäträ Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 507a-b.

Derat, M.-L. 2003. Le domaine des rois éthiopiens (1270–1527). Espace, pouvoir et monachisme, Histoire ancienne et médiévale, 72 (Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 2003).

Derat, M.-L. 2005. ‘Däbrä Libanos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 25b–28a.

Derat, M.-L. 2005. ‘Dawit II’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 112a–113a.

Derat, M.-L. 2005. ‘Ǝgziʾ Kǝbra’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 247b.

Derat, M.-L. 2005. ‘Däbrä Ḥayq Ǝsṭifanos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 24a–25b.

Derat, M.-L. 2005. ‘Fäṭagar’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 504b–505a.

Derat, M.-L. 2005. ‘Les homélies du roi Zar’a Ya’eqob: la communication d’un souverain éthiopien du XVe siècle’, in A. Bresson, A.-M. Cocula, and C. Pebarthe, eds, L’écriture publique du pouvoir (Bordeaux: Ausonius, 2005), 45–57.

Derat, M.-L. 2006. ‘The Acts of King Lalibäla: Structure, Literary Models and Dating Elements’, in S. Uhlig, M. Bulakh, D. Nosnitsin, and T. Rave, eds, Proceedings of the XVth International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, Hamburg July 20–25, 2003, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 65 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2006), 561–568.

Derat, M.-L. 2006. ‘A Royal Correspondence in the XV^th and XVI^th Centuries: the Documents of the Gospel of Däbrä Kärbe (Zana)’, Aethiopica, 9 (2006), 64–79.

Derat, M.-L. 2007. ‘Lalibäla’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 477b–480a.

Derat, M.-L. 2007. ‘Mäkanä Śǝllase’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 672a–672b.

Derat, M.-L. 2007. ‘Naʾakk^wǝto Laʾab’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1091a–1093a.

Derat, M.-L. 2007. ‘Nägädä Iyäsus’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1100b–1101a.

Derat, M.-L. 2007. ‘Naʿod’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1134a–1135b.

Derat, M.-L. 2007. ‘Naʿod Mogäsa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1135b–1136a.

Derat, M.-L. 2007. ‘Nǝwayä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1175a–1175b.

Derat, M.-L. 2010. ‘Romanä Wärq’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 409b–410a.

Derat, M.-L. 2010. ‘Romna’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 410a.

Derat, M.-L. 2010. ‘Śaraqa Bǝrhan’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 537a.

Derat, M.-L. 2010. ‘Säyfä Arʿad’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 568a-b.

Derat, M.-L. 2010. ‘Śǝrwä Iyäsus’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 638a-b.

Derat, M.-L. 2010. ‘Täklä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 841a-b.

Derat, M.-L. 2010. ‘Tewodros I’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 929b–930a.

Derat, M.-L. 2010. ‘Wǝdǝm Räʿad’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1177a-b.

Derat, M.-L. 2011. ‘Les archives Roger Schneider (1917–2002) au centre Walda Masqal (Institute of Ethiopian Studies, Addis Abeba)’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 26 (2011), 291–302.

Derat, M.-L. 2013. ‘Censure et réécriture de l’histoire du roi Zarʾa Yaʿeqob (1434-1468). Analyse des deux versions de la «chronique» d’un souverain éthiopien’, in F.-X. Fauvelle-Aymar and B. Hirsch, eds, Les ruses de l’historien. Essais d’Afrique et d’ailleurs en hommage à Jean Boulègue, Hommes et sociétés (Paris: Karthala, 2013), 121–135.

Derat, M.-L. 2016. ‘Autour de l’homélie en l’honneur du saint-roi Lâlibalâ: écritures hagiographiques, copies et milieux de production’, eds H. Kaufhold and M. Kropp, Oriens Christianus: Hefte für die Kunde des christlichen Orients, 99 (2016), 101–132.

Derat, M.-L. 2018. L’énigme d’une dynastie sainte et usurpatrice dans le royaume chrétien d’Éthiopie du XI^e au XIII^e siècle, Hagiologia, 14 (Turnhout: Brepols, 2018).

Derat, M.-L. and R. Seignobos 2015. ‘La femme éthiopienne de Moïse dans l’Histoire des églises et des monastères d’Égypte et la chronique d’al-Makīn’, in D. Aigle and F. Briquel Chatonnet, eds, Figures de Moïse. Approches textuelles et iconographiques (Paris: De Boccard, 2015), 249–278.

Kur, S. and M.-L. Derat 2007. ‘Mäsqäl Kǝbra’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 844a–845b.

Derillo, E. 2019. ‘Exhibiting the Maqdala Manuscripts: African Scribes: Manuscript Culture of Ethiopia’, African Research & Documentation, 135 (2019), 102–116.

Desta F. 2009. Catalogue of some selected Däbrä Śiyon (Zway) Monastery MA Thesis, Addis Ababa: Addis Ababa University (2009).

Devens, M. S. 1995. The Liturgy of the Seventh Sabbath: a Betä Israel (Falasha) text, ed., tr. M. S. Devens, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 38 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1995).

Devens, M. 2007. ‘Leslau, Wolf’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 552b–553b.

Devens, M. 2007. ‘Mäḥalǝyä näbiyat’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 646a-b.

Devos, P., tr., 1959. ‘Un récit des miracles de S.Ménas en copte et en éthiopien’, Analecta Bollandiana, 77 (1959), 451–463.

Di Bella, M. and N. Sarris 2014. ‘Field Conservation in East Tigray, Ethiopia’, in Care and Conservation of Manuscripts 14. Proceedings of the fourteenth international seminar held at the University of Copenhagen 17th-19th October 2012 (Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum Press, 2014), 271–307.

Dickhut, W. forthcoming. ‘Review of Getatchew Haile, “‘Life’ and ‘Miracles’ of Abunä Akalä Krǝstos”’, Aethiopica, (forthcoming).

Dickhut, W. and A. Ellwardt 2018. ‘Die Quellen von August Dillmanns Lexicon linguae Aethiopicae: Anmerkungen zu den Prolegomena und den verwendeten Sigla’, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies Bulletin, 4/1 (2018), 79–88.

Dickinson, A. 2023. ‘Malkəʾa ʾArsimā (“Image of Hripsime”): An Ethiopic Hymn for an Armenian Saint’, Aethiopica, 26 (2023), 232–245.

Diez, M. 2013. ‘Les antiquités gréco-romaines entre al-Makīn ibn al-ʿAmīd et Ibn Ḫaldūn – Notes pour une histoire de la tradition’, Studia graeco-arabica, 3 (2013), 121–140.

Diez, M., ed., 2024. Al-Makīn Ǧirǧis Ibn al-ʿAmīd: Universal history - The Vulgate recension, part 1: section 1: From Adam to the end of the Achaemenids, 6,1, Arabic Christianity (Leiden-Boston: Brill, 2024).

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1847. Catalogus codicum manuscriptorum orientalium qui in Museo Britannico asservantur, III: Codices Aethiopicos amplectens (n. p.: E Museo Britannico, 1847).

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1848. Catalogus codicum manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Bodleianae Oxoniensis, Pars VII: Codices Aethiopici (Oxonii: E Typographeo Academico, 1848).

Dillmann, A. 1850. ‘Das Buch der Jubiläen oder die kleine Genesis’, in Jahrbücher der biblischen Wissenschaft, II: 1849 (Göttingen: In der Dieterichschen Buchhandlung, 1850), 230–256.

Dillmann, A. 1851. Liber Henoch aethiopice, ad quinque codicum fidem editus, cum variis lectionibus, 12th (Lipsiae: Sumptibus Fr. Chr. Guil. Vogelii, 1851).

Dillmann, A. 1853. ‘Zur Geschichte des abyssinischen Reichs’, Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 7 (1853), 338–364.

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1853. Biblia Veteris Testamenti Aethiopica, in quinque tomos distributa, ad librorum manuscriptorum fidem edidit et apparatu critico instruxit Dr. A.D., Professor Tubingensis. Veteris Testamenti Aethiopici Tomus Primus, sive Octateuchus Aethiopicus. Ad librorum manuscriptorum fidem edidit et apparatu critico instruxit Dr. A. D., Professor Tubingensis, Impensarum partem suppeditante Societate Germanorum Orientali (Lipsiae: Sumptibus Fr. Chr. Guil. Vogelii, Typis Guil. Vogelii, Filii, 1853).

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1857. Grammatik der äthiopischen Sprache, ed. C. Bezold (Leipzig: T. O. Weigel, 1857).

Dillmann, A. 1859. መጽሐፈ፡ ኩፋሌ፡ (Maṣḥafa kufāle) sive Liber Jubilaeorum qui idem a Graecis η λεπτη γενεσις inscribitur: versione Graeca deperdita nunc nonnisi in Geez lingua conservatus nuper ex Abyssini in Europam allatus (Kiliae–Londini: apud C. G. I. van Maack–apud Williams et Norgate, 1859).

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1861. Biblia Veteris Testamenti Aethiopica, in quinque tomos distributa, ad librorum manuscriptorum fidem edidit et apparatu critico instruxit Dr. A.D., Professor Kiliensis. Veteris Testamenti Aethiopici Tomus Secundus sive Libri Regum, Paralipomenon, Esdrae, Esther ad librorum manuscriptorum fidem edidit et apparatu critico instruxit Dr. A.D., Professor Kiliensis (Lipsiae: Sumptibus Societatis Germanorum Orientalis, Typis F. A. Brockhausii, 1861).

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1865. Lexicon linguae aethiopicae: cum indice latino. Adiectum est vocabularium tigre dialecti septentrionalis compilatum a W. Munziger (Lipsiae: T. O. Weigel, 1865).

Dillmann, C. F. A., ed., 1866. Chrestomathia Aethiopica edita et glossario explanata, tr. C. F. A. Dillmann (Lipsiae: T. O. Weigel, 1866).

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1871. Biblia Veteris Testamenti Aethiopica, in quinque tomos distributa, ad librorum manuscriptorum fidem edidit et apparatu critico instruxit Dr. A.D., Professor Berolinensis. Veteris Testamenti Aethiopici Tomus Secundus sive Libri Regum, Paralipomenon, Esdrae, Esther. Fasciculus secundus, quo continentur Libri Regum III et IV. Ad librorum manuscriptorum fidem edidit et apparatu critico instruxit Dr. A. D., Professor Berolinensis (Lipsiae: Sumptibus Societatis Germanorum Orientalis, Typis F. A. Brockhausii, 1871).

Dillmann, A. 1878. Über die Anfänge des axumitischen Reiches, Abhandlungen der königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (Berlin: Akademie der Wissenschaften-Philos.-histor. Kl., 1878).

Dillmann, A. 1878. Verzeichniss der abessinischen Handschriften, mit drei Tafeln, Die Handschriften-Verzeichnisse der Königlichen Bibliothek zu Berlin, 3 (Berlin: Buchdruckerei der Königl. Akademie der Wissenschaften (G. Vogt), 1878).

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1879. ‘Der äthiopische Text des Joel’, in A. Merx, ed., Die Prophetie des Joel und ihre Ausleger von den ältesten Zeiten bis zu den Reformatoren (Halle: Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses, 1879), 449–458.

Dillmann, A. 1880. ‘Zur Geschichte des Axumitischen Reichs im vierten bis sechsten Jahrhundert’, Abhandlungen der königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Philologisch-historische Klasse, (pub. 1881) (1880), 1–51.

Dillmann, A. 1884. Die Kriegsthaten des Königs ʿAmda-Ṣion gegen di Muslim, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, XVIII. Sitzung der philosophisch-historischen Klasse vom 6. November 1884 (Berlin: Reichsdruckerei, 1884).

Dillmann, A. 1884. Über die Regierung, insbesondere die Kirchenordnung des Königs Zarʾa-Jacob, 2nd, Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin aus dem Jahre 1884 (Berlin: Verlag der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1884).

Dillmann, A. 1887. ‘Über die apokryphen Märtyrergeschichten des Cyriacus mit Julitta und des Georgius’, Sitzungsberichte der königlich preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 28. April. Sitzung der philosophisch-historischen Classe, (1887), 339–356.

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1894. Biblia Veteris Testamenti Aethiopica: in quinque tomos distributa, ad librorum manuscriptorum fidem edidit et apparatu critico instruxit, V: Libri Apocryphi, Baruch, Epistola Jeremiae, Tobith, Judith, Ecclesiasticus, Sapientia, Esdrae Apocalypsis, Esdrae Graecus, ed. C. F. A. Dillmann (Berolini: Prostat apud A. Asher et Socios, 1894).

Dillmann, [Christian Friedrich] August 1907. Ethiopic Grammar. Second Edition Enlarged and Improved (1899), ed. C. Bezold, tr. J. A. Crichton (London: Williams & Norgate, 1907).

Dillmann, C. F. A. 1970. Lexicon linguae aethiopicae, cum indice latino. Adiectum est vocabularium tigre dialecti septentrionalis compilatum a W. Munziger, (repr.) (Osnabrück: Biblio Verlag, 1970).

Dillmann, C. F. A., W. Leslau, and S. Grébaut n.d. ‘Lexicon Linguae Aethiopicae Online’,.

Dobberahn, F. E. 1976. Fünf äthiopische Zauberrollen. Text, Übersetzung, Kommentar Bonn: Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn (1976).

Dobberahn, F. E., H. Becker, and H. Ühlein, tr., 1997. ‘Der äthiopische Begräbnisritus’, in Liturgie im Angesicht des Todes. Judentum und Ostkirchen II. Übersetzungen, Anhänge und Register, 2nd, Pietas Liturgica, 10 (St. Ottilien: EOS Verlag Erzabtei St. Ottilien, 1997), 859–1036.

Becker, H. and H. Ühlein, eds, 1997. ‘Das Gedenken an die Verstorbenen im äthiopischen Begräbnisritus’, in F. E. Dobberahn, tr., Liturgie im Angesicht des Todes. Judentum und Ostkirchen II. Übersetzungen, Anhänge und Register, 2nd, Pietas Liturgica, 10 (St. Ottilien: EOS Verlag Erzabtei St. Ottilien, 1997), 1469–1486.

Dobronravin, N. 2006. ‘Gumilev’s Manuscript Collections (Harar and Jimma)’, in S. Uhlig, M. Bulakh, and T. Rave, eds, Proceedings of the XVth International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, Hamburg July 20-25, 2003, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 65 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2006), 569–571.

Dombrowski, F. A. 1983. Ṭānāsee 106: Eine Chronik der Herrscher Äthiopiens, ed., tr. F. A. Dombrowski, I: Teil A; II: Teil B, Äthiopistische Forschungen, 12A, 12B (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1983).

Dombrowski, F. A. 1983. Ṭānāsee 106: Eine Chronik der Herrscher Äthiopiens, I: Teil A, ed., tr. F. A. Dombrowski, Äthiopistische Forschungen, 12A (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1983).

Dombrowski, F. A. 1983. Ṭānāsee 106: Eine Chronik der Herrscher Äthiopiens, II: Teil B, Äthiopistische Forschungen, 12B (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1983).

Dombrowski, F. 1987. ‘Rejoinder regarding Paolo Marrassini’s review of F.A. Dombrowski, Ṭānāsee 106: Eine Chronik der Herrscher Äthiopien’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 31 (1987), 266–269.

Donzel, E. J. van 1969. ʿĔnbāqom: Anqaṣa Amin (La porte de la foi): apologie éthiopienne du Christianisme contre l’Islam à partir du Coran (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1969).

Donzel, E. J. van 2003. ‘Anqäṣä amin’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 278a-b.

Donzel, E. J. van 2005. ‘ʿƎnbaqom’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 280a–282a.

Donzel, E. J. van 2005. ‘Fasilädäs’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 499b–502b.

Donzel, E. 2005. ‘Giyorgis’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 810a–811a.

Donzel, E. J. van 2007. ‘Kädawǝrd’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 320a–321a.

Donzel, E. J. van 2007. ‘Krǝstodolu I’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 441a-b.

Donzel, E. J. van 2007. ‘Krǝstodolu II’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 441b–442a.

Donzel, E. J. van 2007. ‘Naǧāšī’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1109b–1110b.

Donzel, E. J. van 2010. ‘Waǧ’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1070a-b.

Donzel, E. J. van 2010. ‘Wag’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1069a–1070b.

Dorn, B. 1852. Catalogue des manuscrits et xylographes orientaux de la Bibliothèque Impériale Publique de St. Pétersbourg (St Petersburg: Imprimerie de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences, 1852).

Santos, J. dos 1609. Ethiopia Oriental e varia historia de cousas notaveis do Oriente (Euora: Impressa no Conuento de S. Domingos de Euora, por Manoel de Lira impressor, 1609).

Dozy, R. P. A. 1927. Supplément aux dictionnaires arabes. 2nd Ed., I–II (Leyde and Paris: E.J. Brill and G.P. Maisonneuve, 1927).

Dresser, M. 1584. De Statu Ecclesiae et Religionis in Aethiopia sub precioso Joanne oratio (Lipsiae: Ioannes Beyer, 1584).

Ducati, B. 1939. La grande impresa di Amda Siòn: romanzo storico del XIV secolo. I miracoli di Abbà Garimà: omelia del XV secolo (Milano: Aldo Garzanti, 1939).

Duchesne-Fournet, J. 1909. Mission en Éthiopie (1901-1903), I (Paris: Masson et cie, 1909).

Duchesne-Fournet, J. 1909. Mission en Éthiopie (1901-1903), II (Paris: Masson et cie, 1909).

Duensing, H. 1904. ‘Ein Brief des abessinischen Königs Af Sagad (Claudius) an Papst Paul III aus dem Jahre 1541’, Nachrichten von der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschafien zu Göttingen, Philologisch-historische Klasse, (1904), 1–24.

Duensing, H. 1913. ‘Ein Stücke der urchristlichen Petrusapokalypse enthaltender Traktat der äthiopischen pseudoklementinischen Literatur’, Zeitschrift für die neutestamentliche Wissenschaft und die Kunde des Urchristentums, 14/1 (1913), 65–78.

Duensing, H. 1925. Epistula apostolorum : nach dem äthiopischen und koptischen Texte, 152nd, Kleine Texte für Vorlesungen und Übungen (Bonn: A. Marcus und E. Weber’s Verlag, 1925).

Duensing, H. 1946. Der aethiopische Text der Kirchenordnung des Hippolyt, Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-historische Klasse, Dritte Folge, 32 (Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1946).

Dürer, H. 1668. Lauf der Welt und Spiel des Glucks: Zum Spiegel menschliches Lebens vorgestellet in der wunderwurdigen Lebens-beschreibung des Tychanders (Hamburg: In Verlegung Christian Suhrs, 1668).

EAe. Uhlig, S. and A. Bausi, eds, 2003_2005_2007_2010_2014. Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I–V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2003_2005_2007_2010_2014).

Getatchew Haile, Melaku Terefe, R. M. Rundell, Daniel Alemu, and S. Delamarter 2009. Catalogue of the Ethiopic Manuscript Imaging Project, I: Codices 1–105, Magic Scrolls 1–134, Ethiopic Manuscripts, Texts and Studies Series, 1 (Eugene, OR: Pickwick Publications, 2009).

EMML = Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa - Collegeville, MN <http://www.hmml.org/emml.html>.

Macomber, W. F. 1975. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Monastic Manuscript Microfilm Library, Collegeville, I: Project Numbers 1–300 (Collegeville, MN: Monastic Manuscript Microfilm Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1975).

Getatchew Haile 1993. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, X: Project Numbers 4001–5000 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s University, 1993).

Macomber, W. F. 1976. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, II: Project Numbers 301–700 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1976).

Macomber, W. F. 1978. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, III: Project Numbers 701–1100 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1978).

Getatchew Haile 1979. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, IV: Project Numbers 1101–1500 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1979).

Getatchew Haile and W. F. Macomber 1981. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, V: Project Numbers 1501–2000 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1981).

Getatchew Haile and W. F. Macomber 1982. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, VI: Project Numbers 2001–2500 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1982).

Getatchew Haile and W. F. Macomber 1983. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, VII: Project Numbers 2501–3000 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1983).

Getatchew Haile 1985. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, VIII: Project Numbers 3001–3500 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1985).

Getatchew Haile 1987. A Catalogue of Ethiopian Manuscripts Microfilmed for the Ethiopian Manuscript Microfilm Library, Addis Ababa, and for the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, Collegeville, IX: Project Numbers 3501–4000 (Collegeville, MN: Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, St. John’s Abbey and University, 1987).

Edele, B. A. 1995. A Critical Edition of Genesis in Ethiopic PhD Thesis, Ann Arbor, MI: Duke University (1995).

Eganyan, O., A. Zeytunyan, and P. Ant‘abyan 1965. C‘uc‘ak Jeṙagrac‘ Maštoc‘i anvan matenadarani ('Catalogue of manuscripts of Maštoc‘ Matenadaran’), I (Erevan: Haykakan SSH gitut‘yunneri akademiayi hratarakč‘ut‘yun, 1965).

Ege, S. 2003. ‘Abbǝyye’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 32a.

Ege, S. 2005. ‘Ḫaylä Mäläkot’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1056b.

Ege, S. 2007. ‘Lǝčče’, in Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz                    Verlag, 2007), 537a–538b.

Ege, S. 2010. ‘Tägulät’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 819a-b.

Ege, S. 2010. ‘Wägda’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1074a-b.

Elagina, D. 2021. ‘Описание эфиопских рукописей из собрания МАЕ РАН в базе данных проекта Beta Maṣāhǝft (Opisanie ėfiopskih rukopisej iz sobranija MAĖ RAN v baze dannyh proekta Beta Maṣāhǝft, ’Description of Ethiopian Manuscripts of MAE RAS Collection in the Database of the Beta Maṣāhǝft Project’)’, in A. Zheltov, ed., Afrikanistika v MAĖ RAN: K jubilejnym datam, LXVIII, Sbornik MAĖ (Sankt-Peterburg: MAĖ RAN, 2021), 132–141.

Elagina, D. 2025. ‘Description of Ḥassāb-Related Material: Ḥassāba Ṣǝnǝʿt wa-Ṣǝnṣǝnt (CAe 4145)’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 3^a Serie, 9 (2025), 81–106.

Ellero, G. 1941. ‘Note sull’Endertà’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 1/2 (1941), 146–172.

Ellero, G. 1948. ‘Il Uolcaìt’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 7/1 (1948), 89–112.

Ellero, G. 1995. Antropologia e storia d’Etiopia: Note sullo Scirè, l’Endertà, i Tacruri e il Uolcaìt, ed. G. Lusini, Folia, 3 (Udine: Campanotto Editore, 1995).

Vergilio, M. n.d. ‘Giovanni Ellero: Pia’, Blog ufficiale giovanni.b.ellero@gmail.com Blog .

Ellwardt, A. 2005. Textkritische Untersuchungen zu den syrischen und arabischen Redaktionen der Apokalypse aus dem Testamentum Domini Nostri Jesu Christi M.A. Thesis, Universität Tübingen (2005).

Elm, S. 1991. ‘Evagrius Ponticus’ Sententiae ad Virginem’, Dumbarton Oaks Papers, 45 (1991), 97–120.

Elsābeṭ Gassasa 1974. በአለቃ፡ ገብረ፡ ሐና፡ የሚነገሩ፡ ቀልዶች (Baʾalaqā Gabra Ḥannā yamminnagaru qaldočč, "Jokes Told by ʾalaqā Gabra Ḥannā’) Addis Ababa University (1974).

Emmel, S. 2023. ‘Robert Curzon’s Oriental Manuscripts in Coptic, Arabic, Ethiopic, Syriac, and Persian - Collected in Egypt in 1837-1838’, in D. Atanassova, F. Feder, and H. Sternberg el-Hotabi, eds, Pharaonen, Mönche und Gelehrte - Auf dem Pilgerweg durch 5000 Jahre ägyptische Geschichte über drei Kontinente - Heike Behlmer zum 65. Geburtstag (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2023), 233–301.

Gibb, H. A. R., J. H. Kramers, E. Lévi-Provençal, and J. Schacht, eds, 1960. The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1: A-B, (New edition) (Leiden, London: E.J. Brill, Luzac & Co., 1960).

Caraffa, F. and G. Morelli, eds, 1961. Bibliotheca sanctorum, Volume-I: A–Ans (Roma: Istituto Giovanni XXIII della Pontifica Università Lateranense : Città Nuova Editrice, 1961).

Enger, M. 1854. Ioannis Apostoli de transitu beatae Mariae Virginis liber (Elberfeldae: R. L. Fridericus, 1854).

Erho, T. M. 2013. ‘New Ethiopic witnesses to some Old Testament pseudepigrapha’, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, 76/1 (2013), 75–97.

Erho, T. 2015. ‘The Shepherd of Hermas in Ethiopia’, in P. Nicelli, ed., L’Africa, l’Oriente mediterraneo e l’Europa. Tradizioni e culture a confronto, Africana Ambrosiana, 1 (Milano: Biblioteca Ambrosiana; Roma: Bulzoni Editore, 2015), 97–117.

Erho, T. 2017. ‘The Ethiopian Manuscripts in the Kulturhistorisk Museum, Oslo’, Aethiopica, 20 (2017), 50–69.

Erho, T. M. 2020. ‘A Fourth Ethiopic witness to the Shepherd of Hermas’, in M. Toca and D. Batovici, eds, Caught in translation: Studies on Versions of Late-Antique Christian Literature, Texts and studies in Eastern Christianity, 17 (Leiden; Boston: Brill, 2020), 241–266.

Erho, T. M. 2023. ‘James Bruce’s Illusory “Book of Enoch the Prophet”’, in A. Hessayon, A. Y. Reed, and G. Boccaccini, eds, Rediscovering Enoch? The Antediluvian Past from the Fifteenth to Nineteenth Centuries, Studia in Veteris Testamenti Pseudepigrapha, 27 (Leiden–Boston, MA: Brill, 2023), 183–208.

Erho, T. 2024. ‘New Evidence for the Apocalypse of Peter in Ethiopia?’, in D. C. Maier, J. Frey, and T. J. Kraus, eds, The Apocalypse of Peter in Context, Studies on Early Christian Apocrypha, 21 (Leuven–Paris–Bristol, CT: Peeters, 2024), 318–376.

Erho, T. 2025. ‘A Short Aqedah Apocryphon in Ethiopic’, in J. Dochhorn, ed., Parabiblica Aethiopica: Editiones et Studia, Parabiblica, 4 (Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2025), 107–118.

Erho, T. 2025. ‘Ethiopic Palimpsests’, in J. Gippert, J. Maksimczuk, and H. Sargsyan, eds, Palimpsests and Related Phenomena across Languages and Cultures, Studies in Manuscript Cultures, 42 (Berlin–Boston, MA: De Gruyter, 2025), 393–431.

Erho, T. M. and B. Henry 2019. ‘The Ethiopic Jannes and Jambres and the Greek Original’, Archiv für Papyrusforschung und Verwandte Gebiete, 65/1 (2019), 176–223.

Erho, T. and R. Lee 2022. ‘References to the Shepherd of Hermas at the Monastery of Gunda Gundē’, Ephemerides Theologicae Lovanienses, 98/3 (2022), 451–461.

Erho, T. M. and L. T. Stuckenbruck 2013. ‘A Manuscript History of Ethiopic Enoch’, Journal for the Study of the Pseudepigrapha, 23/2 (2013), 87–133.

Erlich, H. 1976. ‘A Contemporrary Biography of the Ras Alula: a Gǝʿǝz manuscript from Mänäwe, Tämben’, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, University of London, 1 (1976), 1–46, 287–327.

Erlich, H. 2002. The Cross and the River: Ethiopia, Egypt, and the Nile (Boulder, CO–London: Lynne Rienner Publishers, 2002).

Erlich, H. 2003. ‘Abbay’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 27a–28b.

Erlich, H. 2003. ‘Alula Ǝngǝda’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 211a–213b.

Erlich, H. 2005. ‘Gugsa Arʾaya’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowits Verlag, 2005), 905b–906a.

Erlich, H. 2005. ‘Ḫayla Śǝllāse Gugsā’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowits Verlag, 2005), 1066b–1067a.

Erlich, H. 2010. Islam and Christianity in the Horn of Africa: Somalia, Ethiopia, Sudan (Boulder, Colorado: Lynne Rienner Publishers, 2010).

Van Esbroeck, M. 1974. ‘L’Éthiopie à l’époque de Justinien: S. Arethas de Neǧrān et S. Athanase de Clysma’, in IV Congresso Internazionale di Studi Etiopici (Roma, 10-15 aprile 1972), I: Sezione storica, Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 371, Problemi attuali di scienza e di cultura, 191 (Roma: Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 1974), 117–139.

Esbroeck, M. van 1991. ‘Pidjimi, Saint’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, VI (1991), 1966b–1967b.

Eshetu Abate 1988. The Apostolic Tradition: a Study of the Texts and Origins, and its Eucharistic Teachings with a special exploration of the Ethiopic Version Ph.D. Thesis for the degree of Doctor of Theology, Faculty of Concordia Seminary, St. Luis (1988).

Pereira, F. M. E. 1890. ‘Victorias de Amda Sion rei de Ethiopia. Traducçao abreviada pelo P. Manuel de Almeida… com una versao franceza por M. Jules Perruchon’, Boletim da Sociedade de geographia de Lisboa, 9 (1890), 471–508.

Esteves Pereira, F. M. 1915. A poesia etiópica. Comunicação feita a 2.a classe de Academia das Sciéncias de Lisboa, extract from «Boletin da Segunda Classe», 8 (Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade, 1915).

DomLib/Ethio-SPARE Manuscript Cataloguing Database (Database) (2009) <http://mycms-vs03.rrz.uni-hamburg.de/domlib/>.

Euringer, S. 1911. ‘Der mutmaßliche Verfasser der koptischen Theotokien und des äthiopischen Weddâsê Mârjâm’, Oriens Christianus, N.S./1 (1911), 215–226.

Euringer, S. 1926. ‘Die Anaphora der 318 Rechtgläubigen. Äthiopisch und deutsch’, Zeitschrift für Semitistik und verwandte Gebiete, 4 (1926), 125–144, 266–299.

Euringer, S. 1927. ‘Die äthiopische Anaphora des hl. Epiphanius, Bischofs der Insel Cypern’, Oriens christianus, Ser. 3, 1 (1927), 98–148.

Euringer, S. 1928. ‘Das Netz Salomons. Ein äthiopischer Zaubertext. Nach der Hs. im ethnographischen Museum in München’, Zeitschrift für Semitistik und verwandte Gebiete, 6 (1928), 76–100, 178–199, 300–314.

Euringer, S. 1929. ‘Bartos = Parthien?’, Zeitschrift für Semitistik und verwandte Gebiete, 7 (1929), 214–216.

Euringer, S. 1929. ‘Das Netz Salomons’, Zeitschrift für Semitistik und verwandte Gebiete, 7 (1929), 68–85.

Euringer, S. 1933_1934. ‘Die Geschichte von Nârgâ. Ein Kapitel aus der abessinischen Kulturgeschichte des 18. Jahrhunderts’, Zeitschrift für Semitistik und verwandte Gebiete, 9 (1933_1934), 281–311.

Euringer, S. 1935. ‘Die Geschichte von Nârgâ. Ein Kapitel aus der abessinischen Kulturgeschichte des 18. Jahrhunderts’, Zeitschrift für Semitistik und verwandte Gebiete, 10 (1935), 105–162.

Euringer, S. 1935. ‘Verzeichnis der abessinischen Handschriften des Völkerkundemuseums in Stuttgart’, Orientalia, n.s., 4 (1935), 465–483.

Euringer, S. 1937. ‘Die äthiopische Anaphora unserer Herrin Maria’, Oriens christianus, 12 (1937), 63–102, 248–262.

Euringer, S. 1937. ‘Der Spiegel Salomons. Ein abessinisches Amulett’, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 91/1 (1937), 162–174.

Euringer, S. 1938. ‘Das Hohelied des “Bundes der Erbarmung”: aus dem äthiopischen übersetzt und erklärt’, Oriens christianus, Ser. 3, 13 (1938), 71–107.

Euringer, S. 1939–1941. ‘Das Hohelied des “Bundes der Erbarmung” (Anhang)’, Oriens christianus, 36 (1939–1941), 68–73.

Euringer, S. 1940. ‘Die Binde der Rechtfertigung (Lefâfa ṣedeḳ)’, Orientalia, Nova series, 9 (1940), 76–99, 244–259.

Euringer, S. 1941. ‘Übersetzung der philosophischen Lehrsprüche in Dillmanns “Chrestomathia aethiopica”’, Orientalia, Nova Series, 10 (1941), 361–371.

Euringer, S. 1942. ‘Übersetzung der Antiphonen zum Feste des hl. Johannes Baptista in Dillmanns “Chrestomathia Aethiopica”’, Orientalia, Nova series, 11 (1942), 148–170.

Euringer, S. 1943. ‘Übersetzung der Homilien des Cyrillus von Alexandrien, des Severus von Synnada und des Theodotus von Ancyra in Dillmanns “Chrestomathia Aethiopica”’, Orientalia, Nova series, 12 (1943), 113–134.

Löfgren, O., ed., 1933. ‘Nachtrag zu der Cyrillus-Liturgie: Mit Übersetzung und Bemerkungen von Sebastian Euringer’, Zeitschrift für Semitistik und verwandte Gebiete, 9 (1933), 210–234.

Evelyn White, H. G. 1932. The monasteries of the Wâdi ’n Natrûn. Part II. The History of the Monasteries of Nitria and of Scetis, ed. W. Hauser, Publications of the Metropolitan Museum of Art. Egyptian expedition (New York, NY: Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1932).

Ewald, H. 1844. ‘Ueber die Aethiopischen Handschriften zu Tübingen’, Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, 5 (1844), 164–201.

Ewald, H. von 1847. ‘Ueber eine zweite Sammlung Aethiopischer Handschriften in Tübingen’, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 1 (1847), 1–43.

Ewald, H. 1855. Ausführliches Lehrbuch der hebräischen Sprache des Alten Bundes, (6th edn) (Leipzig: Hahn’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, 1855).

Ezra Gebremedhin 2005. ‘The Catholic Epistles’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 340a-b.

Ezra Gebremedhin 2005. ‘Ḥawi: Mäṣḥafä ḥawi’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1052a–1053a.

Ezra Gebremedhin and S. Weninger 2007. ‘Lǝdäta lämaryam: Mäṣḥafä lǝdäta lämaryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 540a–514a.

Ezra Gebremedhin 2010. ‘Tayyä Gäbrä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 880a–881a.

Ezra Gebremedhin 2014. ‘Rodén, Karl Gustav’, in Bausi, Alessandro and Uhlig, Siegbert, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 495a–495b.

Fabricius, J. A. 1713. Codex pseudepigraphus veteris testamenti (Hamburgi & Lipsiae: Sumptu Christiani Liebezeit, 1713).

Fabricius, J. A. 1795. Bibliotheca Graeca sive notitia scriptorum veterum Graecorum, 4th (Hamburgi: apud Carolum Ernestum Bohn, 1795).

Falceto, F. 2003. ‘Casimir Mondon-Vidailhet et la musique éthiopienne’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 19 (2003), 119–147.

Falivene, M. R. 1982. Historical Catalogue of the Manuscripts of Bible House Library, eds A. F. Jesson and M. R. Falivene (London: The British and Foreign Bible Society, 1982).

Farina, M. 2018. ‘Giovanni Battista Raimondi’s Travel in the Middle East - A Case of Sixteenth-Century Portuguese-Italian Interference’, Oriente Moderno, 98/1 (2018), 52–72.

Fattovich, R. and S. Munro-Hay 2003. ‘Adulis’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 104a–105b.

Nabil Farouk Fayez 2011. ‘The Martyr Athanasius of Clysma in the Arabic trans. of the Ethiopic Synaxarium’, Studia Orientalia Christiana Collectanea, 44 (2011), 69–80.

Fekade Azeze 1988. The Intellectual in the Ethiopian Novel, 1930-1974 University of Sheffield (1988).

Fekade Azeze 2003. ‘Abbe Gubäñña’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 30a–31b.

Fekade Azeze 2003. ‘Bäʿalu Gǝrma’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 425b–426b.

Fekade Azeze 2003. ‘Bǝrhanǝnna sälam’, in Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 536a–537a.

Fekade Azeze 2007. ‘Mängǝśtu Lämma’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 729b–731b.

Fell, W. 1871. Canones Apostolorum Aethiopice (Lipsiae: Brockhaus, 1871).

Fellman, J. 1996. ‘Ras Bitwadded Makonnen Endalkachaw: Some Thoughts on His Life and Work’, Research in African literatures, 27 (1996), 194–95.

Fellman, J. and R. Pankhurst 2010. ‘Sǝnǝddu Gäbru’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 619b–620b.

Fentahun Tiruneh 2005. ‘Ḫaylu Yosedeq’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1071b–1072a.

Fentahun Tiruneh 2010. ‘Śäḥay Ḫaylä Śǝllase’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 462a–463a.

Fentanesh Abebe 2022. Catalogue of Hagiographical Manuscripts of Nada St. Mary Monastery MA Thesis, Bahir Dar: Bahir Dar University (2022).

Ferenc, A. 1974. ‘Manuscrits éthiopiens rapportés par la première expédition d’étudiants polonais en Afrique, actuellement dans les collections de la Bibliothèque de la section d’études africaines et sémitiques de l’Institut d’études orientales de Varsovie’, Africana Bulletin, 21 (1974), 37–65.

Ferenc, A. 1976. ‘Les Actes d’Isaïe de Gunda-Gundé’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 10 (1976), 243–294.

Fernández, V. M., A. Martínez D’Alòs-Moner, J. de Torres, and C. Cañete 2012. ‘Archaeology of the Jesuit Missions in the Lake Ṭana Region: Review of the Work in Progress’, Aethiopica, 15 (2012), 72–91.

Feyerabend, S. 1609. Reyßbuch deß heyligen Lands, Das ist Ein gründtliche beschreibung aller und jeder Meer und Bilgerfahrten zum heyligen Lande, ... von vielen ... Geistlichs und Weltlichs Standts Herren, zu Wasser und Land vorgenommen, ins Werck gericht, und durch wunderbarlich Abentheuwr, auch unglaublich grosse Gefahr, Leibs und Guts vollnbracht. Beneben eingeführter auch eigentlicher Beschreibung deß gantzen heyligen Lands Palaestinae, sampt demselben einverleibter Landschafften ... ; Endtlich von gemelter Ort und Landen jetziger Einwohner, Türcken und Araber, So auch ander Nationen, die sich Christen rühmen, und in den Orientalischen Landen, insonderheit aber zu Jerusalem sich wesentlich verhalten ..., I (Franckfort am Mayn: bey Johan[n] Saurn, in Verlegung Francisci Nicolai Rothen, 1609).

Fiaccadori, G. 1982. ‘Un rotolo magico etiopico nella collezione dell’Università di Pisa’, Egitto e Vicino Oriente, 5 (1982), 183–188.

Fiaccadori, G. 1988. ‘Nota su Yoḥannǝs Meśrāqāwi’, Quaderni Utinensi, 6 (11/12) (1988), 141–150.

Fiaccadori, G. 1989. ‘Aethiopica minima’, Quaderni Utinensi, 7 (13/14) (1989), 145–164.

Fiaccadori, G. 1997. ‘Ripristino dell’omelia etiopica sull’arcangelo Afnin’, Miscellanea Marciana, 12 (1997), 45–51.

Fiaccadori, G. 1993. ‘Christians and Moslems in Eastern Tigray up to the XIVth C.’, Studi Magrebini, 15 (1993), 243–252.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Ǝllä ʿAmida’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 259b–261a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Ǝllä Gäbäz’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 262a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Ǝllä Ṣäḥam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 262b–263a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Eon’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 328b–329b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Eusebios of Caesarea’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 454a–456a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Eusebios of Herakleia’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 456a-b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Ewosṭateans’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 464a–469a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Ewosṭatewos’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 469a–472b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Ḥarbay’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 1031a–1032a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2007. ‘Monumentum Adulitanum’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1010a–1012b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2005. ‘Ḥamärä Noḫ’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 987a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2007. ‘Ioel’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 179b–180b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2007. ‘Nuova iscrizione Greca da Aksum’, Parola del Passato, 62 (2007), 70–76.

Fiaccadori, G. 2007. ‘Kaleb’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 329a–332b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2007. ‘Makǝdda’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 672b–679b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2007. ‘MḤDYS’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 947a–949b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2007. ‘Muse’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1080b–1081b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2007. ‘Muse’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 1081b–1082a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2010. ‘Periplus of the Erythreaen Sea’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 133a–134b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2010. ‘Sälama I (Käśate Bǝrhan)’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 484b–488a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2014. ‘Soob’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 511b–515a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2014. ‘Tǝrdaʾ Gäbäz’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 529b–530a.

Fiaccadori, G. 2014. ‘Wazena’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 551a–552b.

Fiaccadori, G. 2014. ‘Zoskales’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 196a–197b.

Fiaccadori, G. and G. Calchi Novati 2007. ‘Italy, relations with’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 236a–244b.

Ficquet, É. n.d. ‘Boräna’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, ), 607b–608b.

Ficquet, É. 2003. ‘Boru Meda’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 609a-b.

Ficquet, É. 2003. ‘Chaîne, Marius’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 709b.

Ficquet, É. 2004. ‘André Caquot. Épinal, 24 avril 1923 – Paris, 1er septembre 2004’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 20 (2004), 265–266.

Ficquet, É. 2007. ‘Libän Amäde’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 557b–558a.

Ficquet, É. 2007. ‘Ḥusayn’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 92a–93b.

Ficquet, É. 2007. ‘Mästawät’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 858a-b.

Ficquet, É. 2010. ‘Wärqitu’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1147b–1148b.

Ficquet, É. 2014. ‘Alula Gugsa’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 231a-b.

Ficquet, É. and Hussein Ahmed 2010. ‘Wällo’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1119b–122a.

Ficquet, É. and L. Prijac 2007. ‘Lifchitz, Déborah’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 567a–568b.

Fikre Tolossa 11983. Realism and Amharic literature (1908-1981) University of Bremen (11983).

Barradas, M. 1996. Tractatus Tres Historico-Geographici (1634): a Seventeenth Century Historical Account of Tigray, Ethiopia, ed. R. Pankhurst, tr. E. Filleul, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 43 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 1996).

Finneran, N. 2007. ‘Lalibäla’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 482a–484a.

Fischer-Kattner, A. 2015. Spuren der Begegnung: Europäische Reiseberichte über Afrika 1760–1860, Schriftenreihe der Historischen Kommission bei der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 91 (Göttingen–Bristol, CT: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht., 2015).

Heintze-Flad, W. 2005. ‘Flad, Johannes Martin’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 552b–553b.

Flemming, J. 1902. Das Buch Henoch. Äthiopischer Text, ed. J. Flemming, Die griechischen christlichen Schriftsteller der ersten drei Jahrhunderte, Neue Folge, 7/1 (Leipzig: J. C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung, 1902).

Hedberg, I. and S. Edwards, eds, 1989. Flora of Ethiopia, 3: Pittosporaceae to Araliaceae (Addis Ababa and Asmara, Uppsala: The National Herbarium, Biology Department, Science Faculty, Addis Ababa University, Ethiopia and The Department of Systematic Botany, Uppsala University, Sweden, 1989).

Forness, P. M. 2022. ‘New Evidence for Severus of Antioch’s Correspondence with the patricia Caesaria. Ethiopic Fragments Related to the Origin of Evil and the Resurrection of the Dead’, Zeitschrift für Antikes Christentum / Journal of Ancient Christianity, 26/2 (2022), 305–345.

Foti, C. 1941. ‘La cronaca abbreviata dei re d’Abissinia in un manoscritto di Dabra Berhān di Gondar’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 1/1 (1941), 87–123.

Francuzof, S. 2013. ‘Iz istorii Ėfiopskoj Cerkvi: pis’mo ėččege Feofila lejtenantu Mulaccani’, Hristianskij Vostok, 6 (XII) (2013), 331–340.

Francuzof, S. 2016. ‘Peterburgskie spiski ėfiopskogo dogmatičeskogo sbornika Kerėllos: kodikologičeskie i tekstologičeskie osobennosti’, in V. Semënova, ed., Kunstkamera: kollekcii i hraniteli. Pamjati Zoi Leonidovny Pugač, Sbornik MAĖ, 62 (Sankt-Peterburg: Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography, Russian Academy of Sciences, 2016), 68–77.

Frantsouzoff, S. 2016. ‘On the Dating of the Ethiopian Dynastic Treatise Kǝbrä nägäśt: New Evidence’, Scrinium, 12/1 (2016), 20–24.

Frantsouzoff, S. A. 2015. ‘Pamjatniki ėfiopskoj pis’mennosti XI. Fragmenta geographorum aethiopicorum. Iz ėfiopskoj geograficeskoj literatury ('Ethiopic writings XI. Fragmenta geographorum aethiopicorum. Ethiopic geographical writings’)’, in I.Ju. Kračkovskij: Trudy po istorij i filologij Hristianskogo Vostoka, Klassiki otečestvennogo vostokovedenija (Moskva: Nauka - Vostočnaja literatura, 2015), 268–301.

Frederick, V. 1991. ‘Jacob of Sarūj’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, IV (New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 1319b–1320a.

Frend, W. H. C. 1991. ‘Timothy Salofaciolus’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, VII (New  York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 2268b–2269b.

Frend, W. H. C. 1991. ‘Timothy Salofaciolus’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, VII (New  York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 2268b–2269b.

Freudenthal, G. 2010. ‘Hermann Zotenberg (1834-1909): Le savant qui a réussi à se faire oublier’, Revue des Études Juives, 169 (2010), 487–514.

Fridman, I. 2014. ‘Yoḥanni of Däbrä Damo’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 87a–89b.

Fridman, I. 2014. ‘Yoḥanni of Däbrä Sina’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 89a-b.

Friend, A. M. 1927. ‘The Portraits of the Evangelists in Greek and Latin Manuscripts’, Art Studies, 5 (1927), 115–147.

Fries, K. 1892. ውዳሴ፡ ማርያማ፡ Weddâsê Mârjâm. Ein äthiopischer Lobgesang an Maria, nach mehreren Handschriften herausgegeben und übersetzt. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde bei der Hohen Philosophischen Fakultät der Königlichen Universität Upsala (Leipzig: Gustav Fock, 1892).

Frisk, H. 1927. Le Périple de la mer Érythrée suivi d’une étude sur la tradition et la langue, Göteborg Högskolas Årsskrift, 33, 1927: 1 (Elander: Elanders Boktryckeri Aktiebolag, 1927).

Fritsch, E. 2001. The Liturgical Year of the Ethiopian Church: The Temporal: Seasons and Sundays, Ethiopian Review of Cultures, 9–10 ([Addis Abäba]: St. Francis Major Seminary–Master Printing Press, 2001).

Fritsch, E. and U. Zanetti 2005. ‘Gǝṣṣawe: Mäṣḥafä gǝṣṣawe’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 773a–775a.

Fritsch, E. 2019. ‘The “Order of the Mystery”: An Ancient Catechesis Preserved in BnF Ethiopic Ms. d’Abbadie 66-66bis (15th century) with a Liturgical Commentary’, in B. Groen, D. Galadza, N. Glibetić, and G. Radle, eds, Studies in Oriental Liturgy: Proceedings of the Fifth International Congress of the Society of Oriental Liturgy, New York, 10-15 June 2014, Eastern Christian Studies, 28 (Leuven: Peeters, 2019), 195–263.

Fritsch, E., Habtemichael Kidane, and Tedros Abraha 2007. ‘Krǝstǝnna: Mäṣḥafä krǝstǝnna’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 439a–441a.

Fuhs, H. F. 1968. Die äthiopische Übersetzung des Propheten Micha: Edition und textkritischer Kommentar nach den Handschriften in Oxford, London, Paris, Cambridge, Wien und Frankfurt am Main, Bonner biblische Beiträge, 28 (Bonn: Peter Hanstein Verlag, 1968).

Fuhs, H. F. 1971. Die äthiopische Übersetzung des Propheten Hosea: Edition und textkritischer Kommentar nach den Handschriften in Berlin, Cambridge, Frankfurt am Main, London, München, Oxford, Paris und Wien, ed., tr. H. F. Fuhs, Bonner biblische Beiträge, 38 (Bonn: Peter Hanstein Verlag, 1971).

FUSELLA, L. 1951. ‘IL “LEBB WÅLLAD TĀRIK”’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 10 (1951), 56–70.

Fusella, L. 1953. ‘Le lettere del dabtarā Assaggākhañ’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 12 (1953), 80–95.

Fusella, L. 1961. ‘Il Dāgmāwi Mĕnilĕk di Afawårq Gabra Iyasus’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 17 (1961), 11–44.

Fusella, L. 1984. ‘Le biografie del Blātengētā Ḫeruy Wålda Sellāsē’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 30 (1984), 15–52.

Fusella, L. 1987. ‘Le biografie del Blātengētā Ḫeruy Wålda Sellāsē’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 31 (1987), 23–67.

Fürst, J. 1861. Hebräisches und chaldäisches Handwörterbuch über das Alte Testament, II (Leipzig: Tauchnitz, 1861).

Fürst, J. 1863. Hebräisches und chaldäisches Handwörterbuch über das Alte Testament, I (Leipzig: Tauchnitz, 1863).

Gabra Ḥǝywat Bāykadāñ 1953. መንግሥትና፡ የሕዝብ፡ አስተዳደር (Mangśǝtǝnnā yaḥǝzb ʾastadādar, ’Government and Public Administration’) (Addis Ababa: 1953).

Gabra ʾIyasus ʾAbbāy 1961. መሠረት ዓለት ሕዝቢ መረብ መላሽ (Maśarat ʿālet ḥǝzbi marab mǝllaš) (Asmarā: 1961).

Gäbrä Kidan Bäzzabbǝ, Gäbrä Iyäsus, and Mäšäša Gǝzzaw 1954. ድርሳነ፡ ሰንበት፡ (Dǝrsanä sänbät, ‘Homily of the Sabbat’) (Addis Abäba: n.pub., 1954).

Gäbrä Yoḥannǝs Gäbrä Maryam 2006. Giyorgis Wäldä Amid: Yäʿaläm tarik (Addis                            Ababa: n.p., 2006).

Gabré Yesus Haylu 1970. ‘Considérations théologiques sur le Malkeʾa Sellasie de Abba Sǝbhat Leʾab’, in R. K. P. Pankhurst and S. Chojnacki, eds, Proceedings of the Third International Conference of Ethiopian studies : Addis Ababa, 1966, II (Addis                            Ababa: Institut of Ethiopian Studies, 1970).

Gardet, L. 1965. ‘Dīn’, in Encyclopaedia of Islam, II (Leiden: Brill, 1965), 293–296.

Anon. 1961. ገድለ፡ ገብረ፡ መንፈስ፡ ቅዱስ፡ (Gadla Gabra Manfas Qǝddus) (Addis Ababā: Tasfā Gabra Śǝllāse, 1961).

ገድለ ገብረ ክርስቶስ በግ ዕዝና በአማርኛ (Gädlä Gäbrä Krǝstos bägǝʿǝzǝnna bäʾamarǝñña, ‘Vita of Gäbrä Krǝstos in Geez and in Amharic’) 1965. (Addis Abäba: Täsfa Mattamiya Bet, 1965).

Gaguine, M. 1965. The Falasha Version of the Testaments of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob: A Critical Study of Five Unpublished Ethiopic Manuscripts with Introduction, Translation and Notes PhD Dissertation, University of Manchester (1965).

Gaiga, L. n.d. ‘In Pace Christi - Bonomi Luigi’, Missionari Comboniani.

Gaiga, L. n.d. ‘Don Luigi Bonomi’, Missionari Comboniani.

Galbiati, E. 1957. ‘I manoscritti etiopici dell’Ambrosiana (breve inventario)’, in Studi in onore di Carlo Casliglioni prefetto dell’Ambrosiana, Fontes Ambrosiani, 32 (Milano: Giuffrè, 1957), 339–353.

Galbiati, E. 1963. ‘I fondi orientali (siriaco, etiopico, armeno) dell’Ambrosiana’, in Atti del Convegno di Studi su la Lombardia e l’Oriente, Milano, 11-15 giugno 1962, Pubblicazioni dell’Istituto Lombardo, Accademia di Scienze e Lettere (Milano: Istituto lombardo di scienze e lettere, 1963), 190–199.

García, M. A. 1999. Ethiopian Biblical Commentaries on the Prophet Micah, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 52 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1999).

García, M. A. 2010. ‘Tǝrg^wame’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2010), 921a–923a.

Garretson, P. P. 2007. ‘Kidanä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 395b.

Garretson, P. P. 2010. ‘Wärqǝnäh Ǝšäte’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1146b–1147a.

Gascon, A. 2003. ‘Awaš’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 400b–401b.

Gascon, A. 2003. ‘Bale geography’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 459a–460b.

Gascon, A. 2007. ‘Horn of Africa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 67a–69a.

Gascon, A. 2010. ‘Šäwa: Geography of Šäwa’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 552a–552b.

Gascon, A. 2010. ‘Wabi Šäbälle’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1064b–1066a.

Gascon, A. 2010. ‘Wǝḉale’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1172a-b.

Gasparini, P. A. 1946. ‘Di due vocaboli etiopici oscuri’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 5 (1946), 79–82.

Gǝrmā Ṣǝyon Mabrāhtu 1994. ልሳነ አግዓዚ ዘእም ግርማ ናይ ትግርኛ መዝገበ ቃላት (Lǝssāna ʾAgʿāzi zaʾǝm gǝrmā nāy tǝgrǝññā mazgaba qālāt), (rep.) (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: Bǝrhanǝnnā salām māttamiyā bet, 1994).

Gesenius, W. 1835. Thesaurus philologicus criticus linguae hebraeae et chaldaeae Veteris Testamenti, I (Lipsiae: Sumtibus typisque Fr. Chr. Guil. Vogelii, 1835).

Gesenius, W. 1835. Thesaurus philologicus criticus linguae hebraeae et chaldaeae Veteris Testamenti, III (Lipsiae: Sumtibus Fr. Chr. Guil. Vogelii, 1835).

Gesenius, W. 1840. Thesaurus philologicus criticus linguae hebraeae et chaldaeae Veteris Testamenti, II (Lipsiae: Sumtibus Fr. Chr. Guil. Vogelii, 1840).

Getatchew Haile 1981. ‘A new ethiopic version of the Acts of St. Mark (EMML 1763, ff. 224r-227r)’, Analecta Bollandiana, 99 (1981), 117–134.

Getatchew Haile 1982. ‘Power Struggle in the Medieval court of Ethiopia: the case of Bäträ Gela Maryam’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 15 (1982), 37–55.

Getatchew Haile 1983. ‘The Life of Abunä Yosṭinos (Emml 1480, Ff. 44r-47r)’, Analecta Bollandiana, 101 (1983), 311–325.

Getatchew Haile 1982_1983. ‘The Monastic Genealogy of the Line of Täklä Haymanot of Shoa’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 29 (1982_1983), 7–38.

Getatchew Haile 1984. ‘Who is Who in Ethiopia’s past, Part I: At the court of Aṣē Lǝbna Dǝngǝl (1508-1540)’, Northeast African Studies, 6/3 (1984), 47–53.

Getatchew Haile 1985. ‘A Christ for the Gentiles: the Case of Zä-Krǝstos of Ethiopia’, Journal of Religion in Africa, 15/2 (1985), 86–95.

Getatchew Haile 1987. ‘An Ethiopic Letter of Timothy II of Alexandria Concerning the Death of Children’, The Journal of Theological Studies, 38/1 (1987), 34–57.

Getatchew Haile 1989. ‘The legend of Abgar in Ethiopic tradition’, Orientalia Christiana Periodica, 55 (1989), 375–401.

Getatchew Haile 2002. የአባ ባሕርይ ድርሰቶች ኦሮሞችን ከሚመለከቱ ሌሎች ሰነዶች ጋራ (Yaʾabbā Bāḥrǝy dǝrsatočč Oromoččǝn kammimmalakkatu leločč sanadočč gara, The Works of abbā Bāḥrǝy with other documents concerning the Oromo) (Koleǧvil (Minisotā): Getatchew Haile, 2002).

Getatchew Haile 2003–2004. ደቂቀ፡ እስጢፋኖስ፡ በሕግ፡ አምላክ፡ (ትርጕም፡) (Daqiqa ʾǝsṭifānos: baḥǝgg ʾamlak (tǝrgwem), ‘Children of ʾƎsṭifānos, In the Name of the Law’) (Koleǧvil, Minisotā: Getatchew Haile, 2003–2004).

Getatchew Haile 2006. ‘Ras ʿAmdu: His and his Ancestors’ Role in Ethiopian History’, in S. Uhlig, M. Bulakh, D. Nosnitsin, and T. Rave, eds, Proceedings of the XV^th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, Hamburg, July 20-25, 2003, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 65 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2006), 251–259.

Getatchew Haile 2005. ‘G^wǝnṣ’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 944b.

Getatchew Haile 2010. ‘Rǝtuʿa Haymanot’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 382b–383b.

Getatchew Haile 2010. ‘Sälama qǝddusan’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 490b–491b.

Getatchew Haile 2010. ‘Sǝmʿon’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 617a–618b.

Getatchew Haile 2013. Voices from Däbrä Zämäddo: Acts of Abba Bärtälomewos and Abba Yoḥannǝs, 45 Miracles of Mary, ed., tr. Getatchew Haile, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 79 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2013).

Getatchew Haile 2014. ‘ʿAmdä Mikaʾel’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 235a–236a.

Getatchew Haile 2014. ‘Zämikaʾelites’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 131b–133b.

Getatchew Haile 2014. ‘Zenahu lägalla’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 180a–181a.

Getatchew Haile 1979. ‘The Homily in Honour of St. Frumentius, Bishop of Axum (EMML 1763, ff. 84v–86r)’, Analecta Bollandiana, 97/3–4 (1979), 309–318.

Getatchew Haile 1980. ‘From strict Observance to Royal Endowment: the Case of the Monastery of Däbrä Halle Luya, EMML 6343, ff. 117r-118v’, Le Muséon, 93 (1980), 163–172.

Getatchew Haile 1980. ‘A note on writing history from forgotten documents’, Northeast African Studies, 2/1 (1980), 73–77.

Getatchew Haile 1980. ‘The Martyrdom of St. Peter Archbishop of Alexandria (EMML 1763, ff. 79r-80v)’, Analecta Bollandiana, 98/1–2 (1980), 85–92.

Getatchew Haile 1980. ‘A Preliminary Investigation of the Ṭomarä Tǝsbǝʾt of Emperor Zärʾa Yaʿǝqob of Ethiopia’, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, 43/2 (1980), 207–234.

Getatchew Haile 1981. ‘From the Markets of Damot to that of Bärara. A Note on Slavery in Medieval Ethiopia’, Paideuma, 27 (1981), 173–180.

Getatchew Haile 1981. ‘Religious Controversies and the Growth of Ethiopic Literature in the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries’, Oriens Christianus, 65 (1981), 102–136.

Getatchew Haile 1981. ‘An Anonymous Homily in Honor of King Ǝllä Aṣbäḥa of Axum, EMML 1763, ff. 34v–35v’, Northeast African Studies, 3/2 (1981), 25–37.

Getatchew Haile 1981. ‘A Study of the Issues Raised in Two Homilies of Emperor Zärʾa Yaʿәqob of Ethiopia’, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 131/1 (1981), 85–113.

Getatchew Haile 1982. ‘On the Writings of Abba Giyorgis Säglawi from Two Unedited Miracles of Mary’, Orientalia Christiana Periodica, 48 (1982), 65–91.

Getatchew Haile 1982. ‘The Homily of Aṣe Zärʾa Yaʿǝqob of Ethiopia in Honour of Saturday’, Orientalia Lovaniensia Periodica, 13 (1982), 185–231.

Getatchew Haile 1983. ‘Documents on the History of Aṣé Dawit (1382-1413)’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 16 (1983), 25–35.

Getatchew Haile 1983. ‘The case of the Ǝsṭifanosites, a fundamental sect in the church of Ethiopia’, Paideuma, 29 (1983), 93–119.

Getatchew Haile 1983. ‘The Homily in Honour of St. John the Evangelist’, Oriens Christianus, 67 (1983), 144–166.

Getatchew Haile 1983. The different collections of Nägs hymns in Ethiopic literature and their contributions, Oikonomia, 19 (Erlangen: Lehrstuhl für Geschichte und Theol. des Christlichen Ostens, 1983).

Getatchew Haile 1985. ‘The Homily of Lulǝyanos, Bishop of Axum, on the Holy Fathers’, Analecta Bollandiana, 103 (1985), 385–391.

Getatchew Haile 1990. ‘The Homily of Abba Ǝlǝyas, Bishop of Aksum, on Mäṭṭaʿ’, Analecta Bollandiana, 108 (1990), 29–47.

Getatchew Haile 1990. ‘The Translation of the Relics of Abunä Filǝp̣p̣os of Däbrä Libanos of Shoa’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 34 (1990), 75–113.

Getatchew Haile and Misrak Amare 1991. Beauty of the creation ሥነ፡ ፍጥረት። (Śǝnã fǝṭrãt), Journal of Semitic Studies Monographs, 16 (Manchester: University of Manchester, 1991).

Getatchew Haile 1991. The Epistle of Humanity of Emperor Zärʾa Yaʾǝqob (Ṭomarä tǝsbǝʾt), ed. Getatchew Haile, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 522, Scriptores Aethiopici, 95 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 1991).

Getatchew Haile 1991. The Epistle of Humanity of Emperor Zärʾa Yaʾǝqob (Ṭomarä tǝsbǝʾt), tr. Getatchew Haile, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 523, Scriptores Aethiopici, 96 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 1991).

Getatchew Haile 1992. The Mariology of Emperor Zärʾa Yaʿǝqob of Ethiopia: Texts and Translations, ed., tr. Getatchew Haile, Orientalia Christiana Analecta, 242 (Roma: Pontificium Institutum Orientalium Studiorum, 1992).

Getatchew Haile 1994. ‘Builders of Churches and Authors of Hymns. Makers of History in the Ethiopian Church’, in C. Lepage and É. Delage, eds, Études éthiopiennes, I: Actes de la X^e conférence internationale des études éthiopiennes, Paris, 24–28 août 1988 (Paris: Société française pour les études éthiopiennes, 1994), 369–375.

Getatchew Haile 2000. ባሕረ፡ ሐሳብ። የዘመን፡ ቈጠራ፡ ቅርሳችን፡ ከታሪክ፡ ማስታወሻ ጋረ። Bāḥra ḥassāb: yazaman qwaṭarā qǝrsāččǝn katārik mastawašā gārā, (1st edn) (Kolleǧvill (Minnisota): Getatchew Haile, 2000).

Getatchew Haile 2003. ‘Aḫbǝro: Mäṣḥafä aḫbǝro’, in Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 153b–154a.

Getatchew Haile 2003. ‘Anqäṣä bǝrhan’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 278b–279b.

Getatchew Haile 2003. ‘Arganonä Maryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 329a–330a.

Getatchew Haile 2003. ‘Baḥrǝy: Mäṣḥafä baḥrǝy’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 446b–447b.

Getatchew Haile 2003. ‘Bǝrhan: Mäṣḥafä bǝrhan’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 533a–534a.

Getatchew Haile 2004. የአባ ባሕርይ ድርሰቶች ኦሮሞችን ከሚመለከቱ ሌሎች ሰነዶች ጋራ (Yaʾabbā Bāḥrǝy dǝrsatočč Oromoččǝn kammimmalakkatu leločč sanadočč gara, The Works of abbā Bāḥrǝy with other documents concerning the Oromo) (Addis Abäba: n.p., 2004).

Getatchew Haile 2005. ‘Ǝgziʾabǝḥer zäbǝrhanat’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2005), 249a-b.

Getatchew Haile 2005. ‘Fǝkkare haymanot’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 516a-b.

Getatchew Haile 2005. ‘Gǝʿǝz literature’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 736a–741b.

Getatchew Haile 2005. ‘The Works of Ras Sǝmʿon of Hagärä Maryam’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 38/1/2 (2005), 5–95.

Getatchew Haile 2006. The Gǝʿǝz Acts of Abba Ǝsṭifanos of Gwǝndagwǝnde (Text), ed. Getatchew Haile, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 619, Scriptores Aethiopici, 110 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2006).

Getatchew Haile 2006. The Gǝʿǝz Acts of Abba Ǝsṭifanos of Gwǝndagwǝnde (Translation), tr. Getatchew Haile, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 620, Scriptores Aethiopici, 111 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2006).

Getachew Haile 2007. ‘Mäzmurä Dǝngǝl’, in Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 897b–898b.

Getatchew Haile 2007. ‘Mǝʿǝraf’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 910a–911a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Mǝhǝlla’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 912b–913b.

Getatchew Haile 2007. ‘Ḫǝdar: Mäṣḥafä Ḫǝdar’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 6b–7b.

Getatchew Haile 2007. ‘Mäzgäbä haymanot’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 892b–893b.

Getatchew Haile 2009. ‘The Kebrä Nägäśt Revisited’, Oriens Christianus, 93 (2009), 127–134.

Getatchew Haile 2010. ‘Raʾǝya täʾammǝr’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 321b–322a.

Getatchew Haile 2011. ‘History of Abba Elǝyas Gädamawi’, Oriens Christianus, 95 (2011), 100–155.

Getatchew Haile 2011. A History of the First Ǝsṭifanosite Monks, ed. Getatchew Haile, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 635, Scriptores Aethiopici, 112 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2011).

Getatchew Haile 2011. A History of the First Ǝsṭifanosite Monks, tr. Getatchew Haile, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 636, Scriptores Aethiopici, 113 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2011).

Getatchew Haile 2011. ‘One more text in “older Amharic”’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, n.s. 3 (2011), 63–74.

Getatchew Haile 2011. ‘Praises of the Cross, Wǝddase Mäsqäl, by Abba Giyorgis of Gasǝč̣č̣a: ውዳሴ፡ መስቀል፡’, Aethiopica, 14 (2011), 47–120.

Getatchew Haile 2013. The Homily of Zärʾa Yaʾǝqob’s Mäṣḥafä Bǝrhan on the Rite of Baptism and Religious Instruction, tr. Getatchew Haile, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 654, Scriptores Aethiopici, 115 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2013).

Getatchew Haile 2013. The Homily of Zärʾa Yaʾǝqob’s Mäṣḥafä Bǝrhan on the Rite of Baptism and Religious Instruction, ed. Getatchew Haile, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 653, Scriptores Aethiopici, 114 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2013).

Getatchew Haile 2016. ‘The Marginal Notes in the Abba Gärima Gospels’, Aethiopica, 19 (2016), 7–26.

Getatchew Haile 2016. ‘Pages from the History of Patriarch Matewos (Matthew I, 1378–1408)’, Journal of the Canadian Society for Coptic Studies, 8 (2016), 49–65.

Getatchew Haile 2017. ‘Life’ and ‘Miracles’ of Abunä Akalä Krǝstos, ed., tr. Getatchew Haile, Supplement to Aethiopica, 6 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2017).

Getatchew Haile 2017. ‘Lamentation of the Soul (Säqoqawä Näfs). EMML 6993 (A), fols 88r-92v; 7121 (B), fols 46r-60r; Abbadie 206 (P)’, in Getatchew Haile, ed., Ethiopian Studies in Honour of Amha Asfaw (New York: Getatchew Haile, 2017), 225–256.

Getatchew Haile 2017. ‘Treatise by Athanasius of Alexandria on the Incarnation’, in Ethiopian studies in honour of Amha Asfaw (New York: n.pub., 2017), 73–82.

Getatchew Haile 2018. The Ethiopian Orthodox Church’s Tradition on the Holy Cross, Texts and Studies in Eastern Christianity, 10 (Leiden–Boston, MA: Brill, 2018).

Getatchew Haile and D. Nosnitsin 2007. ‘Marian Literature’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 814a–817b.

Getie Gelaye 2005. ‘Gälanäš Ḥaddis’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 654b–655b.

Ghirmai Negash 1999. A History of Tigrinya Literature in Eritrea: The Oral and the Written, 1890–1991, CNWS publications / Rijksuniversiteit Leiden  Onderzoeksschool CNWS (Leiden: Research School of Asian, African and Amerindian Studies (CNWS), Univ.  Leiden, 1999).

de Giffre de Rechac, J. 1635. Les estranges evenemens du voyage de Son Altesse, le serenissime prince Zaga-Christ d’Ethiopie, du grand empire des Abyssins. Issu de la lignée de David et de Salomon, fils de l’empereur Jacob, appellé communement le Preste-Jan. Avec la defaicte de l’empereur Jacob, et la fuitte de ses deux enfans, Cosme & Zaga-Christ (A Paris: Chez Louis Sevestre, 1635).

Gigar Tesfaye 1984. ‘Inscriptions sur bois de trois églises de Lalibala’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 17 (1984), 107–126.

Gildemeister, J. 1864_1871_1872_1873_1874_1875_1876. Catalogus librorum manu scriptorum orientalium qui in Bibliotheca Academica Bonnensi servantur, Chirogaphorum in Bibliotheca Academica Bonnensi servatorum, 1 (Bonnae: Litteris Caroli Georgi, 1864_1871_1872_1873_1874_1875_1876).

Giles, J. 1852. Codex apocryphus Novi Testamenti. The Uncanonical Gospels and other Writings Referring to the First Ages of Christianity, 1st (London: D. Nutt, 270 Strand, 1852).

Giorgi, C. 2012. L’Africa come carriera; Funzioni e funzionari del colonialismo italiano, Studi storici Carocci (Roma: Carocci, 2012).

Giovio, P. 1560. Pauli Iovii Novocomensis episcopi Nucerini, Historiarum sui temporis... Acceßit rerum Turcicarum Commentarius eiusdem Iouij ad finem operis, ex Italico Latinus factus, I (Basileae: Petri & Perna, 1560).

Gippert, J. 2015. ‘Catalogues and cataloguing of oriental manuscripts in the digital age’, in A. Bausi, P. G. Borbone, F. Briquel-Chatonnet, P. Buzi, J. Gippert, C. Macé, M. Maniaci, Z. Melissakis, L. E. Parodi, W. Witakowski, E. Sokolinski, L. E. Parodi, W. Witakowski, and E. Sokolinski, eds, Comparative Oriental Manuscript Studies. An Introduction (Hamburg: Tredition, 2015), 531–537.

Francisco, A. 1966. ኢትዮጵያ፡ ፖርቱጌዞች፡ እንዳዩዋት (እኤአ 1520-1526 ዓም), tr. Girma Beshah (Lisbon: Centro de Estudos Históricos Ultramarinos, 1966).

Girma Elias 1997. ‘Aläqa Esterzia’s Church painting and the Sources of their Captions in Sacred Books’, Bulletin de la Maison des Études Éthiopiennes, 11 (1997), 85–95.

Girma Fisseha 2005. ‘Ǝngǝda’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 303b.

Girma Getahun 2010. ‘Täklä Iyäsus Waqǧǝra’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 840b–841a.

Girma Getahun 2014. The Goǧǧam Chronicle, by Aläqa Täklä Iyäsus WaqǦera, ed., tr. Girma Getahun, Fontes Historiae Africanae, New Series, Sources of African History, 12 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014).

Girma Y. Getahun 2014. ‘Yosedeq Wäldä Abib’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 95a-b.

Gǝrmaṣǝyon Mäbrahtu 1983. ልሳነ፡ አግዓዚ፡ ዘእም፡ ግርማ (Lǝssanä ʾagʿazi zäʾǝm gǝrma) (ʾAśmarā: Bet maḥtäm mängǝsti, 1983).

Girma Beshah and Merid Wolde Aregay 1964. The Question of the Union of the Churches in Luso–Ethiopian Relations, 1500–1632. (Lisbon: Junta de inverstigaçỡes do Ultramar, 1964).

Gleave, H. C. 1951. The Ethiopic Version of the Song of Songs, ed., tr. H. C. Gleave (London: Taylor’s Foreign Press, 1951).

Gnisci, J. 2015. ‘Shrouding the Divine: Observations on the Iconography of the Entombment of Christ in Ethiopian Illumination of the Fourteenth and Early Fifteenth Centuries’, Orientalia Christiana Periodica, 81/2 (2015), 473–492.

Gnisci, J. 2015. ‘Picturing the Liturgy: Notes on the Iconography of the Holy Women at the Tomb in Fourteenth- and Early Fifteenth-Century Ethiopian Manuscript Illumination’, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, 78/3 (2015), 557–595.

Gnisci, J., ed., 2019. Treasures of Ethiopia and Eritrea in the Bodleian Library, Oxford, Manar al-Athar Monograph, 5 (Oxford: Manar al-Athar, University of Oxford, 2019).

Gobat, S. 1834. Journal of a Three Years’ Residence in Abyssinia, in Furtherance of the Objects of the Church Missionary Society (London: Hatchard, 1834).

Gobat, S. 1834. Journal d’un Séjour en Abyssinie, pendant les années 1830, 1831 et 1832 (Paris – Genève: Chez J.J. Risler, Rue de l’Oratoire, No. 6 – Chez Mme Suzanne Guers, 1834).

Gobat, S. 1884. Evangelischer Bischof in Jerusalem: sein Leben und Wirken meist nach seinen eigenen Aufzeichnungen (Basel: C.F. Spitteler, 1884).

Godet, É. 1980. ‘La préparation du parchemin en Éthiopie’, Abbay, 11 (1980), 203–210.

Godinho, N. 1615. de Abassinorum rebus, déque Æthiopia patriarchis Joanne Nonio Barreto et Andrea Oviedo, Libri Tres: P. Nicolao Godigno (Lugduni: Sumptibus Horatij Cardon, 1615).

Götze, G. H. 1685. De Ritu Lectionum Sacrarum (Wittenbergae: Schrödterus, 1685).

Góis, D. de 1532. Legatio Magni Indorum Imperatoris Presbyteri Ioannis, ad Emanuelem Lusitaniae Regem, Anno Domini M.D.XIII (n.p. [Antwerpen]: Johannes Graphaeus, 1532).

Góis, D. de 1540. Fides, religio, moresque Aethiopum sub Imperio Pretiosi Ioannis (quem vulgo Presbyterum Ioannem vocant) degentium, una cu enarratione confœderationis ac amicitia inter ipsos Æthiopum Imperatores, & Reges Lusitaniæ initæ (Lovanii: Ex officina Ruigeri Rescij, 1540).

Góis, D. de 1541. Fides, religio, moresque Aethiopum sub Imperio Pretiosi Ioannis (quem vulgo Presbyterum Ioannem vocant) degentium, una cum enarratione confœderationis ac amicitiæ inter ipsos Æthiopum Imperatores, & Reges Lusitaniæ initæ (Parisiis: Apud Christianum Wechelum, 1541).

Góis, D. de 1602. De rebus Hispanicis, Lusitanicis, Aragonicis, Indicis et Aethiopicis opera (Coloniae Agrippinae: In Officina Birckmannica, Sumptibus Arnoldi Mylii, 1602).

Goldenberg, G. 2013. ‘ምሥጢረ፡ ጽጌያት። The Old Amharic mysteries of the rosary’, in Further Studies in Semitic Linguistics (Münster: Ugarit-Verlag, 2013), 155–175.

Goldschmidt, L. 1893. Bibliotheca Aethiopica vollständiges verzeichnis und ausfuehrliche beschreibung saemmtlicher Aethiopischer druckwerke (Leipzig: Verlag von Eduard Pfeiffer, 1893).

Goldschmidt, L. 1897. Die Abessinischen Handschriften der Stadtbibliothek zu Frankfurt am Main (Rüppell’sche Sammlung) nebst Anhängen und Auszügen (Berlin: Sublet, 1897).

Goldschmidt, L. and F. M. E. Pereira 1897. Vida do abba Daniel do mosteiro de Sceté. Versaõ ethiopica (Lisboa: Sociedade de geographia de Lisboa, 1897).

Goodspeed, E. J. 1901. ‘The Book of Thekla’, The American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures, 17 (1901), 65–95.

Goodspeed, E. J. 1903. ‘The Martyrdom of Cyprian and Justa’, The American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures, 19 (1903), 65–82.

Goodspeed, E. J. 1904. ‘The Story of Eugenia and Philip’, The American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures, 21 (1904), 37–56.

Goodspeed, E. J. 1904. ‘The Epistle of Pelagia’, The American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures, 20 (1904), 95–108.

Goodspeed, E. J. 1931. The story of Eugen and Philip: P. 3. Ethiopic martyrdoms (Chicago: Chicago University Press, 1931).

Goodspeed, E. J. and W. E. Crum, eds, 1907. The Conflict of Severus Patriarch of Antioch by Athanasius. Ethiopic text edited and translated by Edgard J. Goodspeed with the remains of the Coptic version by W. E. Crum, Patrologia Orientalis, 4/6 (Paris: Librairie de Paris. Firmin-Didot et Cie, imprimeurs-éditeurs, 1907).

Gori, A. 1999. ‘La poesia di alaqā tāyya in onore di šah zakkāryās’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 43 (1999), 65–112.

Gori, A. 2005. ‘Gäbrä Iyäsus’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 614b–615a.

Gori, A. 2010. ‘History of  Šäwa’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 554a–558b.

Avity, P. d’ 1646. Newe Archontologia Cosmica, Das ist, Beschreibung aller Kayserthumben, Königreichen vnd Republicken der gantzen Welt, die keinen Höhern erkennen: Wie dieselbe in ihren Gräntzen vnd Anmarckungen begrieffen, was darinnen für Provincien vnnd Landtschafften, stehende vnnd fliessende Wasser, fürnehme Stätt vnd Vestungen ... Alles auß vnverwerfflichen Gründen vnnd Zeugnussen, vom Anfang biß auff vnsere Zeit, das Jahr Christi 1646 zusammen gelesen, vnnd in eine richtige begreiffliche Ordnung verfasset Durch Johann Ludwig Gottfried, tr. J. L. Gottfried (Franckfurt am Mayn: Wolfgang Hoffman, 1646).

Grébaut, S. 1931. ‘Supplément semantique au Dictionnaire éthiopien’, Aethiops, 2 (1931).

Gräber, G. and W. Smidt 2007. ‘Krapf, Johann Ludwig’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 436a–438b.

Graf, G. 1937. ‘Zwei dogmatische Florilegien der Kopten, A: Die Kostbare Perle, B: Das Bekenntnis der Väter’, Orientalia Christiana Periodica, 3 (1937), 49–77, 345–402.

Graf, G. 1944. Geschichte der christlichen arabischen Literatur, I: Die Übersetzungen, Studi e Testi, 118 (Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1944).

Graf, G. 1947. Geschichte der christlichen arabischen Literatur.  Zweiter Band: Die Schriftsteller bis zur Mitte des 15. Jahrhunderts, II, Studi e Testi, 133 (Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1947).

Graf, G. 1954. Verzeichnis arabischer kirchlicher Termini, Sub 8, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 147 (Louvain: Durbecq, 1954).

Gramaye, J.-B. 1622. Africa illustrata: libri decem, in quibus Barbaria gentesque eius ut olim, et nunc describuntur (Tornaci Nerviorum: Ex Officinâ Adriani Quinque, 1622).

Anon. 1904. ‘Annual Communication, Toronto, 5903’, Proceedings of the Grand Lodge of Ancient Free and Accepted Masons of Canada, in the Province of Ontario, 49 (1904), 329.

Grébaut, S. and E. Tisserant 1935. Bybliothecae apostolicae Vaticanae codices manu scripti recensiti iussu Pii XI Pontificis maximi. Codices Aethiopici Vaticani et Borgiani, Barberinianus orientalis 2, Rossianus 865, I: Enarratio codicum (Città del Vaticano: In Bybliotheca Vaticana, 1935).

Grébaut, S. and E. Tisserant 1936. Bybliothecae apostolicae Vaticanae codices manu scripti recensiti iussu Pii XI Pontificis maximi. Codices Aethiopici Vaticani et Borgiani, Barberinianus orientalis 2, Rossianus 865, II: Prolegomena, Indices, Tabulae (Città del Vaticano: In Bybliotheca Vaticana, 1936).

Grébaut, S. 1908. ‘Littérature éthiopienne pseudo-clémentine. Text et traduction du Mystère du jugement des pécheurs’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 13 (1908), 166–180, 314–320.

Grébaut, S. 1908. ‘Vie de Barsoma le Syrien’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 13 (1908), 337–345.

Grébaut, S. 1907. ‘Littérature éthiopienne pseudo-clémentine. Text et traduction du Mystère du jugement des pécheurs’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 12 (1907), 285–297, 380–392.

Grébaut, S. 1909. ‘Vie de Barsoma le Syrien’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 14 (1909), 135-142 264-275 401-413.

Grébaut, S. 1910. ‘Littérature éthiopienne pseudo-clémentine. Texte et traduction du traité: ‘La seconde venue du Christ et la résurrection des morts’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 15 (1910), 198–214, 307–323.

Grébaut, S. 1910. ‘Text et traduction du traité La seconde venue du Christ et la résurrection des morts’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 15 (1910), 198–214, 307–323, 425–439.

Grébaut, S. 1911. ‘Littérature éthiopienne pseudo-clémentine. III Traduction du Qalêmentos’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 16 (1911), 72–84, 167–175, 225–233.

Grébaut, S., ed., 1911. Les trois derniers traités du Livre des Mystères du ciel et de la terre, Patrologia Orientalis, 6/3 (28) (Paris: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, 1911).

Grébaut, S. 1912. ‘Les manuscrits éthiopiens de M. E. Delorme’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 17 (1912), 113–132.

Grébaut, S. 1912. ‘Liste des patriarches d’Alexandrie, d’après le ms. éth. no. 3 de M. E. Delorme’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 2ième série, Tome VII (XVII), No. 2 (1912), 212–216.

Grébaut, S. 1913. ‘Les tribus d’origine des apôtres’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 18 (1913), 206–208.

Grébaut, S. 1913. ‘Les miracles du saint enfant Cyriaque’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 18 (1913), 419–423.

Grébaut, S. 1913. ‘Les jours fastes et néfastes d’après le ms. éthiopien n° 3 de M. E. Delorme’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 18 (1913), 97–98.

Grébaut, S. 1913. ‘Les miracles de l’archange Râgouʾêl’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 18 (1913), 113-120 277-282.

Grébaut, S. 1913. ‘Salâm à la Vierge Marie, d’après le ms. éthiopien n° 4 de M. É. Delorme’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 18 (1913), 121–123.

Grébaut, S. 1914. ‘Les miracles du saint enfant Cyriaque’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 19 (1914), 93–97.

Grébaut, S. 1914. ‘Les manuscrits éthiopiens de M. E. Delorme’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 19 (1914), 17–23, 174–182, 347–357.

Grébaut, S. 1914. ‘Un fragment de ménologe éthiopien’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 19 (1914), 199–208.

Grébaut, S. 1915. ‘Les miracles du saint enfant Cyriaque’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 20 (1915), 106-109 129-132.

Grébaut, S. 1915. ‘Un fragment de ménologe éthiopien’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 20 (1915), 201–206.

Grébaut, S. 1915. ‘Contribution à l’étude de la proposition finale’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 4 (1915), 440–441.

Grébaut, S. 1915. ‘La lettre et la notice finales du Vieillard Spirituel’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 20 (1915), 77–81.

Grébaut, S., ed., 1916. Sargis d’Aberga, Controverse judéo-chrétienne (fin), Patrologia Orientalis, 16/1 (62) (Paris: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, 1916).

Grébaut, S. 1917. Les miracles de Jésus, texte éthiopien publié et traduit, I: Miracles I à X, ed. S. Grébaut, Patrologia Orientalis, 12/4 (Paris: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, imprimeurs-éditeurs, 1917).

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Les relations entre Abgar et Jésus’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21 (1918), 73–91.

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Contributions à la philologie éthiopienne. II. Lexicographie. 1. Additions morphologiques [au Lexicon de Dillmann] (3-5)’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21 (1918), 314–318.

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Contributions à la philologie éthiopienne. II. Lexicographie. 2. Additions sémantiques [au Lexicon de Dillmann] (1)’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21/3 (1918), 318–319.

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Contributions à la philologie éthiopienne. II. Lexicographie. 2. Additions sémantiques [au Lexicon de Dillmann] (2-4)’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21/4 (1918), 405–407.

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Table de comput et de chronologie’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21 (1918), 323–330.

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Les miracles du saint enfant Cyriaque’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21 (1918), 409–411.

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Contribution a l’étude de la proposition finale (4)’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 1 (1918), 103–104.

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Table des levers de la lune pour chaque mois de l’année’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21 (1918), 422–428.

Grébaut, S. 1918. ‘Variations de la durée des jours et des nuits pour chaque mois de l’année’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21 (1918), 429–432.

Grébaut, S. 1919. ‘Les relations entre Abgar et Jésus’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21 (1919), 190–203.

Grébaut, S. 1920. ‘Contributions à la philologie éthiopienne. II. Lexicographie. 2. Additions sémantiques [au Lexicon de Dillmann] (5–7)’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 22 (1920), 68–71.

Grébaut, S. 1920. ‘Un fragment de ménologe éthiopien’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 22 (1920), 95–99.

Grébaut, S. 1920. Les miracles de Jésus, texte éthiopien publié et traduit, II, ed., tr. S. Grébaut, Patrologia Orientalis, 14/5 (Paris: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, imprimeurs-éditeurs, 1920).

Grébaut, S. 1922. ‘Additions morphologiques au Lex. aeth. de Dillmann (11–16)’, Aethiops, 1 (1922), 4–7.

Grébaut, S. 1922. ‘Le « propre » du Synaxaire’, Aethiops, 1/1 (1922), 28–29.

Grébaut, S. 1922. ‘Le ms. éthiopien n^o 5 du Trocadéro’, Aethiops, 1/1 (1922), 11.

Grébaut, S. 1923. ‘Fin du Martyre d’Athanase de Clysma’, Aethiops, 2 (1923), 27–28.

Grébaut, S. 1923. ‘Contributions lexicographiques. Morphologie’, Aethiops, 3/Juillet (1923), 37–43.

Grébaut, S. 1923. ‘Contributions lexicographiques. Morphologie’, Aethiops, 4/Octobre (1923), 53–54.

Grébaut, S. 1923. ‘Miracles des saints Cyr et Jean’, Aethiops, 2 (1923), 9–10.

Grébaut, S. 1923. Les Miracles de Jésus, texte éthiopien publié et traduit, III: Miracles xxi–xxx, ed., tr. S. Grébaut, Patrologia Orientalis, 17/4 (Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1923).

Grébaut, S. 1923. ‘Prière pour conjurer les démons’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 23 (1923), 199–208.

Grébaut, S. 1925. ‘Les miracles du saint enfant Cyriaque’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 25 (1925), 187–195.

Grébaut, S. 1927–1928. ‘Contribution à l’histoire du couvent éthiopien San-Stefano-dei-Mori’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 26 (1927–1928), 211–218.

Grébaut, S. 1926. Le Synaxaire éthiopien: Les mois de Tâḥschâsch, Ṭer et Yakâtit,  IV: Le mois de Tâḥschâsch, ed., tr. S. Grébaut, Patrologia Orientalis, 15/5 (76) (Paris: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, imprimeurs-éditeurs, 1926).

Grébaut, S. 1927. ‘Ordre du baptême et de la confirmation dans l’Église éthiopienne’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 26, Troisième série, 6 (1927), 105–189.

Grébaut, S. 1928. ‘Note sur la Princesses Zir-Gānēlā’, Journal Asiatique, 213 (1928), 141–145.

Grébaut, S. 1930. ‘Notes lexicographiques (supplément morphologique au dictionnaire éthiopien)’, Aethiops, 3 (1930), 23–29.

Grébaut, S. 1930. ‘Notes lexicographiques (supplément morphologique au dictionnaire éthiopien)’, Aethiops, 4 (1930), 49–64.

Grébaut, S. 1930. ‘Rectification paléographique: Âge du ms. éthiopien N. 5 de Paris’, Aethiops, 3/1 (1930), 14.

Grébaut, S. 1930. ‘La légende de Theoctiste et d’Alexandra d’après le ms. d’Abbadie n° 179’, Aethiops, 3 (1930), 41–43.

Grébaut, S. 1931. ‘Un recueil ancien de Mawâseʾet’, Aethiops, 4/1 (1931), 1–6.

Grébaut, S. 1931. ‘Notes lexicographiques (supplément morphologique au dictionnaire éthiopien)’, Aethiops, 4 (1931), 60–63.

Grébaut, S. 1931. ‘Références lexicographiques (additions d’exemples aux mots qui en sont dépourvus dans le Dictionnaire éthiopien)’, Aethiops, 4 (1931), 13–15.

Grébaut, S. 1931. ‘Les miracles attribués a L’ʾEgziʾabeḥêr nagša’, Aethiops : Bulletin Geʿez, 4me année/1 (1931), 11–13.

Grébaut, S. 1931. ‘Les miracles attribués a L’ʾEgziʾabeḥêr nagša (Suite)’, Aethiops : Bulletin Geʿez, 4me année/2 (1931), 17–20.

Grébaut, S., ed., 1932. Les Paralipoménes. Livres I et II, Version Éthiopienne, 23rd, Patrologia Orientalis (Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1932).

Grébaut, S. 1933–1934. ‘Catalogue des manuscrits éthiopiens de la Bibliothèque Ambrosienne’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 29 (1933–1934), 3–32.

Grébaut, S. 1933. ‘Notes morphologiques de lexicographie’, Aethiopica, 1 (1933), 13–18.

Grébaut, S. 1933. ‘Notes morphologiques de lexicographie’, Aethiopica, 1/2 (1933), 48–49.

Grébaut, S. 1933. ‘Notes morphologiques de lexicographie’, Aethiopica, 1 (1933), 76–80.

Grébaut, S. 1934. ‘L’examen paléographique du ms. éthiopien n^o 5 du Trocadéro’, Aethiops, 2/3 (1934), 82.

Grébaut, S. 1934. ‘Les miracles attribués au cantique ʾEgziʾabeḥêr nagśa’, Aethiopica : revue philologique, IIe année (1934), 10–15.

Grébaut, S. 1934. ‘Notes de grammaire éthiopienne : Concurrence des formes nominales ʾaqtāli et maqtali ’, Aethiopica : revue philologique, 1 (1934), 55–57.

Grébaut, S. 1934. ‘Prière magique contre la pleurésie’, Aethiopica : revue philologique, 2/3 (1934), 87.

Grébaut, S. 1934. ‘Édition des spécimens poétiques, recueillis par Juste d’Urbin et ajoutés à sa grammaire éthiopienne (I)’, Aethiopica, 2 (1934), 33–36.

Grébaut, S. 1935. ‘La prière «ʿEqabani» ou les litanies du Christ’, Orientalia, Nova Series, 4 (1935), 426–440.

Grébaut, S. 1935. ‘Deux formules de bénédicité’, Aethiopica, 3/2 (1935), 49–57.

Grébaut, S. 1935. ‘La prière de Marie au Golgotha’, Journal Asiatique, 226 (1935), 273–286.

Grébaut, S. 1935. ‘L’Hymne-Invocation Lesâna Sab’e’, Aethiopica : revue philologique, 3/1 (1935), 6–12.

Grébaut, S. 1935. ‘Litanies adressées à Jésus-Christ par l’entremise de Marie’, Aethiopica, 3 (1935), 145–153.

Grébaut, S. 1935. ‘Mémento des commémorations mensuelles et de quelques fêtes de l’Eglise éthiopienne’, Aethiopica, 3 (1935), 182–186.

Grébaut, S. 1935. ‘Édition des spécimens poétiques, recueillis par Juste d’Urbin et ajoutés à sa grammaire éthiopienne (II)’, Aethiopica, 3 (1935), 41–44, 118–124, 175–181.

Grébaut, S. 1936. ‘Mémento des commémorations mensuelles et de quelques fêtes de l’Église éthiopienne (suite)’, Aethiopica, 4 (1936), 19–22.

Grébaut, S. 1936. ‘To be written’, Aethiopica : revue philologique, 3 (1936).

Grébaut, S. 1936. ‘La prière Sayfa malakot’, Aethiopica, 4 (1936), 1–6.

Grébaut, S. 1936. ‘Petit Terguâmê fidel’, Aethiopica : revue philologique, 4 (1936), 15–18.

Grébaut, S. 1937. ‘La légende de Sousneyos et de Werzelyâ d’après le ms. éthiop. Griaule n° 297’, Orientalia, Nova series, 6 (1937), 177–183.

Grébaut, S. 1938. Catalogue des Manuscrits Éthiopiens de la Collection Griaule, I/1: Ancien et Nouveau Testament, 2: Apocryphes et Pseudépigraphes, 3: Théologie, 4: Ouvrages ascétiques, 5: Liturgies, 6: Rituels, I/1: Ancien et Nouveau Testament, 2: Apocryphes et Pseudépigraphes, 3: Théologie, 4: Ouvrages ascétiques, 5: Liturgies, 6: Rituels, Travaux et mémoires de l’Institut d’ethnologie, 29 (Paris: Institut d’ethnologie, 1938).

Grébaut, S. 1940. Rituel éthiopien pour la prise d’habit (Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1940).

Grébaut, S. 1940. ‘Interdictions faites aux moines’, Orientalia, 9 (1940), 260–270.

Grébaut, S. 1941. Catalogue des Manuscrits Éthiopiens de la Collection Griaule, II/7: Hagiographie, 8: Homélies–Panégyriques, 9: Malkeʿe et Salam, Miscellanea Africana Lebaudy, 3 (Paris: Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, 1941).

Grébaut, S. 1944. Catalogue des Manuscrits Éthiopiens de la Collection Griaule, III/10: Textes poétiques divers, 11: Livres de plain-chant, III/10: Textes poétiques divers, 11: Livres de plain-chant, Travaux et mémoires de l’Institut d’ethnologie, 30 (Paris: Institut d’ethnologie, 1944).

Grébaut, G., Sylvain 1946. ‘Abba Tarbou et le chien Koulb’, Revue d’Orient Chrétien, 30 (1946), 433–441.

Grébaut, S. 1952. Supplément au Lexicon linguae aethiopicae de August Dillmann (1865) et édition du lexique de Juste d’Urbin (1850–1855) (Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1952).

Grébaut, S. and I. Guidi, eds, 1907. Sargis d’Aberga, Controverse judéo-chrétienne (première assemblée), Patrologia Orientalis, 3/4 (14) (Paris: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, 1907).

Guidi, I. 1912. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Les mois de sanê, hamlê et nahasê, III: Les mois de nahasê et de paguemên, tr. S. Grébaut, Patrologia Orientalis, 9/4 (Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1912).

Greenfield, R. 1965. Ethiopia: a New Political History (New York: Frederick A. Praeger, 1965).

Griaule, M. 1930. Le livre de recettes d’un dabtara abyssin, Travaux et mémoires de l’Institut d’ethnologie, 12 (Paris: Institut d’ethnologie, 1930).

Griaule, M. 1932. ‘Règles de l’Église (documents éthiopiens)’, Journal Asiatique, 221 (1932), 1–42.

Griaule, M. 1934. ‘Emploi médical de la pomme de terre de chien’, Aethiopica, 4 (1934), 115–116.

Griaule, M. 1934. ‘Notes sur l’arithmomancie éthiopienne’, Journal de la Société des Africanistes, 4/1 (1934), 25–31.

Grierson, R. 2003. ‘Afṣe’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 135b–136b.

Grierson, R. 2003. ‘Alef’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 194a-b.

Gritsevskaya, I. M. and V. V. Lytvynenko 2020. ‘Pseudo-Athanasian Homily on the man born blind: Slavonic sermon from an unknown Greek original’, Scrinium, 16/1 (2020), 1–26.

Grohmann, A. 1913. ‘Die im Äthiopischen, Arabischen und Koptischen erhaltenen Visionen Apa Schenute’s von Atripe: I. Die im Äthiopischen erhaltenen Visionen’, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 67 (1913), 187–267.

Grohmann, A. 1914. ‘Reste einer neuen Rezension der Kindheitsgeschichte Jesu in den Ta’āmra ’Īyasūs’, Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, 28 (1914).

Grohmann, A. 1918. ‘Über den Ursprung und die Entwicklung der äthiopischen Schrift’, Archiv für Schriftkunde. Offizielles Organ des Deutschen Schriftmuseums zu Leipzig, 1/2–3 (1918), 57–87.

Grohmann, A. 1917. ‘Studien zu den Cyprianusgebeten’, Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, 30 (1917), 121–150.

Grohmann, A. 1919. Aethiopische Marienhymnen, ed., tr. A. Grohmann, Abhandlungen der Sächsischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 68, Abhandlungen der philologisch-historischen Klasse der Sächsischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 33/4 (Leipzig: Bei B. G. Teubner, 1919).

Grynaeus, J. J., ed., 1569. Monumenta S. Patrum Orthodoxographa: Hoc Est, Theologiae Sacrosanctae ac syncerioris fidei Doctores, Numero Circiter LXXXV, Ecclesiae columina luminaque clarissima, Authores partim Graeci, partim Latini ... (Basileae: Henricpetri, 1569).

Guerrier, L. 1912. Le Testament en Galilée de Notre-Seigneur Jésus-Christ. Texte éthiopien, ed., tr. L. Guerrier, Patrologia Orientalis, 9/3 (Paris–Fribourg-en-Brisgau: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, imprimeurs-éditeurs–D. Herder, 1912).

Guerrier, L. 1915. ‘Un texte éthiopien du symbole de saint Athanase’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 20, Deuxième série, 10 (1915), 68–76, 133–141.

Guerrier, L. 1918. ‘Canons pénitentiels’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 21, Troisième série, 1 (1918), 5–24, 314–355.

Guerrier, L. and S. Grébaut 1925. ‘Récit de la Manifestation de la croix’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, Sér. 3, 25 (1925), 276–308.

Guhlmann, L. 2023. ‘Franz Praetorius (1847-1927)’, in Bibliothek der DMG: Gelehrten-Nachlässe der DMG, L-Z (Universitätsbibliothek Halle, 2023).

Guidi, I. 1884. ‘Testi orientali inediti sopra i Sette Dormienti di Efeso’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Memorie, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie terza,12 (1884), 343–445.

Guidi, I. 1888. ‘Gli atti apocrifi degli apostoli nei testi copti, arabi ed etiopici’, Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana, 2 (1888), 1–66.

Guidi, I. 1888. ‘Le traduzioni degli Evangelii in arabo e in etiopico’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Memorie, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie quarta, 4/1 (1888), 5–37.

Guidi, I. 1889. ‘Le canzoni geez-amariña in onore di Re Abissini’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie quarta, 5 (1889), 53–66.

Guidi, I. 1889. ‘Due notizie storiche sull’Abissinia’, Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana, 3 (1889), 176–179.

Guidi, I. 1891. ‘Proverbi, strofe e favole abissine’, Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana, 5 (1891), 27–82.

Guidi, I. 1893. ‘Di due frammenti relativi alla storia di Abissinia’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie Quinta, 2 (1893), 579–605.

Guidi, I. 1894. ‘Il «Gadla ʾAragāwi»’, Atti della R. Accademia dei Lincei, Memorie della Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 2 (1894), 54–96.

Guidi, I. 1985. Il «Gadla ʾAragāwi» (Roma: Tipografia della R. Accademia dei Lincei, 1985).

Guidi, I. 1896. ‘Sopra due degli „Aethiopische Lesestücke“ del Dr. Bachmann’, Zeitschrift für Assyriologie und verwandte Gebiete, 11 (1896), 401–416.

Guidi, I., ed., 1897. Il “Fetha Nagast” o “Legislazione dei re”: codice ecclesiastico e civile di Abissinia, tr. I. Guidi, I, Pubblicazioni scientifiche del R. Istituto Orientale in Napoli, 2 (Roma: Casa Editrice Italiana, 1897).

Guidi, I., ed., 1899. Il “Fetha Nagast” o “Legislazione dei Re”: codice ecclesiastico e civile di Abissinia, tr. I. Guidi, II, Pubblicazioni scientifiche del R. Istituto Orientale in Napoli, 3 (Roma: Casa Editrice Italiana, 1899).

Guidi, I. 1899. ‘Le liste dei metropoliti d’Abissinia’, Bessarione, 6 (1899), 1–16.

Guidi, I. 1900. ‘“Qenê” o inni abissini’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 9 (1900), 463–510.

Guidi, I. 1901. ‘Der äthiopische “Sēnodos”’, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 55 (1901), 495–502.

Guidi, I. 1901. Vocabolario amarico–italiano (Roma: Casa Editrice Italiana, 1901).

Guidi, I. 1902. ‘La Cronaca di Galāwdēwos o Claudio re di Abissinia (1540–1559)’, in Actes du douzième congrès international des orientalistes, III: Première partie: Sections: Langues sémitiques et monde musulman (Florence: Société Typographique Florentine, 1902), 111–115.

Guidi, I. 1902. ‘La storia di Ḫāyla Mikāʾēl’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 11 (1902), 2–79.

Guidi, I. 1903. Annales Iohannis I, Iyāsu I, Bakāffā: Textus, ed. I. Guidi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 5/1–2 (Parisiis, Lipsiae: E Typographeo Reipublicae–Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1903).

Guidi, I. 1905. ‘Il ዜና፡ ናርጋ («Il racconto di Nârgâ»)’, Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie Quinta, 14 (1905), 233–267.

Guidi, I. 1903. Annales Iohannis I, Iyāsu I, Bakāffā: Versio, tr. I. Guidi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 5/1–2 (Parisiis, Lipsiae: E Typographeo Reipublicae–Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1903).

Guidi, I. 1906. ‘Gli archivi in Abissinia’, in Accademia dei Lincei, ed., Atti del Congresso internazionale di scienze storiche (Roma, 1–9 aprile 1903), III: Atti della Sezione II: Storia medievale e moderna. Metodica – Scienze storiche ausiliarie (Roma: Tipografia della R. Accademia dei Lincei, 1906), 651–698.

Guidi, I. 1906. ‘Textes orientaux inédits du martyre de Judas Cyriaque évèque de Jérusalem. Texte éthiopien’, Revue de l’Orient Chrétien, 11 (1906), 337–351.

Guidi, I. 1906. ‘Il Sawasew’, in Orientalische Studien: Theodor Nöldeke zum 70. Geburtstag (2. März 1906). Zweiter Band (Gieszen: Verlag von Alfred Töpelmann (Vormals J. Ricker), 1906), 913–923.

Guidi, I. 1906. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Les mois de sanê, hamlê et nahasê, I: Mois de sanê, avec le concours de L. Desnoyers et A. Singlas, ed., tr. I. Guidi, Patrologia Orientalis, 1/5 (Paris: Firmin-Didot et C^ie, imprimeurs-éditeurs, 1906).

Guidi, I. 1907. ‘La raccolta di Qenê nel ms. d’Abbadie 145’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 16 (1907), 529–569.

Guidi, I. 1907. ‘Review of Karlo Conti Rossini Historia regis Sarsa Dengel (Malak Sagad) (Lipsiae: Otto Harrassowitz, 1907)’, Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 1/2 (1907), 221–226.

Guidi, I. 1909. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Les mois de sanê, hamlê et nahasê, II: Le mois de hamlê, Patrologia Orientalis, 7/3 (Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1909).

Guidi, I. 1910. Annales regum Iyāsu II et Iyoʾas: Textus, ed. I. Guidi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 6 (Parisiis, Lipsiae: E Typographeo Reipublicae–Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1910).

Guidi, I. 1910. ‘Il Maṣḥafa Genzat’, in A. de Marchi, ed., Miscellanea Ceriani. Raccolta di scritti originali per onorare la memoria di M.r Antonio Maria Ceriani, prefetto della Biblioteca Ambrosiana., I (Milano: Ulrico Hoepli, 1910), 633–639.

Guidi, I. 1910_1912. Annales regum Iyāsu II et Iyoʾas, I: Textus; II: Versio, ed., tr. I. Guidi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 6 (Romae, Parisiis, Lipsiae: Excudebat Karolus de Luigi, Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1910_1912).

Guidi, I. 1911. ‘The Ethiopic Senkessar’, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 43/3 (1911), 739–758.

Guidi, I. 1911. ‘Due antiche preghiere nel Rituale abissino dei defonti’, Oriens Christianus, n.F. 1 (1911), 20–25.

Guidi, I. 1912. Annales regum Iyāsu II et Iyoʾas: Versio, tr. I. Guidi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici, Series Altera, 6 (Romae, Parisiis, Lipsiae: Excudebat Karolus de Luigi, Carolus Poussielgue Bibliopola, Otto Harrassowitz, 1912).

Guidi, I. 1912. Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Les mois de sanê, hamlê et nahasê, III: Les mois de nahasê et de paguemên, tr. S. Grébaut, Patrologia Orientalis, 9/4 (Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1912).

Guidi, I. 1916. ‘Contributo all’agiografia etiopica, I. La vita di Aron di Sarūg’, Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 25 (1916), 659–701.

Guidi, I. 1922. ‘Contributi alla storia letteraria di Abissinia. I. Il «Serʿata Mangest»; II. S. Antonio Neomartire; III. La prigionia in Waḫni; IV. La storia di Iyāsu II e Iyoʾas nel codice di Francoforte (Rüppell) n. 18; V. La Storia di Ḫayla Mikāʾel; VI. Un responso sul diritto di asilo’, Atti della Reale Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie quinta, 31 (1922), 65–94, 185–218.

Guidi, I. 1932. Storia della letteratura etiopica, Pubblicazioni dell’Istituto per l’Oriente (Roma: Istituto per l’Oriente, 1932).

Guidi, I. 1935. Vocabolario amarico–italiano, (2nd edn) (Roma: Istituto per l’Oriente; 1st edn Roma: Casa Editrice Italiana,1901, 1935).

Guidi, I. 1940. Supplemento al Vocabolario amarico–italiano, compilato con il concorso di Francesco Gallina ed Enrico Cerulli, Pubblicazioni dell’Istituto per l’Oriente (Roma: Istituto per l’Oriente, 1940).

Guidi, I., ed., 1954. Annales regum ʹIyāsu II et ʹIyoʹas, tr. I. Guidi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 66, Scriptores Aethiopici, 29 (Louvain: Imprimerie Orientaliste, L. Durbecq, 1954).

Guidi, I., ed., 1960. Annales Iohannis I, ’Iyāsu I et Bakāffā. Textus, tr. I. Guidi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 22, Scriptores Aethiopici, 5 (Louvain: Secrétariat du Corpus SCO, 1960).

Guidi, I., ed., 1961. Annales Iohannis I, Iyāsu I et Bakāffā. Versio, tr. I. Guidi, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 25, Scriptores Aethiopici, 8 (Louvain: 1961).

Guillamont, A. 1991. ‘Anthony of Egypt’, in A. S. Atiya, ed., The Coptic Encyclopedia, I (New  York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1991), 149a–151b.

Gunderson, J. and J. Huehnergard 2019. ‘An Ethiopic Version of the Life of Mary of Egypt’, Восток. Oriens, 3 (2019), 151–169.

Gusarova, E. 2015. ‘Ioasaf II, mitropolit Ėfiopii, na načalˈnom ėtape ee političeskoj razdroblennosti (konec XVIII - načalo XIX vv.)’, in I. Popova and T. Skrynnikova, eds, Religii na Vostoke, 36th, Strany i narody Vostoka (Moskva: Nauka - Vostočnaja literatura, 2015), 324–341.

Gusarova, E. 2015. ‘Ethiopian Manuscripts in the State and Private Collections of St Petersburg: An Overview’, Aethiopica, 18/2015 (2015), 109–127.

Gusarova, E. 2017. ‘Lestvica (Säwasəw) v rukopisi RNB Ef. n.s. 11 – učebnoe posobie dlja buduščego mitropolita Ėfiopii ('Ladder (Säwasəw) in the manuscript Ef. n.s.11: a text book for the future metropolitan of Ethiopia’)’, Vestnik PSTGU: Serija III: Filologija, 53 (2017), 35–42.

Gusarova, E. 2018. ‘Efiopskij fond’, in I. Popova, ed., Asiatic Museum - Institute of Oriental Manuscripts, RAS: Collections and Personalia. Aziatskij Muzej - Institut vostočnyh rukopisej RAN: putevoditel’, (1st edn) (Moscow: Vostochnaya Literatura, 2018), 164–183.

Gusarova, E. 2021. ‘Nazvanija mesjacev različnyh kalendarnyh sistem v efiopskoj rukopisnoj tradicii ('Names of the months from various calendrical systems in the Ethiopian manuscript tradition’)’, Vestnik PSTGU: Serija III: Filologija, 69 (2021), 23–33.

Bausi, A. and A. Camplani 2016. ‘The History of the Episcopate of Alexandria (HEpA): Editio minor of the fragments preserved in the Aksumite Collection and in the Codex Veronensis LX (58)’, Adamantius, 22 (2016), 249–302.

Haber, L., tr., 1961. ‘The Chronicle of the Emperor Zara Yaqob (1434-1468)’, Ethiopia Observer, v/2 (1961), 152–169.

Haber, L., tr., 1962. ‘The chronicle of Baʾeda Maryam (1468–1478’, Ethiopia Observer, 6 (1962), 68–80.

Habta Māryām Warqǝnah 1969. ጥንታዊ የኢትዮጵያ ሥርዓተ ትምህርት (Ṭǝntāwi ya-ʾItyoṗyā sǝrʿāta tǝmhǝrt, ‘Ancient Ethiopian Rules of Learning’) (Addis Ababa: Bǝrhānǝnnā salām māttamiyā bet, 1969).

Habtamu Mengistie Tegegne 2016. ‘The Edict of King Gälawdéwos Against the Illegal Slave Trade in Christians: Ethiopia, 1548’, The Medieval Globe, 2/2 (2016), 73–114.

Habtamu Mengistie Tegegne 2021. ‘Fragility and Resilience: Church History and Myth in Nineteenth-Century Ethiopia’, Aethiopica, 23 (2021).

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Mälkǝʾa Iyäsus’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 705a–705b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2010. ‘Qǝddase bet’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 281b–282a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2010. ‘Qǝne’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 283b–285b.

Habtemichael Kidane 1997. La celebrazione della Settimana Santa nella Chiesa Etiopica, ed. A. G. Kollaparampil, Hebdomadae Sanctae Celebratio. Conspectus historicus comparativus, Subsidia 93 (Roma: Bibliotheca “Ephemerides Liturgicae”, 1997).

Habtemichael Kidane 1998. L’Ufficio divino della Chiesa etiopica: Studio storico-critico con particolare riferimento alle ore cattedrali, Orientalia Christiana Analecta, 257 (Roma: Pontificium Institutum Orientale, 1998).

Habtemichael Kidane 2003. ‘Akkonu bǝʾǝsi’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 169b–170a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2003. ‘Anaphoras’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 251a–253b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2003. ‘Bäʾǝntä qǝddǝsat’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 433b–434a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2005. ‘Dǝgg^wa’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 123a–124b.

Habtemichael Kidane and M. Priess 2005. ‘Ǝgziʾabǝḥer nägśä’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 248a–249a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2005. ‘ʿƎnzira sǝbḥat’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 328a-b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2005. ‘ʿƎṭanä mogär’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 392ab.

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Litanies’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 583b–585b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Maḫletä ṣǝge’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 660b–661b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Mälkǝʾa gubaʾe’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 704a–705a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Kǝśtätä aryam’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 391b–392a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Mälkǝʾ’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 700b–702b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Mäwäddǝs’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 876a-b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Ḫoḫǝtä bǝrhan’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 54b–55a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2010. ‘Sǝbḥatä nägh’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 590a–590b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2010. ‘Sǝbḥatä fǝqur’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 589a–590a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2010. ‘Śahlǝkä’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 468a–468b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2010. ‘Ṣomä dǝgg^wa’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 691b–692b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2014. ‘Zǝmmare’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 175b–176b.

Habtemichael Kidane 2014. ‘Ziq’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 191b–192a.

Habtemichael Kidane 2024. Celebrating the Holy Saints: The Origin, Evolution, and Liturgical Use of the Mälkəʿ, Gorgias Eastern Christian Studies, 67 (Piscataway, NJ: Gorgias Press, 2024).

Habtemichael Kidane 2024. ‘Supplement to the Repertory of Mälkəʿat in European-Held Ethiopian Manuscripts Published by Marius Chaîne’, in Celebrating the Holy Saints: The Origin, Evolution, and Liturgical Use of the Mälkəʿ, Gorgias Eastern Christian Studies, 67 (Piscataway, NJ: Gorgias Press, 2024), 267–369.

Nosnitsin, D. and Habtemichael Kidane 2007. ‘Lǝssanä säbʾ’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 553b–554b.

Tǝnśāʾe māsātamiyā dǝrǝǧǧǝt 1982–1983. ሐዲስ ኪዳን (Ḥaddis kidān) (Addis Ababā: Tǝnśāʾe zagubāʾe māttamiyā bet, 1982–1983).

ሐዲስ፡ ኪዳን በግእዝና በአማርኛ ( Ḥaddis kidān ba-gǝʿǝz-ǝnnā ba-ʾamārǝññā , ‘The New Testament in Gǝʿǝz and Amharic’) 2001. (Addis Abābā: Tǝnśāʾe māsātamiyā dǝrǝǧǧǝt, 2001).

Haelewyck, J.-C. 2016. Histoire de Zosime sur la vie des Bienheureux Réchabites: Les versions orientales et leurs manuscrits, ed. J.-C. Haelewyck, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 664, Subsidia, 135 (Lovanii: In aedibus Peeters, 2016).

Haffner, A. 1918. ‘Eine äthiopische Darstellung der Abgar-Legende’, in Orientalistische Studien: Fritz Hommel zum sechzigsten Geburtstag am 31. Juli 1914 gewidmet von Freunden, Kollegen und Schülern, II, Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, 22 (Leipzig: Hinrichs, 1918), 245–251.

Erlich, H. 2005. ‘Gordon, Charles George’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz                    Verlag, 2005), 851b–852b.

Hahn, W. 2003. ‘Bazen’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 511a.

Hahn, W. 2005. ‘Ebana’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 211a.

Hahn, W. 2005. ‘ʿEzana’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 478b–480b.

Hahn, W. and Red. 2005. ‘Endybis’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 301a-b.

Haile Mariam Larebo 1988. ‘The Ethiopian Orthodox Church and Politics in the Twentieth Century: Part II’, Northeast African Studies, 10/1 (1988), 3–5.

Hailemaryam A. 2009. A Catalogue of some selected manuscripts in Bätä Maryam Church (Lalibäla) MA Thesis, Addis Ababa: Addis Ababa University (2009).

Hailu Habtu 1981. Aspects of Tigrinya literature (until 1974) M.A. Thesis, London: University of London, School of Oriental and African Studies (1981).

Halén, H. 1978. Handbook of oriental collections in Finland: Manuscripts, xylographs, inscriptions, and Russian minority literature, Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies Monograph Series, 31 (London–Malmö: Curzon Press, 1978).

Halévy, J. 1877. Prières des Falashas ou Juifs d’Abyssinie: Texte éthiopien publié pour la première fois et traduit en hébreu (Paris: Joseph Baer et C^e, 1877).

Halévy, J. 1902. Těʾězâza sanbat (commandements du Sabbat), accompagné de six autres écrits pseudo-épigraphiques admis par les Falachas ou Juifs d’Abyssinie: Texte éthiopien, ed., tr. J. Halévy, Bibliothèque de l’École des Hautes Études, Sciences historiques et philologiques, 137 (Paris: Librairie Émile Bouillon, éditeur, 1902).

Halévy, J. 1905. ‘La guerre de Sarṣa-Dĕngĕl contre les Falashas. Texte éthiopien, extrait des annales de Sarṣa-Dĕngĕl, roi d’Éthiopie (1563-1597), manuscrit de la Bibliothèque nationale n°. 143, fol. 159r°, col. 2 - fol. 171v°, col. 1’, Revue Sémitique, 14 (1905), 392–427.

Halévy, J. 1906. ‘La guerre de Sarṣa-Dĕngĕl contre les Falashas. Texte éthiopien, extrait des annales de Sarṣa-Dĕngĕl, roi d’Éthiopie (1563-1597), manuscrit de la Bibliothèque nationale n°. 143, fol. 159r°, col. 2 - fol. 171v°, col. 1’, Revue Sémitique, 15 (1906), 119–163, 263–287.

Halévy, J. 1907. ‘Jules Perruchon: annnexe au proces verbal’, Journal asiatique, 10/9 (1907), 344–345.

Hammerschmidt, E. 1959. ‘Das Sündenbekenntnis über dem Weihrauch bei den Äthiopiern’, Oriens Christianus, 43 (1959).

Hammerschmidt, E. 1960. Äthiopische liturgische Texte der Bodleian Library in Oxford, Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Institut für Orientforschung, Veröffentlichung, 38 (Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 1960).

Hammerschmidt, E. 1962. ‘Kultsymbolik der koptischen und der äthiopischen Kirche’, in F. Herrmann, ed., Symbolik der Religionen, X: Symbolik des orthodoxen und orientalischen Christentums (Stuttgart: Anton Hiersemann, 1962), 167–233.

Hammerschmidt, E. 1966. Symbolik des orientalischen Christentums: Tafelband, 14th, Symbolik der Religionen / begr. von Ferdinant Hermann (Stuttgart: Hiersemann, 1966).

Hammerschmidt, E. 1967. Äthiopien: Christliches Reich zwischen Gestern und Morgen (Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1967).

Hammerschmidt, E. 1970. ‘The Liturgical Vestments of the Ethiopian Church: A Tentative Survey’, in R. K. P. Pankhurst and S. Chojnacki, eds, Proceedings of the Third International Conference of Ethiopian studies : Addis Ababa, 1966, II (Addis                            Ababa: Institut of Ethiopian Studies, 1970), 151–156.

Hammerschmidt, E. 1973. Äthiopische Handschriften vom Ṭānāsee, I: Reisebericht und Beschreibung der Handschriften in dem Kloster des Heiligen Gabriel auf der Insel Kebrān, Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland, 20/1 (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1973).

Hammerschmidt, E. 1977. Äthiopische Handschriften vom Ṭānāsee, II: Die Handschriften von Dabra Māryām und von Rēmā, Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland, 20/2 (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1977).

Hammerschmidt, E. 1987. Studies in the Ethiopic Anaphoras, Äthiopistische Forschungen, 25, (2nd rev. edn) (Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden GmbH, 1987).

Hammerschmidt, E. 1988. Anthologia Aethiopica. Augustus Dillmann: Chrestomatia Aethiopica, Johannes Bachmann: Aethiopische Lesestücke. Ergänzungen und Nachträge von J. Simon, M. Cohen, I. Guidi, R. Basset (Hildesheim–Zürich–New York: Georg Olms, 1988).

Hammerschmidt, E. and O. A. Jäger 1968. Illuminierte äthiopische Handschriften, mit 4 Farbtafeln und 56 Kunstdrucktafeln, Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland, 15 (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1968).

Hamrick, J. R. 2021. ‘Conflicting Traditions: The Interpretation of Daniel’s Four Kingdoms in the Ethiopic Commentary (Terg^wāmē) Tradition’, in A. B. Perrin and L. T. Stuckenbruck, eds, Four Kingdom Motifs before and beyond the Book of Daniel, Themes in Biblical Narrative. Jewish and Christian Traditions, 28 (Leiden–Boston: Brill, 2021), 275–299.

Harden, J. M. 1920. The Ethiopic Didascalia, ed., tr. J. M. Harden, Translations of Christian literature, 4, Oriental texts (London; New York, NY: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; Macmillan Publishing Company, 1920).

Harden, J. M. 1928. The Anaphoras of the Ethiopic Liturgy, Translations of Christian literature, 3, Liturgical texts (London; New York, NY: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; Macmillan Publishing Company, 1928).

Harris, W. C. 1845. Gesandtschaftsreise nach Schoa und Aufenthalt in Südabyssinien, 1841-1843. Deutsch von K.v.K, I (Stuttgart: Cotta, 1845).

Harris, W. C. 1845. Gesandtschaftsreise nach Schoa und Aufenthalt in Südabyssinien, 1841-1843. Deutsch von K.v.K, II (Stuttgart: Cotta, 1845).

Haussmann, C. F. 1864. Bericht über die neusten Vorgänge in Abessinien im Jahr 1863 Mission report F ab.08 (Basel Mission Archives: 1864).

Ḫayla Giyorgis 1964ec_1972ce. የነጋድራስ፡ አፈወርቅ፡ ገብረ፡ ኢየሱስ፡ ዘብሔረ፡ ዘጌ፡ የሕይወት፡ ታሪክ (Yanaggādrās  ʾAfawarq Gabra ʾIyasus zabǝḥera Zage yahǝywat tārik, ’Biography of  ʾAfawarq Gabra ʾIyasus of Zage’) (Addis Ababa: 1964ec_1972ce).

Ḫayla Giyorgis 1965. ዜናሁ፡ ለልዑል፡ ራስ፡ መኰንን (Zenāhu lalǝʿul  rās Makwannǝn ‘History of the lalǝʿul rās  Makwannǝn’ ) (Addis Ababa: Birhan Selam Printing Press, 1965).

Hayon, M. H. 2003. Bäqädami gäbrä ïgziʾabher: A Beta Israel liturgical text PhD Dissertation, University of London (2003).

Hayoz, C. 1956. Portrait de Marie,  complainte de la Vierge: deux poésies mariales éthiopiennes inédites. Texte, traduction, commentaire Fribourg: Université de Fribourg (1956).

Hazart, C. 1669. Kerckelycke Historie van de gheheelte werelt namentlyck van de voorgaende ende tegenwoordighe  ... 3: Vervattende de historien van Nederlandt ende Enghelandt (Antwerpen: Cnobbaert, 1669).

Heide, M. 2000. Die Testamente Isaaks und Jakobs. Edition und Übersetzung der arabischen und äthiopischen Versionen, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 58 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2000).

Heide, M. 2003. ‘Abrǝham: Gädlä Abrǝham’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 49a-b.

Heide, M. 2012. Das Testament Abrahams, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 76 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2012).

Heide, M. 2014. ‘Yaʿǝqob: Gädlä Yaʿǝqob’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 9a–10b.

Heide, M. 2014. ‘Yǝsḥaq: Gädlä Yǝsḥaq’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 63a–64b.

Heide, M. 2014. Secundus Taciturnus: Die arabischen, äthiopischen und syrischen Textzeugen einer didaktischen Novelle aus der römischen Kaiserzeit, Mit einem Beitrag von Stefan Weninger zur Übersetzungssprache der äthiopischen Version, Aethiopistische Forschungen, 81 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014).

Heide, M. 2022. ‘Towards a Critical Edition of the Ethiopic Book of Jeremiah: A Sample Collation of Jer. 1–3 and First Results’, in Studies on the Ethiopic Old Testament. Prolegomena to a Critical Edition of the Jeremiah Cycle, 11th, Supplement to Aethiopica. International Journal of Ethiopian and Eritrean Studies (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2022), 7–45.

Heider, A. 1902. Die aethiopische Bibelübersetzung. Ihre Herkunft, Art, Geschichte und ihr Wert für die alt- und neutestamentliche Wissenschaft. Mit Jeremia Cap. 1–13 als Textprobe, dem aeth. Pseudepigraph: die Prophetie des Jeremia an Pashur und einem General-Katalog der abessinischen Handschriften. (Als Prolegomena zu einer kritischen Ausgabe der aeth. Bibel.). I. Bibelkritische Abhandlung: Die Prophetie des Jeremia an Pashur, mit deutscher Übersetzung (Leipzig: Pfeiffer, 1902).

Heldman, M. E. 1972. Miniatures of the Gospels of Princess Zir Gānēlā, an Ethiopic Manuscript Dated A.D. 1400/01 Saint Luis, Missouri: Washington University (1972).

Heldman, M. E. 1972. Miniatures of the Gospels of Princess Zir Gānēlā, an Ethiopic Manuscript Dated A.D. 1400/01 Ph.D. Thesis, Washington DC: Washington University (1972).

Heldman, M. and S. C. Munro-Hay 1993. African Zion: The Sacred Art of Ethiopia, ed. R. Grierson (New Haven, CT–London: Yale University Press, 1993).

Heldman, M. E. 2003. ‘Brancaleone, Nicolo’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 620a–621a.

Heldman, M. E. 2003. ‘Canon tables’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, I (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2003), 680a–681b.

Heldman, M. E. and S. Uhlig 2005. ‘Fǝre Ṣǝyon’, in Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 525b–526b.

Heldman, M. E. 2005. ‘Evangelists in art’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 2005), 460b–463a.

Heldman, M. 2007. ‘Churches of Lalibäla’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 494a–489a.

Heldman, M. E. 2007. ‘John the Baptist (in art)’, in Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 291b–293b.

Heldman, M. 2010. ‘Miniature painting’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 94b–97b.

Heldman, M. E. 2010. ‘Psalter’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 231a–233a.

Heldman, M. 2011. ‘Two circular diagrams in a royal Ethiopic manuscript (EMML ms. 50): context and meaning’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, Nuova Serie, 3 (2011), 185–218.

Heldman, M. E. 2014. ‘Zir Ganela’, in A. Bausi and S. Uhlig, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, V (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2014), 192a–194a.

Heldman, M. and O. Raineri 2007. ‘Mäbaʾa Ṣǝyon’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, III (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007), 614a–615a.

Henze, P. 1973. ‘Lake Zway and its islands’, Ethiopia Observer, 16/2 (1973), 76–88.

Henze, P. 1994. The Horn of Africa: From War to Peace (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1994).

Henze, P. B. 2005. ‘Däbrä Sina’, in S. Uhlig, ed., EAe, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 47b–48a.

Ḫǝruy Wäldä Śǝllase 1917. ኢትዮጵያና፡ መተማ፡ የአፄ፡ ዮሐንስ፡ ታሪክ፡ ባጭሩ (Ityoṗyanna mätämma yäʾaḍe Yoḥannǝs tarik bač̣č̣ǝru, ʻEthiopia and Mätämma: a short history of Aḍe Yoḥannəsʼ) (Addis Abäba: ??, 1917).

Ḫǝruy ʾErmyās, ed., 2014. ገድለ ቀውስጦስ ፲፪፻፯–፲፫፻፴፭ ዓ/ም ግእዝና አማርኛ ትርጉም በመጋቤ ምሥጢር  <i>(Gadla Qawǝsṭos 1207–1335 ʿā/m gǝʾǝzǝnnā ʾamārǝññā tǝrgum bamaggābe mǝśṭir<i>, tr. Ḫǝruy ʾErmyās (ʾAddis ʾAbabā: ʾAsattāmi ʾƎtisā Dabra Ṣǝlālǝš ʾAbuna Takla Haymānot Gadām, 2014).

Heyer, F. 1971. Die Kirche Äthiopiens. Eine Bestandsaufnahme, Theologische Bibliothek Töpelmann, 22 (Berlin–New York: Walter de Gruyter, 1971).

Heyer, F. 2005. ‘Fǝre Mikaʾel’, in S. Uhlig, ed., Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, II (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2005), 525a-b.

Hilgenfeld, A. 1869. Messias Judaeorum, libris eorum Paulo ante et Paulo post Christum natum conscriptis illustratus (Lipsiae: Sumptu Fuesiano (R. Reisland), 1869).

Hinz, W. 1955. Islamische Maße und Gewichte, umgerechnet ins metrische System, Heft 1, Handbuch der Orientalistik., Ergänzungsband 1 (Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1955).

Hirsch, B. 2000. ‘De Joseph Halévy à Flavius Josèphe’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 16 (2000), 369–376.

Hirschfeld, H. 1919. ‘An Ethiopic–Falasi Glossary’, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain & Ireland, 51/2 (1919), 209–230.

Hirschfeld, H. 1920. ‘An Ethiopic–Falasi Glossary’, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society (New Series), 52/4 (1920), 573–582.

Hirschfeld, H. 1921. ‘An Ethiopic–Falasi Glossary’, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain & Ireland, 53/2 (1921), 211–237.

Ḫǝruya ʾƎrmǝyās 2007. መጽሐፈ፡ መቅድመ፡ ዘአባ፡ ጊዮርጊስ፡ ዘጋሥጫ፡ (Maṣḥafa mǝśṭir zaʾAbbā Giyorgis zaGaśǝč̣č̣ā, ‘The Book of Mystery of Abba Giyorgis of Gaśǝč̣č̣ā’) (Addis Ababa: Alem Printing House, 2007).

Hiruie Ermias 2023. ‘The Place of St. Mary in the Orthodox Christianity of Ethiopia’, European Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences, 3/2 (2023), 69–78.

Hoffmann, G. 1880. Auszüge aus syrischen Akten persischer Märtyrer (Leipzig: Brockhaus, 1880).

Hofmann, J. 1959. ‘Der arabische Einfluss in der äthiopiscehn Übersetzung der Johannes-Apokalypse. Textkritische Untersuchung auf Grunde von Handschriften’, Oriens Christianus, 43 (1959), 44 (1960) (1959), 24–53, 25–39.

Hofmann, J. 1969. Die äthiopische Johannes-Apokalypse kritisch untersucht, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 297, Subsidia, 33 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1969).

Hofmann, J. 1967. Die äthiopische Übersetzung der Johannes-Apokalypse. Textus, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 281, Scriptores Aethiopici, 55 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1967).

Hofmann, J. 1967. Die äthiopische Übersetzung der Johannes-Apokalypse. Versio, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 282, Scriptores Aethiopici, 56 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1967).

Hoffmann, C. 2023. Das geographische Traktat in der Weltgeschichte des Wäldä Amid: Text, Übersetzung und Kommentar Marburg: Philipps-Universität Marburg (2023).

Hoffmann, C. and K. Geus 2020. ‘The Cosmological Treatise in Ms. Paris BnF Éth, Abb. 109: Introduction, Text and Translation with notes’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 4, 3^a Serie (51) (2020), 61–87.

Hofmann, O. 1922. ‘Ein Schäferspiel zwischen Maria und einem Mönch’, Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, 34 (1922), 79–86.

Hofmann, J. 1967. Die äthiopische Übersetzung der Johannes-Apokalypse, I: Textus, II: Versio, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 281–282, Scriptores Aethiopici 55-56 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1967).

Hofmann, J. 1967. Die äthiopische Übersetzung der Johannes-Apokalypse. Textus, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 281, Scriptores Aethiopici, 55 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1967).

Hofmann, J. 1967. Die äthiopische Übersetzung der Johannes-Apokalypse. Versio, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, 282, Scriptores Aethiopici, 56 (Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1967).

Holland, T. and H. Hozier 1870. Record of the Expedition to Abyssinia, I (London: Printed under the Superintendence of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, 1870).

Holtz, T. B. 2010. ‘Wälättä Iyäsus’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 1085b–1086b.

Hommel, F. 1877. Die aethiopische Uebersetzung des Physiologus nach je einer Londoner, Pariser und Wiener Handschrift, herausgegeben, verdeutscht und mit einer historischen Einleitung versehen, ed., tr. F. Hommel (Leipzig: J. C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung, 1877).

Hommel, F. 1890. ‘Die äthiopische Physiologus’, Romanische Forschungen, 5 (1890), 13–36.

Horn, G. 1666. Georgi Horni arca Noae, sive historia imperiorum et regnorum à condito orbe ad nostra tempora (Lugduni Batavorum et Roterodami: Ex Officina Hackiana, 1666).

Horner, G. 1904. The Statutes of the Apostles or Canones Ecclesiastici, Edited with Translation and Collation from Ethiopic and Arabic MSS.; also a Translation of the Saidic and Collation of the Bohairic Versions; and Saidic fragments (London: Williams & Norgate, 1904).

Hottinger, J. H. 1662. Archaiologia orientalis: exhibens 1. Compendium theatri orientalis, 2. Topographiam ecclesiasticam orientalem (Heidelbergae: Typis Samuelis Broun, 1662).

Hourihane, C. 2009. Pontius Pilate, Anti-semitism, and the Passion in Medieval Art (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2009).

Hozier, H. M. 1869. The British expedition to Abyssinia: compiled from authentic documents (London: Macmillan and Co., Limited, 1869).

Hultin, J. 2010. ‘Oromo ethnography’, in Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz                    Verlag, 2010), 59a–61b.

Hummel, S. 2010. ‘Śärṣ́ä Ṗeṭros’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 548a–549b.

Hummel, S. 2010. ‘Tadewos of Däbrä Bartarwa’, in S. Uhlig and A. Bausi, eds, Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, IV (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2010), 812a–813b.

Hummel, S. 2015. ‘Searching for the Appropriate Editorial Technique: The Case of Gädlä Śärḍä Ṗeṭros’, Aethiopica, 18 (2015), 128–144.

Hummel, S. 2016. ‘The Disputed Life of the Saintly Ethiopian Kings ʾAbrǝhā and ʾAṣbǝḥa’, Scrinium, 12 (2016), 35–72.

Hummel, S. 2020. Das hagiografische Werk zu Śarṣ́a Ṗeṭros. Werkgenese und Teiledition Doktorarbeit, Universität Hamburg (2020).

Huntingford, G. W. B. 1965. The Glorious Victories of ʿĀmda Ṣeyon: King of Ethiopia, ed., tr. G. W. B. Huntingford, Oxford Library of African Literature (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965).

The Land Charters of Northern Ethiopia. Huntingford, G. W. B., ed., 1965. The Land Charters of Northern Ethiopia: Translated with an Introduction and Notes by G. W. B. Huntingford, tr. G. W. B. Huntingford, Monographs in Ethiopian Land Tenure, 1 (Addis Ababa: C, 1965).

Huntingford, G. W. B. 1965. The Glorious Victories of ʿĀmda Ṣeyon: King of Ethiopia, ed., tr. G. W. B. Huntingford, Oxford Library of African Literature (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965).

Huntingford, G. W. B. 1965. ‘“The Wealth of Kings” and the End of the Zāguē Dynasty’, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, 28/1 (1965), 1–23.

Huntingford, G. W. B. 1989. The Historical Geography of Ethiopia: From the First Century ad to 1704, Ethiopic spellings revised by D. Appleyard, ed. R. Pankhurst, Fontes Historiae Africanae, Series Varia, 4 (Oxford–New York, NY: The Oxford University Press, 1989).

Huntingford, G. W. B. 1980. The Periplus of the Erythraean Sea, by an unknown author. With some Extracts from Agatharkhidēs ‘On the Erythraean Sea’, tr. G. W. B. Huntingford, Hakluyt Society, Second Series, 151 (London: The Hakluyt Society, 1980).

Hussein Ahmed 1983. ‘The Chronicle of Menelik of Ethiopia; A Brief Assessment of its Version’, Journal of Ethiopian Studies, 16 (1983), 75–86.

Hussein Ahmed 1992. ‘The historiography of Islam in Ethiopia’, Journal of Islamic Studies, 3/1 (1992), 15–46.

Hussein Ahmed 2001. Islam in Nineteenth-Century Wallo, Ethiopia: Revival, Reform and Reaction, Social, Economic and Political Studies of the Middle East and Asia, 74 (Leiden–Boston, MA–Köln: Brill, 2001).

Wagner, E. 1975. ‘Arabische Heiligenlieder aus Harar’, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 125 (1975), 28–65.

Adam Gacek 1986. ‘The Use of “kabīkaj” in Arabic Manuscripts’, Manuscripts of the Middle East, 1 (1986), 49–53.

Maribel Fierro 1988. ‘Manuscritos de obras andalusíes en las bibliotecas de Estambul’, al-Qantara, 9 (1988), 199–207.

Hussein Ahmed 1992. ‘The historiography of Islam in Ethiopia’, Journal of Islamic Studies, 3/1 (1992), 15–46.

Tottoli, Roberto 2006. ‘Muslim Eschatological Literature and Western Studies’, Der Islam, 83/2 (2006), 452–477.

Gori, Alessandro 2010. ‘Texts in the Mawlid collection in Harar: some first critical observations’, African Studies Monographs, Suppl. 41 (2010), 51–62.

Jomier, Jacques 1967. ‘Note sur quelques manuscrits arabes se trouvant en Ethiopie’, Mélanges de l’Institut dominicain d’études orientales du Caire, 9 (1967), 287–298.

Makdisi, George 1973. ‘Ibn Taymiyya: A Sufi of the Qadiriya Order’, American Journal of Arabic Studies, 1 (1973), 118–29.

Caulk, Richard Alan 1977. ‘Harär Town and Its Neighbours in the Nineteenth Century’, Journal of African History, 18/3 (1977), 369–86.

Enrico Cerulli 1936. ‘La lingua e la storia di Harar’, Studi Etiopici, (1936), 282–343.

Cerulli, Enrico 1942. ‘Gli Emiri di Harar dal Secolo XVI alla Conquista Egiziana (1875)’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 1/2 (1942), 3–20.

Zekaria, Ahmed 1977. ‘Some notes on the account-book of amīr ʻAbd al-Shakūr b. Yūsuf (1783-1794) of Harar’, Sudanic Africa, 8 (1977), 17–36.

Ishihara, Minako n.d. ‘Spirit Possession and Pilgrimage The Formation and Configuration of the Tijjānī Cult in Western Oromoland’, in Proceedings of the 16th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, 505–15.

Canova, Giovanni 2004. ‘Magia e religione in un ostrakon arabo’, Egitto e Vicino Oriente, 27 (2004), 33–44.

Cerulli, E. 1931. ‘Documenti arabi per la storia dell‘Etiopia’, Atti dell’Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, Memorie della Classe di Scienze Morali, Storiche e Filologiche, Serie 6, 4/2 (1931).

Basset, René 1914. ‘Chronologie des rois de Harar (1637-1887)’, Journal Asiatique, 3 (1914), 245–258.

Gori, Alessandro 1991. ‘La “Silloge” di šäh Zäkkareyas (analisi preliminare). Contributo allo studio della polemica cristiano contro l’islam in Etiopia’, Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, 35 (1991), 73–134.

Ishihara, Minako 2010. ‘Beyond Athenticity: Diverse Images of Muslim Awliya in Ethiopia’, African Study Monographs, Suppl. 41 (2010), 81–89.

Riyāḍ, Zāhir 1959. ‘Al-Dawla al-ḥabašiyya fī al-Yaman’, Maǧallat al-Ǧamʻiyya al-Miṣriyya li-l-dirāsāt al-tārīḫiyya, 8 (1959), 101–129.

Mohamed Haji Mukhtar 1987. ‘Arabic sources on Somalia’, History in Africa, 14 (1987), 141–172.

Ebied, Rifaat Y. and Joung, Michael J.L. 1976. ‘A treatise of Hemerology ascribed to Ǧaʿfar ibn Ṣadiq’, Arabica, 23 (1976), 296–307.

Witkam, Januarius J. 1979. ‘An Arabic treatise on hemerology ascribed to Ǧa’’far al-Ṣādiq’, Arabica, 26 (1979), 100–102.

Syed Abul Qasim Husayn al-Alawi 2006. ‘Al-Sa‘y wal-‘ataš li-ta‘rīf ašrāf al-Ḥabaš’, (2006).

Kabha, Mustafa and Erlich, Haggai 2006. ‘Al-Ahbash and Wahhabiyya: Interpretations of Islam’, International Journal of Middle East Studies, 38/4 (2006), 519–538.

Francesca Bellino n.d. ‘Stylistic and linguistic features of the theme of the duel in the Ġazwat ra’s al-Ġūl’,.

ʻUmar Mullā ʻAbd Allāh al-Saybardānī 2016. ‘Risāla taḏkirat al-iḫwān li-al-imām al-rabbānī Muḥammad b. Ibrāhīm al-ʻAlīǧī al-Qulahānṯ, Dirāsa wa-taḥqīq’, Journal of Humanity Sciences, 20/3 (2016), 72–89.

Andrzejewski, B. 1975. ‘A Genealogical Note Relevant to the Dating of Sheikh Hussein of Bale’, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, 38/1 (1975), 139–140.

Itzchak Weismann 1985. ‘Sa’id Hawwa and Islamic Revivalism in Ba’thist Syria’, Studia Islamica, 85 (1985), 131–154.

Hussein Ahmed 1998. ‘Islamic literature in Ethiopia: a short overview’, Ethiopian Journal of Languages and Literature, 8 (1998), 25–37.

Nicholson, R. A. 1926. ‘An Early Arabic Version of the Miʿrāj of Abū Yazīd al-Bisṭāmī’, Islamica, 2 (1926), 402–15.

Stroomer, Harry 2008. ‘In Memoriam Abraham Johannes Drewes (18-7-1927 - 19-10-2007)’, Applied Medical Informatics, 65 (2008), 293–98.

‘Muḥammad Ḥayyā al-Sindī and Muḥammad ibn ʻAbd al-Wahhab: An Analysis of an Intellectual Group in Eighteenth-Century Madīna’, 1975. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, 1/38 (1975), 32–39.

Malczycki, W. Matt 2006. ‘Review of “Doctrines of Shi’i Islam: A Compendium of Imami Beliefs and Practices by Ayatollah Ja’far Sobhani”, translated by and Reza Shah-Khazeni’, British Journal of Middle Eastern Studies, 2/33 (2006), 241–242.

Gori, Alessandro 2009. ‘Italy in the Horn of Africa and the Ethiopian Islamic literary tradition: L. Robecchi Bricchetti and his collection of manuscripts’, Manuscripta Orientalia, 15/2 (2009), 25–37.

Traini, Renato 1974. ‘I manoscritti arabi esistenti nelle biblioteche di Pavia (collezione Robecchi Bricchetti)’, Atti della Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Rendiconti, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie ottava, 28/7–12 (1974), 841–865.

Foucher, Emile 1988. ‘Names of Mussulmans venerated in Harrar and its Surroundings. A List’, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, 2/138 (1988), 263–82.

Drewes, Abraham J. 2007. ‘Amharic as a language of Islam’, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, 70/1 (2007), 1–62.

Hussein Ahmed 2004. ‘Shaykh Jawhar b. Ḥaydar b. ’Alī: a mystic and a scholar of Shonke, Southeast Wallo, Ethiopia’, Annales d’Éthiopie, 20 (2004), 47–56.

Keith Lewinstein 1994. ‘Notes on Eastern Hanafite Heresiography’, Journal of the American Oriental Society, 4/14 (1994), 583–598.

Jesús Zanón 1988. ‘Ibn Masdi y su obra biográfica’, al-Qanṭara: Revista de estudios árabes, 1/9 (1988), 13–28.

De Jong, Friederick 2000. Sufi Orders in Ottoman and Post-Ottoman Egypt and the Middle East, Analecta Isisiana, 48 (Istanbul: Isis Press, 2000).

Maria Macuch, Müller-Kessler, Christa, and Fragner, Bert G., eds, 1989. Ḥokmot bāntā bētāh: Studia Semitica necnon Iranica Rudolpho Macuch septuagenario ab amicis et discipulis dedicata (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 1989).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī and ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān Bā Faḍl al-Ḥaḍramī 1975. al-Minhāǧ al-qawīm (Simārānġ (Semarang): Maktaba wa-Maṭbaʻat Ṭāhā Putra, 1975).

Sālim b. Samīr al-Ḥuḍrī and ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻUmar al-Ḥaḍramī 1994. Matn safīnat al-naǧā fī uṣūl al-dīn wa-al-fiqh wa-yalīhi matn safīnat al-ṣalāt (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1994).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Makkī al-Ḥanafī 1992. al-Muqaddima al-laṭīfa ʻalā maḏhab Abī Ḥanīfa, ed. Muḥammad Walī b. al-Ḥāǧǧ Aḥmad b. ʿUmar (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1992).

Ǧamāl al-Dīn Muḥammad al-Annī 1424. Ǧāmiʻ al-fatāwā al-Annī li-al-Šayḫ Ǧamāl al-Dīn Muḥammad al-Annī (1424).

al-Rāzī 1424. Tuḥfat al-mulūk fī maḏhab al-aḥnāf, ed. Muḥammad Walī b. al-Ḥāǧǧ Aḥmad b. ʿUmar (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1424).

Muḥammad Muḥyī al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd 1429. Tuḥfat al-saniyya bi-šarḥ al-Muqaddima al-aǧurrumiyya (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1429).

Barnoota salaataa fi arkaana islaamafi arkaana iimaanaa 1426. (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1426).

Šurunbulālī, Ḥasan b. ʻAmmār 1947. Marāqī al-falāḥ (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1947).

Massignon, Louis 1922. La passion d’Al Hosayn-ibn-Mansour al-Hallaj martyr mystique de l’Islam, exécuté à Bagdad le 26 Mars 922; étude d’histoire religieuse. (Paris: Geuthner, 1922).

ʻAbd al-Bāsiṭ b. Muḥammad Ḥalīma al-Būranī 2003. Mudnī al-ḥabīb mimman yuwālī muġnī al-labīb, ed. Muḥammad b. šayḫ ʻAlī b. Ādam al-Ityūbī (Addis Ababa-Beirut: Maktabat Muṣʻab b, ʻAmīr al-islāmiyya - mu’assasat al-kutub al-ṯaqafiyya, 2003).

Muḥammad al-Amīn b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf al-Hararī al-Buwayṭī 2005. Taḥnīk al-aṭfāl ʻalā Lāmiyyat al-afʻāl (Addis Ababa: Maktabat Muṣʻab b. ʻAmīr al-islāmiyya - Mu’assasat al-kutub al-ṯaqafiyya, 2005).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Hayṯamī 2005. Fatḥ al-ǧawād bi-šarḥ al-Iršād, eds Ismāʻīl b. Abī Bakr b. al-Muqri’ and ʻAbd-al-Laṭīf ʻAbd al-Raḥmān (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2005).

Aḥmad b. ʻUmar al-Dirrī 1430. Kitāb maǧmūʻat al-aḥzāb wa-al-daʻwāt (Addis Ababa: Širkat al-Naǧǧāšī li-al-ṭibāʻa al-ḫaṣṣa al-maḥdūda, 1430).

al-ʻAbbādī, Abū Bakr b. ʻAlī b. Muḥammad al-Ḥaddād n.d. al-Ǧawhara al-nayriyya (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, ).

Maǧmūʻat Mawlūd Šaraf al-ānām n.d. (Addis Ababa: Širkat al-Naǧǧāšī li-al-ṭibāʻa al-ḫaṣṣa al-maḥdūda, ).

Muḥammad Yāsīn b. al-šayḫ Ādam al-Iṯyūbī al-Wallūwī al-ḥanafī 1430. Fayḍ al-ġayṯ (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1430).

Abī al-Layṯ al-Samarqandī 1414. Muqaddimat Abī al-Layṯ al-Samarqandī, ed. Muḥammad Wale (Addis Ababa: 1414).

Muḥāmmad al-Ġarwī n.d. al-Amṯāl wa al-ḥikam al-mustaraǧā min Nahǧ al-balāġa (Qum: Mu’assas al-Našr al-Islāmī al-Tābiʻa li-Ǧāmiʻāt al-Mudarrisīn, n.d.).

Muḥammad Yāsīn b. al-šayḫ Ādam al-Iṯyūbī al-Wallūwī al-ḥanafī and Aḥmad b. ʻUmar al-Darrī 1430. Kitāb al-Mirqāt, wa-bi-hāmišihi matn Šurūṭ al-ṣalāt (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1430).

Muḥammad Yāsīn b. al-šayḫ Ādam al-Iṯyūbī al-Wallūwī al-ḥanafī and Aḥmad b. ʻUmar al-Darrī 1434. Kitāb al-Mirqāt fī šarḥ Risālat al-šurūṭ, wa-bi-hāmišihi matn Šurūṭ al-ṣalāt (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1434).

Ḥusayn b. Ḥabīb b. Ādam al-Warrahibanī al-Ḥanafī and Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Makkī al-Ḥanafī 1430. Muhimmat al-šarīfa fī šarḥ al-Muqaddima al-Laṭīfa (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1430).

Maǧmūʻat iḥdā ʻašar rasā’il n.d. (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, ).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī 20.... Tuḥfat al-muḥtāǧ bi-šarḥ al-minhāǧ, eds ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd al-Širwānī and Aḥmad b. Qāsim al-ʻAbbādī (Bombay: Sūratī, 20....).

Maǧmūʻat Mawlūd Šaraf al-ānām (2) n.d. (Hodeda: Maktabat al-fikr, ).

Kitāb Mawlid šaraf al-ʻālamīn 1426. (Addis Ababa: 1426).

Abū Tammām and al-Ḫaṭīb al-Tabrīzī 1994. Šarḥ dīwān Abī Tammām (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kitāb al-ʻarabī, 1994).

Hāfiẓ Ibrāhīm 1987. Dīwān Hāfiẓ Ibrāhīm, eds Aḥmad Amīn, Aḥmad al-Zayn, and Ibrāhīm al-Abyārī (1987).

Ibn ʻArabī n.d. Maǧmūʻat aḥzāb wa-awrād al-Shayḫ al-akbar Ibn ʻArabī Muḥyī al-Dīn Muḥammad ibn ʻArabī al-Ḥātimī (...), eds al-Shayḫ Ḫawāǧa Aḥmad Ḍiyā’ al-Dīn Afandī Kumušḫānawī and al-Shayḫ al-Duktūr ʻĀṣim Ibrāhīm al-Kayyālī al-Ḥusaynī al-Šāḏilī al-Darqāwī (Bayrūt: Kitāb – Nāshirūn, n.d.).

Mawlid šaraf al-ʻālamīn - Maǧmūʻa taḥtawī ʻalā 1- Taḫmīs Burdat al-Būṣīrī [...] 2 - ʻUnwān al-šarīf [...] 3 - Istiġāṯāt wa adʻiya wa qaṣā’id muḫtalifa 1947. (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa Awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1947).

al-Ḫazraǧī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad Ṣāliḥ n.d. al-Šāhid al-munǧī li-al-Mawlid al-Barzanǧī, ed. ʻAbd al-Raḥamān b. Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Yaḥyā al-Kamālī (Bahrein: al-Maktaba al-islāmiyya, ).

Ḥusayn b. Ḥabīb b. Ādam al-Warrahibanī al-Ḥanafī and Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Makkī al-Ḥanafī 1434. Muhimmat al-šarīfa fī šarḥ al-Muqaddima al-Laṭīfa (2), ed. Muḥammad Zayn al-Arbāṭāmī (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1434).

Abū al-Layṯ al-Samarqandī, Naṣr b. Muḥammad b. Aḥmad b. Ibrāhīm al-Ḥanafī and al-Rāzī, Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr b. ʻAbd al-Qādir 1434. Hadiyat al-ṣuʻlūk fī šarḥ Tuḥfat al-mulūk, ed. Muḥammad Zayn al-Arbāṭāmī (Addis Ababa: Maktabat mu’assasat al-naǧāšī, 1434).

al-Witrī, Maǧd al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr b. Rušayd al-Wāʻiẓ al-Baġdādī and al-Warrāq 1991. al-Qaṣīda al-witriyya fī madḥ ḫayr al-bariyya wa-taḫmīs al-Warrāq, ed. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān Abū Bakr Šarīf (N.I: 1991).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥammad Bāʻalawī 1998. Buġyat al-mustaršidīn fī talḫīṣ fatāwā baʻḍ al-a’imma min al-ʻulamā’ al-muta’aḫḫirīn, maʻa ḍamm fawā’id ǧamma min kutub šattā li-al-ʻulamā’ al-muǧtahidīn, eds ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. ʻAbd al-Karīm Ibn Ziyād and ʻAlī ibn Aḥmad Bāṣabrayn (Bayrūt: Manšūrāt Muḥammad ʻAlī Bayḍūn, Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 1998).

Abū al-Qāsim, Muḥammad Tāǧ al-Dīn b. Aḥmad Qāllū al-Ǧabartī al-Wallowī 2005. Bahǧat Maḥāḍir al-aqrān šarḥ naṣīḥat al-iḫwān (Addis Ababa: maṭbaʻa Badr li-ṭibāʻa al-maṣāḥif wa-al-kutub al-islāmiyya fī al-Ḥabaša, 2005).

Ibn Muḥammad al-Ṣādiq 2001. Minhal al-ʻiṭšān fī tā’rīḫ al-ḥabšān, ed. ʻAbd Allāh ʻAbd al-Raḥmān Nūr (Addis Ababa: 2001).

al-Ṯaqāfa al-islāmiyya fī al-Ḥabaša 2014. (Istanbul: Step Ajans Matbaa Ltd. Sti, 2014).

Ādam šayḫ Saʻīd al-Bardālī al-Ṣūmālī 2015. al-Mināra al-hādiya ilā tā’rīḫ imārat Bārṭīrī al-islāmiyya (Mogadishu: Dār Zaylaʻ li-al-ṭbāua wa-al-našr, 2015).

al-Qawl al-barīʻ fī al-ṣalāt ʻalā al-ḥabīb al-šafīʻ n.d.

Maḥmūd Šākir 1987. Maʻa al-hiǧra ilā al-Ḥabaša (Beirut: al-Maktab al-Islāmī, 1987).

Abū ʻAbd al-Raḥmān, Ǧīlān b. Ḫiḍr Ġammadā al-Iṯyūbī 2015. Silsilat manšūrāt aṯbāt wa-iǧāzāt ʻulamā’ al-Ḥabaša (al-maǧmūʻa al-Ūlā) (Addis Ababa: 2015).

Abū ʻAbd al-Raḥmān, Ǧīlān b. Ḫiḍr Ġammadā al-Iṯyūbī 2012. al-Naǧm al-lāmiʻ fī-mā’ṯir wa-asānīd al-šayḫ Muḥammad b. Rāfiʻ (Addis Ababa: 2012).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Sirāǧ 2015. al-La’ālī al-ṯamīna fī madḥ šams al-Madīna al-mašrab al-rā’iq fī mawlid ašraf al-ḫalā’iq (Addis Ababa: 2015).

Muḥammad al-Amīn b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf al-Hararī al-Buwayṭī 2005. al-Bākūra al-ǧanniyya min qaṭāf matn al-bayqūniyya (Beirut: Maktabat Muṣʻab b. ʻAmīr al-islāmiyya - Mu’assasat al-kutub al-ṯaqafiyya, 2005).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Ḥaǧar al-Hayṯamī 1983. al-Fatāwā al-kubrā al-fiqhiyya, ed. Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Ramlī (Beirut: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 1983).

Muḥammad al-Amīn b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf al-Hararī al-Buwayṭī 2007. al-Bākūra al-ǧanniyya min qaṭāf Iʻrāb al-Āǧurrūmiyya (Lebanon: Dār Ṭawq al-naǧāt, 2007).

Muḥammad al-Amīn b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf al-Hararī al-Buwayṭī 2008. al-Durar al-bahiyya fī iʻrāb amṯilat al-Aǧurrūmiyya wa-faww laʻānīhā wa-bayā ḍawābiṭihā wa-ʻilalihā (Beirut: Dār Ṭawq al-naǧāt, 2008).

Muḥammad al-Amīn b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf al-Hararī al-Buwayṭī 2008. al-Futūḥāt al-Qayyūmiyya fī ḥall wa-fakk maʻānī wa-mabānī matn al-Aǧurrumiyya (Beirut: Dār Ṭawq al-naǧāt, 2008).

Muḥammad al-Amīn b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf al-Hararī al-Buwayṭī 2007. Nuzhat al-albāb wa-bušrat al-aḥbāb fī fakk wa-ḥall mabānī wa-mʻānī Mulḥat al-iʻrāb (Beirut: Dār Ṭawq al-naǧāt, 2007).

Muḥammad b. ʻAlī b. Ādam b. Mūsā al-Iṯyūbī al-Wollowī 2003. Fatḥ al-qarīb al-muǧīb fī šarḥ kitāb Mudnī al-ḥabīb mimman yuwālī muġnī al-labīb (Addis Ababa-Beirut: Maktabat Muṣʻab b. ʻAmīr al-islāmiyya - Mu’assasat al-kutub al-ṯaqafiyya, 2003).

Abū ʻAbd Allāh ʻAlī b. Ḥasan b. Šūnay al-Barayntawī al-Ūrūmī al-Hararī and ʻAbd Allāh al-Danqazī 2016. Kašf al-ġiṭā’ ʻan maʻānī Matn al-Binā’ fī fann al-ṣarf (Cairo: al-Quds li-al-našr wa-al-tawzīʻ, 2016).

Muḥammad b. ʻAlī b. Ādam b. Mūsā al-Iṯyūbī al-Wollowī and ʻAbd al-Bāsiṭ b. Muḥammad Ḥalīma al-Būranī 2005. Fatḥ al-karīm al-laṭīf šarḥ Urǧūzat al-taṣrīf (Beirut - Addis Ababa: Maktabat Muṣʻab b. ʻAmīr al-islāmiyya - Mu’assasat al-kutub al-ṯaqafiyya, 2005).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad and al-Aḫḍarī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥammad 1306. Ḥāšiya al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā matn al-Sullam al-marawniq fī fann al-manṭiq (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya, 1306).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad, al-Aḫḍarī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥammad, and al-Inbābī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 2011. Ḥāšiyat Šayḫ al-Islām al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā matn al-Sullam al-murawnaq fī ʻilm al-manṭiq li-l-Imām al-Aḫḍarī: wa-bi-hāmišihā Ḥāšiyat al-Šayḫ Muḥammad al-Inbābī (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Salām li-l-Ṭibāʻa wa-l-našir wa-l-tawzīʻ wa-l-tarǧama, 2011).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Ḥaǧar al-Hayṯamī 2005. al-Durr al-manḍūd fī al-ṣalāt wa-al-salām ʻalā Ṣāḥib al-Maqām al-Maḥmūd, eds Bū Ǧumʻa ʻAbd al-Qādir Makrī and Muḥammad Šādī Muṣṭafā ʻArbaš (Ǧiddah: Dār al-Minhāǧ, 2005).

Ibrāhīm al-Yamānī, ed., 1946. Tawaddud al-ǧāriya (al-Qāhira: Šarika wa-maktaba wa-maṭbaʻa Muṣṭafā al-Babd al-Ḥalabī wa-awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1946).

Braukämper, U. 2002. Islamic History and Culture in Southern Ethiopia: Collected Essays, Göttinger Studien zur Ethnologie, 9 (Münster–Hamburg–London: LIT Verlag, 2002).

ʻAlī b. Abī Ṭālib 1988. Dīwān amīr al-mu’minīn al-imām ʻAlī b. Abī Ṭālib, ed. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz Karam ([Lubnān]: Mu’assasat al-kutub al-ṯaqāfiyya, 1988).

Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Ġarbānī n.d. al-ʻAsǧad al-manẓūm fī al-tā’rīḫ wa-al-ʻulūm (Sagal jet, ).

Muḥammad Tāǧ b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-ʻArūsī 1427. al-Fiqh al-islāmī fī mīzān al-tā’rīḫ (Mecca: Dār al-ṯaqāfa li-al-ṭibāʻa, 1427).

Maǧmūʻat kutub ʻan al-mawlid al-nabawī al-šarīf n.d. (Mecca: ).

Muḥammad Amān b. ʻAlī al-Ǧāmī n.d. Mašākil al-daʻwa wa-al-duʻāt fī al-ʻaṣr al-ḥadīṯ (Medina: Maṭābiʻ al-ǧāmiʻa al-islāmiyya bi-al-Madīna al-munawwara, ).

al-ʻAynī, Badr al-Dīn Maḥmūd b. Aḥmad and al-Rāzī, Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr 2011. Minḥat al-sulūk fī šarḥ Tuḥfat al-mulūk, ed. al-Kubaysī, Aḥmad ʻAbd al-Razzāq ʻAbd Allāh (Bayrūt: Wizārat al-Awqāf wa-al-Šuʼūn al-Islāmiyya, 2011).

Abū al-Ḥasan ʻAlī b. ʻAbd Allāh al-Šāḏilī 2013. Maǧmūʻat al-aḥzāb al-šāḏiliyya li-al-Quṭb Abī al-Ḥasan al-Šāḏilī wa-li-sā’ir šuyūḫ al-ṭarīqa al-ʻalīya, eds Aḥmad b. Muṣṭafā Kumušḫānawī and ʻĀṣim Ibrāhīm al-Kayyālī al-Ḥusaynī al-Šāḏilī al-Darqāwī (Bayrūt: Kitāb – Nāshirūn, 2013).

al-Witrī, Maǧd al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr b. Rušayd al-Wāʻiẓ al-Baġdādī n.d. al-Qaṣā’id al-witriyya fī madḥ ḫayr al-bariyya (Cairo: Dār al-ṭibāʻa al-muḥammadiyya bi-al-Azhar, ).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī, Abū al-ʻAbbās Aḥmad b. Muḥammad 1930. Fatḥ al-mubīn li-šarḥ al-arbaʻīn (Dār Iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻArabiyya, 1930).

Ibn B-lsā al-Šāfiʻī al-Ašʻarī al-Qādirī al-Nawālī al-Hararī 1385. Ward al-ṣalawāt ʻalā sayyid al-sādāt (1385).

ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz b. Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. ʻAbd al-Muḥsin al-Salmān 1409. Maǧmūʻa al-qaṣāʼid al-zuhdiyyāt (al-Riyāḍ: 1409).

ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻAlawī al-Ḥaddād al-Ḥusaynī al-Ḥaḍramī 1385. Wasīla al-ʻibād ilā zād al-maʻād. Maǧmūʻa awrād wa-daʻwāt wa-ṣalawāt (Sinġāfūra: Maktaba wa-maṭbaʻa Sulaymān Marʻī, 1385).

Zayn al-Dīn ʻUmar b. al-Muẓaffar b. al-Wardī 2006. Dīwān Ibn al-Wardī, ed. ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd Hindāwī (al-Qāhira: Dār al-āfāq al-ʻarabiyya, 2006).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. ʻAlī al-Rabīʻī al-Zubaydī n.d. Maǧmūʻ mubārak yaḥtawī ʻalā al-mawlid al-šarīf (Aden: Maktaba li-al-ṯaqāfa, ).

Abū al-Ḥasan Nūr al-Dīn ʻAlī b. Nāṣir al-Ḥiǧāzī 1421. Ḏikrā mawlid ḫayru al-bariyya Muḥammad (Mecca: 1421).

al-Šāfiʻī, Muḥammad b. Idrīs 1984. Dīwān al-Šāfiʻī, ed. Naʻīm Zarzūr (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 1984).

Abū al-ʻAtāhiya 1986. Dīwān Abī al-ʻAtāhiya (Bayrūt: Dār Bayrūt li-al-ṭabāʻa wa-al-našr, 1986).

al-Sammān, Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Karīm 1908. Mawlid al-nabī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat al-taqaddum, 1908).

al-Nabahānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl n.d. Dīwān al-madā’iḥ al-nabawiyya al-musammā al-ʻUqūd al-lu’lu’iyya fī al-madā’iḥ al-muḥammadiyya.

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haitamī 1994. al-Zawāǧir ʻan iqtirāf al-kabā’ir (Cairo: Dār al-Ḥadīt, 1994).

Ibn ʻImād, ʻAbd al-Ḥayy b. Aḥmad 1406. Šaḏarāt al-ḏahab fī aḫbār man ḏahab, ed. Maḥmūd al-Arnā’ūṭ (Bayrūt - Dimašq: Dār Ibn Kaṯīr, 1406).

Muslim b. al-Ḥaǧǧāǧ al-Qušayrī and al-Nawāwī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’ n.d. Al-ǧuzʼ al-ṯānī min Ṣaḥīḥ al-Imām Abī al-Ḥusayn Muslim b. al-Ḥaǧǧāǧ (al-Qāhira: Dār al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya al-kubrā ʻalà nafaqa aṣḥābihā Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-aḫawiyya Bakrī wa-ʻĪsā, n.d.).

al-Būnī, Abū al-ʻAbbās Aḥmad b. ʻAlī 1985. Šams al-maʻārif al-kubrā wa-laṭā’if al-ʻawārif (Bayrūt: al-Maktaba al-Šaʻbiyya, 1985).

Li-al-mu’minīn faqaṭ 1422. (s.l.: 1422).

Sulaymān b. ʻAbd al-Wahhāb 1979. al-Ṣawāʻiq al-ilāhiyya fī al-radd ʻalā al-wahhābiyya, ed. Ḥusayn Ḥilmī b. Saʻīd Istānbūlī (Istānbūl: Maktabat Išīq, 1979).

al-Ḫuḍarī, Muḥammad, Ibn ʻAqīl, and Ibn Mālik n.d. Ḥāšiyat al-Ḫuḍarī ‘alā šarḥ Ibn ‘Aqīl ‘alā Alfiyyat Ibn Mālik (Dār al-fikr, ).

Aḥmad Ḥāfiẓ 1960. Kitāb al-ǧuġrāfiya al-ḥadīṯa (1960).

Aramis Houmed Soulé 2013. Les Afars, le révolution éthiopienne et le régime du Derg (1974-1991), Corne de l’Afrique contemporaine, 4 (Addis-Abeba: Centre français des études éthiopiennes, 2013).

Aramis Houmed Soulé 2011. Deux vies dans l’historie dela Corne de l’Afrique. Les sultans ‘afar Maḥammad Ḥanfaré (r. 1861-1902) & ‘Ali-Miraḥ Ḥanfaré (r. 1944-2011), Corne de l’Afrique contemporaine, 3 (Addis-Abeba: Centre français des études éthiopiennes, 2011).

Yaʻqūb Ibn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʻAlī ibn Muḥammad Muḫtār n.d. Mawāʻiẓ balīġa  min sayyidinā Dāwud ʻalayhi al-salām wa-ġayruhu min al-kutub al-munzala wa-ǧumlatuhā ṯalāṯūn sūra.

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī 1998. al-Minaḥ al-Makkiyya fī šarḥ al-Hamziyya, eds Bassām Muḥammad Bārūd and Muḥammad b Saʻīd al-Būṣīrī (Abu Dhabi: al-Maǧmaʻ al-Ṯaqfī, 1998).

ʻAbd al-Salām b. Ibrāhīm al- Laqānī 1994. Šarḥ: Itḥāf al-murīd bi-Ǧawharat al-tawḥīd, ed. Fatḥī Aḥmad ʻAbd al-Rāziq (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-Ḥusayn al-Islāmiyya, 1994).

al-Nawāwī 1882. Minhādj at-tālibīn, le guide des zélés croyants. Manuel de jurisprudence musulmane selon le rite de Chafii, ed. Lodewijk Willem Christiaan van den Berg (Batavia: Imprimerie du Gouvernement, 1882).

Abū Zakariyyā’ Muḥammad al-Anṣārī al-Sunaykī al-Azharī; al- al- ʻIrāqī 1999. Fatḥ al-bāqī bi-šarḥ Alfiyyat al-ʻIrāqī, ed. Ḥāfiẓ Ṯanā’ Allāh al-Zāhidī (Bayrūt: Dār Ibn Ḥazm, 1999).

Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān Saḫāwī and ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. al-Ḥusayn al-ʻIrāqī 2005. Fatḥ al-muġīṯ bi-šarḥ Alfiyyat al-ḥadīṯ, eds ʻAbd al-Karīm b. ʻAbd Allāh Ḫuḍayr and Muḥammad b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Fuhayd Āl Fuhayd, Silsilat manšūrāt Maktabat Dār al-Minhāǧ li-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ bi-al-Riyāḍ, 1 (al-Riyāḍ: Maktabat Dār al-Minhāǧ, 2005).

ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. al-Ḥusayn ʻIrāqī 1988. Alfiyyat al-Ḥadīṯ, eds Aḥmad Muḥammad Šākir and Maḥmūd Rabīʻ (Cairo: Maktabat al-Sunnah, 1988).

ʻAbd al-Raḥīm ibn al-Ḥusayn al-ʻIrāqī 2005. Alfiyyat al-sīra al-nabawiyyah al-musammā Naẓm al-durar al-saniyya fī al-siyar al-zakiyyah, ed. Muḥammad ʻAlawī Mālikī (Bayrūt: Dār al-Minhāǧ, 2005).

Muḥammad b. Qāsim Ġazzī and Aḥmad b. al-Ḥusayn Abū Šuǧāʻ al-Iṣfahānī 2012. Šarḥ Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī: al-musammā Fatḥ al-qarīb al-muǧīb fī šarḥ alfāẓ al-Taqrīb, ed. Aḥmad Maḥmūd Abū Ḥasūba (Cairo: Dār al-Faḍīla, 2012).

Zakariyyā’ b. Muḥammad al-Anṣārī and Muṣṭafā al-Ḏahabī 1367. Fatḥ al-wahhāb bi-šarḥ Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb ... wa-fī al-hāmiš (1) Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb li-al-mu’allif (2) al-Rasā’il al-ḏahabiyya fī al-masā’il al-daqīqa al-manhaǧiyya, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1367).

Sulaymān b. ʻUmar Sulaymān al-Ǧamal 1938. Ḥāšiya ʻalā šarḥ al-Manhaǧ li-Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī wa-bi-al-hāmiš al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr al-musammā bi-Fatḥ al-wahhāb bi-šarḥ Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb li-mu’allif al-Manhaǧ (Cairo: al-Maktaba at-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, 1938).

Muḥyī al-Dīn Abī Zakaryā Yaḥyā b. Šaraf al-Nawawī 2005. al-Aḏkār min kalām Sayyid al-abrār al-musammā Ḥilyat al-abrār wa-šiʻār al-aḫyār fī talḫīṣ al-daʻāwāt wa-al-aḏkār al-mustaḥabba fī al-layl wa-al-nahār (Jedda: Dār al-Minhāǧ li-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ, 2005).

al-Nawāwī 1914. Minhaj et talibin : a manual of Muhammadan law : according to the school of Shafii, ed. Lodewijk Willem Christiaan van den Berg (London: W. Thacker & Co., 1914).

Anonymous 1960. Dā’irat al-maʻārif qāmūs ʻāmm li-kull fann wa-maṭlab, ed. al-Bustānī, Fu’ād Afrām (Bayrūt: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Kaṯūlikiyya, 1960).

Derenbourg, Hartwig and Renaus, H. P. J. 1884. Les Manuscrits Arabes de l’Escurial (Paris: Ernest Leroux - Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, 1884).

Cornell, Vincent 1998. Realm of the Saint: Power and Authority in Moroccan Sufism (Austin: University of Texas Press, 1998).

Vrolijk, Arnoud and Hogendijk, Jan P., eds, 2007. O ye Gentlemen. Arabic Studies on Science and Literary Culture. In Honour of Remke Kruk (Leiden - Boston: Brill, 2007).

ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. Aḥmad al-Qāḍī and al-Suyūṭī, Abū al-Faḍl ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Abī Bakr 1306. Daqā’iq al-aḫbār fī ḏikr al-ǧanna wa-al-nār wa-bi-hāmišihi Durar al-ḥisān fī al-baʻṯ wa-al-ǧinān lil-Suyūṭī (al-Qāhira: Aḥmad al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1306).

Muḥammad Bāqir b. Muḥammd Taqī al-Maǧlīsī 1983. Biḥār al-anwār al-ǧāmiʻa li-durar aḫbār al-a’imma al-aṭhār (Bayrūt: Dār Iḥyā’ al-turāṯ al-ʻarabī, 1983).

Ibn Ṭā’ūs, ʻAlī b. Mūsā b. Ǧaʻfar b. Muḥammad 1414. Muhaǧ al-daʻawāt wa-manhaǧ al-ʻibādāt (Bayrūt: Mu’assasa al-A‘lamī li’l-Maṭbū‘āt, 1414).

ʻUmar b. Ǧaʻfar al-Šabrāwī and Muṣṭafā al-Bakrī al-Ṣiddīqī 2006. Šarḥ wird al-saḥar [...] wa-huwa al-musammā Iršād al-murīdīn ilā maʻrifat kalām al-ʻārifīn, ed. Maktab al-Rawḍa al-Šarīfa li-al-Baḥṯ al-ʻIlmī (al-Qāhira: al-Maktaba al-Azhariyya li-al-Turāṯ, 2006).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn 1991. Rafʻ ša’n al-ḥubšān (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-Ṯaqāfa al-Dīniyya, 1991).

Judith Pfeiffer – Manfred Kropp, ed., 2007. Theoretical Approaches to the Transmission and Edition of Oriental Manuscripts (Beirut: Ergon Verlag Würzburg in Kommission, 2007).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn 1995. Azhār al-ʻurūš fī aḫbār al-ḥubūš, ed. ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad ʻĪsā Ġazālī (al-Kuwayt: Markaz al-Maḫṭūṭāt wa-al-Turāṯ wa-al-Waṯā’iq, 1995).

Laoust, Henri 1939. Essai sur les doctrines sociales et politiques d’Ibn Taymiyya (Cairo: Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale, 1939).

Sulaymān b. ʻUmar Ǧamal 1929. Ḥāšiyat al-Ǧamal ʻalā al-Ǧalālayn: al-musammā bi-al-Futūḥāt al-ilāhiyya bi-tawḍīḥ Tafsīr al-Ǧalālayn li-al-daqā’iq al-ḫafiyya (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-Taqaddum al-ʻIlmiyya, 1929).

Muḥammad b. ʻAlī b. ʻAṭiyya Abū Ṭālib al-Makkī 2001. Qūt al-qulūb fī muʻāmalat al-maḥbūb wa-waṣf ṭarīq al-murīd ilā maqām al-tawḥīd, ed. Maḥmūd b. Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad al-Raḍwānī (Cairo: Maktabat Dār al-Turāṯ, 2001).

Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Ġazālī 2007. Iḥyā’ ʻulūm al-dīn (Cairo: Dār al-Salām, 2007).

Ǧabartī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1983. Ta’rīḫ ʻaǧā’ib al-aṯār fī al-tarāǧim wa-al-aḫbār (Bayrūt: Dr al-Ǧīl, 1983).

Anfray, F. 1974. ‘Deux villes axoumites: Adoulis et Maṭarā’, in IV Congresso Internazionale di Studi Etiopici (Roma, 10-15 aprile 1972), I: Sezione storica<i>, Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, Anno 371, Problemi attuali di scienza e di cultura, 191 (Roma: Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 1974), 745–765.

Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad al-Bāǧūrī 1999. Ḥāšiyat al-Šayḫ Ibrāhīm al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā Šarḥ al-ʻAllāma Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī ʻalā matn al-Šayḫ Abī Šuǧāʻ, ed. Muḥammad ʻAbd al-Salām Šāhīn (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 1999).

Kamāl al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Mūsā al-Damīrī 2005. Ḥayāt al-ḥayawān al-kubrā, ed. Ibrāhīm Ṣāliḥ (Dimašq: Dār al-Bašā’ir, 2005).

ʻAbd al-Salām b. ʻAbd al-Qādir b. Sūda 1997. Itḥāf al-muṭāliʻ bi-wafayāt aʻlām al-qarn at-ṯāliṯ ʻašar wa-al-rābiʻ, ed. Muḥammad Ḥaǧǧī (Bayrūt: Dār al-Ġarb al-Islāmī, 1997).

Christiane Gruber, ed., 2010. The Islamic Manuscript Tradition: Ten Centuries of Book Arts in Indiana University Collections (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2010).

Abū Šuǧāʻ, Aḥmad b. Ḥasan/Ḥusayn b. Aḥmad 2002. Muḫtaṣar Abī Šuǧāʻ al-musammā Matn al-ġāya wa-al-taqrīb fī al-fiqh al-Šāfiʻī (Cairo: Dār al-Salām li-al-Ṭibāʻa wa-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ wa-al-Tarǧama, 2002).

Zayn al-Dīn b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz Malībārī 2004. Fatḥ al-muʻīn bi-šarḥ Qurrat al-ʻayn bi-muhimmāt al-dīn (Beirut: Dār Ibn Ḥazm, 2004).

Zakariyyā’ b. Muḥammad al-Anṣārī 1997. Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb fī fiqh al-Imām al-Šāfiʻī (Bayrūt: Manšūrāt Muḥammad ʻAlī Bayḍūn, 1997).

Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Širbīnī 2000. Muġnī al-muḥtāǧ ilā maʻrifat maʻānī alfāẓ al-Minhāǧ, eds ʻAlī Muḥammad Muʻawwaḍ and ʻĀdil Aḥmad ʻAbd al-Mawǧūd (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2000).

Muḥammad b. Aḥmad Ḏahabī 2000. The great sins = al-Kabā’ir (Inǧilīzī) (Ryadh: International Islamic Publishing House, 2000).

al-Ḏahabī 1980. al-Kabā’ir (Cairo: Maktabat al-Kulliyyāt al-Azhariyya, 1980).

Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad b. Aḥmad al-Qalyūbī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Maḥallī, and ʻAmīra, Aḥmad al-Burullusī Šihāb al-Dīn 19--. Qalyūbī wa-ʻAmīra : Ḥāšiyatā al-imāmayn [...] Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad al-Qalyūbī wa-al-šayḫ ʻAmīra ʻalā al-šarḥ al-ʻallāma Ǧalāl al-Dīn al-Maḥallī ʻalā Minhāǧ al-ṭālibīn li-al-šayḫ Muḥyī al-Dīn al-Nawawī fī fiqh maḏhab al-imām al-Šāfiʻī wa-bi-al-hāmiš al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (Miṣr: Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya li-Aṣḥābihā ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Šurakāhu, 19--).

Aḥmad b. al-Ḥusayn Abū Šuǧāʻ al-Iṣfahānī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Anbābī, Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad al-Birmāwī, and Muḥammad Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī 1901. Taqrīr al-Anbābī ʻalā Ḥāšiyat al-Birmāwī ʻalā Šarḥ Ibn Qāsim ʻalā matn Abī Šuǧāʻ wa-bi-hāmišihi al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻĀmira, 1901).

Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Ramlī, ʻAlī b. ʻAlī Šabrāmallisī, Aḥmad b. ʻAbd al-Razzāq Maġribī, and Nawawī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’ 1357. Nihāyat al-muḥtāǧ ilā šarḥ al-Minhāǧ fī al-fiqh ʻalā maḏhab al-Imām al-Šāfiʻī wa-maʻahu Ḥāšiyat Abī al-Ḍiyā’ Nūr al-Dīn ʻAlī b. ʻAlī al-Šabrāmallisī wa-bi-al-hāmiš Ḥāšiyat Aḥmad b. ʻAbd al-Razzāq al-maʻrūf bi-al-Maġribī al-Rašīdī (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1357).

Aḥmad b. Lu’lu’ b. al-Naqīb al-Miṣrī 1997. Reliance of the Traveller: Classic Manual of Islamic Sacred Law, ed. Nuh Ha Mim Keller (Amana Publications, 1997).

al-Ġazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1993. al-Wasīṭ fī al-Maḏhab, ed. ‘Alī Muḥyī al-Dīn al-Qara Dāġī (Doha: Wizārat al-Awqāf wa al-Šu’ūn al-Islāmiyya, 1993).

Zakarīyā b. al-Anṣārī and Aḥmad b. Aḥmad Ramlī 2001. Asnā al-maṭālib šarḥ Rawḍ al-ṭālib wa-maʻahu Ḥāšiyat al-šayḫ Abī al-ʻAbbās b. Aḥmad al-Ramlī al-Kabīr, ed. Muḥammad Muḥammad Tāmir (Bayrūt: Manšūrāt Muḥammad ʻAlī Bayḍūn : Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2001).

Qāsim Nūrī, Ismāʻīl b. Abī Bakr Ibn al-Muqrī, and al-Nawawī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’ 2009. Rawḍ al-ṭālib: huwa muḫtaṣar Rawḍat al-ṭālibīn li-al-Imām al-Nawawī (Bayrūt: Dār al-Bašā’ir al-Islāmiyya, 2009).

al-Nawawī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’ and ʻAbd al-Karīm b. Muḥammad Rāfiʻī 1985. Rawḍat al-ṭālibīn wa-ʻumdat al-muftiyyīn (Dimašq: al-Maktab al-Islāmī, 1985).

Muḥammad b. Ḥusayn al- Ǧufrī and Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Karīm al-Sammān 1326. Šarḥ al-Tawassul al-musammā bi-al-Ǧanī al-yāniʻ al-aqrab ʻalā al-Tawassul al-musammā bi-Ǧāliyat al-karab wa-munīlat al-ʻArab (Cairo: 1326).

Barzanǧī, Ǧaʻfar b. Ḥasan, Būṣīrī, Muḥammad b. Saʻīd, and Marzūqī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad 1293. Maǧmūʻa mawlūd šaraf al-anām : mawlūd al-Barzanǧī naṯr, mawlūd al-Barzanǧī naẓm, qaṣīdat al-Burda al-mubāraka, adʻiya ḫatm al-mawlūd, ʻAqīdat al-ʻawām. (1293).

Muḥammad b. Sulaymān al-Ǧazūlī 2005. Dalā’il al-ḫayrāt, ed. Osman Şâkir (Istanbul: Misvâk Neşriyat, 2005).

Ismāʻīl Ḥaqqī 2003. Rūḥ al-bayān fī tafsīr al-Qur’ān, ed. ʻAbd al-Laṭīf Ḥasan ʻAbd al-Raḥmān (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2003).

Abū Hāšim ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad Šarīf 1324. Kitāb al-aḏkār al-ṭayyibiyya fī awrād al-ṭuruq al-sabʻa al-ǧaliyya (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat ʻAlī Muḥammad al-Malīǧī, 1324).

Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī and Ibn al-Ǧawharī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad 2013. Ġāyat al-wuṣūl : šarḥ Lubb al-uṣūl fī al-fiqh al-Šāfiʻī wa-Lubb al-uṣūl huwa mulaḫḫaṣ Ǧamʻ al-ǧawāmiʻ li-Ibn al-Subkī wa-tamāman li-al-fā’ida waḍaʻnā ḥawāšī wa-taʻlīqāt al-ʻallāma al-fāḍil al-šayḫ Muḥammad al-Ǧawharī asfal al-ṣafaḥāt, ed. ʻAbd AIlāh Saʻd (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2013).

Muḥammad b. Muḥammad b. Imām al-Kāmiliyya, Muṣṭafā Maḥmūd al-Azharī, and ʻAbd al-Malik b. ʻAbd Allāh Imām al-Ḥaramayn al-Ǧuwaynī 2008. Šarḥ al-Waraqāt fī ʻilm uṣūl al-fiqh, Silsilat rasā’il uṣūliyya, 5 (al-Riyāḍ: Dār Ibn al-Qayyim, 2008).

Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Širbīnī and Sulaymān b. Muḥammad al-Baǧīramī 1951. Baǧīramī ʻalā al-Ḫaṭīb: ḥāšiyat ḫātimat al-muḥaqqiqīn wa-ʻumdat al-a’imma al-mudaqqiqīn: al-musammā bi-Tuḥfat al-ḥabīb ʻalā šarḥ al-Ḫaṭīb al-maʻrūf bi-al-Iqnāʻ fī ḥall alfāẓ Abī Šuǧāʻ li-al-Šayḫ Muḥammad al-Širbīnī al-ḫaṭīb al-mawǧūd bi-al-hāmiš (Cairo: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1951).

Aḥmad b. Ḥiǧāzī al-Fašnī 2008. Mawāhib al-ṣamad fī ḥall alfāẓ al-zubad, ed. Qāsim Muḥammad al-Nūrī (Bayrūt: Dār al-Bašā’ir al-Islāmiyya, 2008).

Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Ramlī, Aḥmad b. Ḥiǧāzī al-Fašnī, and Ibn Raslān al-Ramlī 197 AD. Šarḥ al-Zubad Ġāyat al-bayān li-Šams al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Ramlī wa-bi-hāmišihi Mawāhib al-ṣamad fī ḥall alfāẓ al-Zubad li-al-Šayḫ Aḥmad b. Ḥiǧāzī al-Fašnī (Miṣr: ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 197 AD).

al-Ġazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1409. Minhāǧ al-ʻābidīn ilā ǧannat rabb al-ʻālamīn, ed. Maḥmūd Muṣṭafā Ḥalāwī (Beirut: Mu’assasat al-Risāla, 1409).

al-Ghazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1997. al-Waǧīz fī fiqh al-Imām al-Šāfiʻī, eds ʻAlī Muḥammad Muʻawwaḍ and ʻĀdil Aḥmad ʻAbd al-Mawǧūd (Bayrūt: Dār al-Arqam, 1997).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥammad Ibn Qudāma and Muwaffaq al-Dīn ʻAbd Allāh b. Aḥmad Ibn Qudāma 19... al-Šarḥ al-kabīr ʻalā matn al-Muqniʻ (Cairo: Dār al-Fikr, 19...).

Abū al-Naǧā, al-Azharī, and Ibn Aǧurrūm 1941. Ḥāšiya ʻalā šarḥ Ḫālid b. ʻAbd Allāh al-Azharī ʻalā matn al-Āǧurrūmiyya (Cairo: 1941).

B. W. Andrezejewski and I. M. Lewis 1964. Somali Poetry: An Introduction (Oxford: 1964).

Usāma Ibn Munqid̲ and Paul M Cobb 2008. The book of contemplation: Islam and the crusades, Penguin classics (London: Penguin, 2008).

Usāma b. Munqiḏ 1935. Lubāb al-ādāb, ed. Aḥmad Muḥammad Šākir (Cairo: Maktabat Luwīs Sarkīs, 1935).

Mikael Persenius and Našwān b.Saʻīd al-Ḥimyarī 1997. The manuscripts of parts 1 and 2 of Shams al-ʻulūm by Nashwān al-Ḥimyarī: a study of their relationship (Uppsala: Uppsala University Library, 1997).

Abū Bakr b. Muḥammad al-Šaṭā al-Dimyāṭī 2013. Iʻānat al-ṭālibīn ʻalā ḥall alfāẓ Fatḥ al-Muʻīn bi-šarḥ Qurrat al-ʻayn bi-muhimmāt al-dīn li-ʻAllāma Zayn al-Dīn al-Malībārī al-Fannānī al-Šāfiʻī, ed. Yāsir al-Sayyid ʻAbd al-ʻAẓīm (Cairo: Dār al-Salām li-al-Ṭibāʻa wa-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ wa-al-Tarǧama, 2013).

Hussein Ahmed 2001. Islam in Nineteenth-Century Wallo, Ethiopia: Revival, Reform and Reaction, Social, Economic and Political Studies of the Middle East and Asia, 74 (Leiden–Boston, MA–Köln: Brill, 2001).

Aḥmad Bābā al-Tinbaktī 1398. al-Nayl al-ibtihāǧ bi-taṭrīz al-dībāǧ, ed. ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd ʻAbd Allāh al-Harāma (Ṭarāblus: Kulliyyat al-Daʻwa al-Islāmiyya, 1398).

Benzing, Brigitta, ed., 1976. Wort und Wirklichkeit. Studien zur Afrikanistik und Orientalistik Eugen Ludwig Rapp zum 70. Geburtstag (Meisenheim am Glan: Verlag Anton Hain, 1976).

al-Jawshan al-Kabir: a prayer for all, a supplication of Prophet Muhammad n.d.

Sabzavārī, Hādī b. Mahdī, ed., 1920. Ḥirz al-Ǧawšan al-kabīr wa-maʻahu šarḥ asmā’ Allāh al-ḥusnā wa-al-sabʻ āyāt al-munǧiyāt wa-nādi ʻaliyyan wa-duʻā’ dafʻ al-balā’ wa-al-ṭāʻūn (Singapore: Sulaymān Marʻī, 1920).

Strelcyn, S. 1976. Catalogue des manuscrits éthiopiens de l’Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei: Fonds Conti Rossini et Fonds Caetani 209, 375, 376, 377, 378, Indici e Sussidi Bibliografici della Biblioteca, 9 (Roma: Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 1976).

Petrone, Michele 2015. Proceedings of the International Conference Manuscripts and Texts, Languages and Contexts: the Transmission of Knowledge in the Horn of Africa. Hamburg, 17-19 July 2014, eds Bausi, Alessandro, Gori, Alessandro, and Nosnitsin, Denis, Aethiopica Supplements (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2015).

Ḫayr al-Dīn al-Ziriklī 1986. al-Aʻlām: qāmūs tarāǧim, vol. 2 Iftiḫār-Danānīr (Bayrūt: Dār al-ʻilm lil-malāyīn, 1986).

Ghislaine Lydon 2010. The Trans-Saharan Book Trade: Manuscript Culture, Arabic Literacy and Intellectual History in Muslim Africa, eds Graziano Krätli and Ghislaine Lydon (Leiden, Boston: Brill, 2010).

ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Ǧīlānī s.d. Dīwān ʻAbd al-Qādir, ed. Yūsuf Zaydān (Bayrūt: Dār al-Ǧīl, s.d.).

ʻUbayd, Muḥammad 1353. Mabādī’ al-qirā’a al-rašīda (al-Qāhira: Dār al-maʻārif, 1353).

Wagner, E. 1983. Harari-Texte in arabischer Schrift, ed., tr. E. Wagner, Äthiopistische Forschungen, 13 (Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag GmbH, 1983).

Wagner, E. 1997. Afrikanische Handschriften. Teil 2. Islamische Handschriften aus Äthiopien, Verzeichnis der Orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland, 24, 2 (Stuttgart: Franz Steiner, 1997).

Ibn Qutayba 1343. Kitāb ʻUyūn al-aḫbār, ed. Aḥmad Zakī al-ʻAdawī (Cairo: 1343).

al-Ṣafadī, Ṣalāḥ al-Dīn Ḫalīl b. Aybak b. ʻAbd Allāh 1931. al-Wāfī bi-al-wafayāt, ed. Ritter, Hellmut, Bibliotheca Islamica, 6 (Istanbul: Matbʻat al-Dawla, 1931).

Ibn al-Muqrī’, Ismāʻīl b. Abī Bakr 1305. Maǧmūʻ al-qāḍī al-fāḍil al-imām al-ʻallāma Šaraf al-Dīn Ismāʻīl b. Abī Bakr al-Muqrī’ (Būmbāy: Maṭbaʻa Nuḫbat al-aḫbār, 1305).

Ibn Ḥāǧar al-ʻAsqalānī, Aḥmad b. ʻAlī and al-Buḫārī, Muḥammad b. Ismāʻīl 1300. Fatḥ al-bārī bi-šarḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Buḫārī (2) (Būlāq, al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat Būlāq al-Kubrā, 1300).

Ibn Ḥāǧar al-ʻAsqalānī, Aḥmad b. ʻAlī and al-Buḫārī, Muḥammad b. Ismāʻīl b. Ibrāhīm 1424. Fatḥ al-bārī bi-šarḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Buḫārī, eds ʻAbd al-Bāqī, Muḥammad Fu’ād and Ibn Bāz, ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz b. ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 1424).

Muslim b. al-Ḥaǧǧāǧ, Abū al-Ḥusayn ʻAsākir al-Dīn and al-Nawawī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’ Yaḥyā b. Šaraf b. Murī 1279. Šarḥ al-imām Muḥyī al-Dīn Yaḥyā al-Nawawī ʻalā Ṣaḥīḥ al-imām Muslim b. al-Ḥaǧǧāǧ al-Qušayrī (al-Qāhira: 1279).

al-Anṣārī, Zakariyā’ b. Muḥammad 2011. Bulūġ al-arab bi-šarḥ Šuḏūr al-ḏahab, ed. Ḫalaf ʻAwda Qaysī (ʻAmmān: Dār Yāfā al-ʻilmiyya li-al- našr wa-al-tawzīʻ, 2011).

ʻAbd al-Maḥmūd b. Nūr al-Dā’im b. Aḥmad al-Ṭayyib 1954. Azāhīr al-riyāḍ fī manāqib al-ʻārif bi-Allāh al-šayḫ Aḥmad al-Ṭayyib, eds Muḥammad al-Hādī Qarīb Allāh and Ṭāhā Muḥammad al-Mubārak (Khartoum: Maṭbaʻat Miṣr, 1954).

ʻAbd al-Maḥmūd b. Nūr al-Dā’im b. Aḥmad al-Ṭayyib 1971. al-Manāqib al-ṣuġrā li-sayyidī al-šayḫ Aḥmad al-Ṭayyib b. al-Bašīr (al-Qāhira: Aḥmad al-Badawī al-Sammānī, 1971).

ʻAbd al-Maḥmūd b. Nūr al-Dā’im b. Aḥmad al-Ṭayyib 1955. al-ʻArf al-fā’iḥ wa-al-ḍiyā’ al-lā’iḥ fī manāqib al-quṭb al-rāǧiḥ wa-al-ġawṯ al-wāḍiḥ sayyidī al-ustāḏ al-šayḫ Aḥmad al-Ṭayyib ibn al-Bašīr (Omdurman: Aḥmad al-Badawī al-Sammānī, 1955).

Abū ʻAbd Allāh Hāšim b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Muḥammadī al-Šāfiʻī al-Ašʻarī al-Hararī 1939. al-Fatḥ al-Raḥmānī fī Ḏikr al-Ṣalāt ʻalā Ašraf al-Nawʻ al-Insānī Sayyidinā Muḥammad al-Muṣṭafā al-ʻAdnānī (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1939).

Brockelmann, C. 1898. Geschichte der Arabischen Litteratur, I (Weimar: Verlag von Emil Felber, 1898).

Wagner, E. 1978. Legende und Geschichte: Der Fatḥ madīnat Harar von Yaḥyā Naṣrallāh, ed., tr. E. Wagner, 3rd, Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, 44 (Wiesbaden: Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft–Kommissionsverlag Franz Steiner GmbH, 1978).

Ali Salih Karrar 1992. The Sufi Brotherhoods in the Sudan (London: C. Hurst & Company, 1992).

Imam Sharaf al-Din al-Busiri 2010. The Burda with The Mudariyya and The Muhammadiyya ( Arabic Text, Translation and Transliteration) (Guidance Media, 2010).

Tāǧ al-Dīn al-Subkī 1964. al-Ṭabaqāt al-šāfiʻiyya al-kubrā, eds Maḥmūd Muḥammad al-Ṭanāḥī and Muḥammad ʻAbd al-Fattāḥ al-Ḥulw (Cairo: 1964).

al-Buḫārī, Muḥammad b. Ismāʻīl 1986. Kitāb Ta’rīḫ al-Kabīr li-al-Buḫārī (al-Qāhira: al-Fārūq al-Ḥadīṯa li-al-Ṭibāʻa wa-al-Našr, 1986).

Robecchi Bricchetti, Luigi 1896. Nell’Harrar (MIlano: Casa Editrice Galli, 1896).

Cerulli, E. 1971. L’Islam di ieri e di oggi, Pubblicazioni dell’Istituto per l’Oriente, 64 (Roma: Istituto per l’Oriente, 1971).

al-Nawawī, Yaḥyā b. Šaraf Muḥyī al-Dīn 1417. Taṣḥīḥ al-Tanbīh, ed. Muḥammad ʻUqla al-Ibrāhīm (Bayrūt: Mu’assasa al-Risāla, 1417).

al-Šīrāzī, Abū Isḥāq Ibrāhīm b. ʻAlī b. Yūsuf al-Fīrūzābādī 1992. al-Muhaḏḏab fī Fiqh al-Maḏhab al-Šāfiʻī, ed. Muḥammad al-Zuḥaylī (Dimašq - Bayrūt: Dār al-Qalam - Dār al-Šāmiyya, 1992).

Gori, Alessandro 2001. La “Silloge” di šah Zakkāryās. Testo arabo originale, introduzione, traduzione e note di Alessandro Gori, Atti della Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Memorie, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie nona, 13/4 (Roma: Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, 2001).

Gori, A. 2003. La “Silloge” di šah Zakkāryās sull’Islam – Versione amarica. Testo amarico originale, introduzione, traduzione e note, ed., tr. A. Gori, Atti dell’Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Memorie, Classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche, Serie nona, 16/2 (Roma: Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, 2003).

Uhlig, Siegbert, ed., 2003. Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, volume 1, A-C (Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 2003).

Rosenthal, Franz 2014. Man Versus Society in Medieval Islam, ed. Gutas, Dimitri, Brill Classics in Islam (Leiden - Boston: Brill, 2014).

al-Ḏahabī, Šams al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Aḥmad b. ʻUṯmān 1994. Ta’rīḫ al-Islām wa-Wafāyāt al-Mašāhīr wa-al-Aʻlām, ed. ʻUmar ʻAbd al-Salām Tadburī (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kitāb al-ʻArabī, 1994).

Trimingham, J. S. 1952. Islam in Ethiopia (London–New York, NY–Toronto: Geoffrey Cumberledge, Oxford University Press, 1952).

ʻIyāḍ b. Mūsā 1982. Mašāriq al-anwār ʻalā ṣiḥāḥ al-āṯār, ed. al-Bul‘amšī, Aḥmad Yaġan (Rabat: Wuzārat al-awqāf wal-šu’ūn al-islāmiyya, 1982).

al-Kisā’ī, Muḥammad b. ʻAbd Allāh Abū Ǧaʻfar 2005. Kitāb ʻajā’ib al-Malakūt: a comprehensively annotated edition and critical revision of al-ʻaja’ib wa’l-ghara’ib genre., eds Yoel Koch and Shmuel Tamari (Harrassowitz, 2005).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Ǧazīrī 1986. Kitāb al-fiqh ʻalā al-maḏāhib al-arbaʻa (Bayrūt: 1986).

ʻAbd al-Karīm al-Sammān and al-Muʻāyyinī, Maḥmūd b. ʻAbd al-Qādir n.d. Bahǧat al-Asrār fī Madḥ al-Muḫtār : Majmūʻ Qaṣā’id Muḫtāra wa-Maǧmūʻat Qaṣā’id al-Šāyḫ Muḥammad ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Muʻayyinī (Dīwān), ed. al-Zāwiya al-Qādiriyya.

Katsuyoshi Fukui, Eisei Kurimoto, and Masayoshi Shigeta, eds, 1997. Ethiopia in Broader Perspective: Papers of the XIII^th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, Kyoto, 12–17 December 1997, I–III (Kyoto: Shokado Book Sellers, 1997).

Muḥammad b. al-Muḫtār al-Šinǧīṭī al-Tiǧānī 2010. ʻUnwān Maṭāliʻ al-Ǧamāl fī Mawlid Insān al-Kamāl, ed. Aḥmad Muḥammad al-Ḥāfiẓ al-Tiǧānī ([al-Qāhira]: Dār al-Ḥisām, 2010).

Uhlig, Siegbert, ed., 2005. Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, volume 2, D-Ha (Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 2005).

Ǧaʻfar b. Ḥasan b. ʻAbd al-Karīm al-Barzanǧī n.d. Ǧāliyyat al-Kadar bi-Ḏikr Ahl Badr wa Šuhadā’ Uḥud al-Sāda al-Ġurar, ed. Muḥammad ʻAlawī al-Mālikī al-Ḥasanī (Surābāyā (Indonesia): Dār al-Saqqāf, ).

al-Laqānī, Ibrāhīm b. Ibrāhīm and al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad 1907. La Djaouhara, traité de théologie, par Ibrahim Laqani, avec notes d’Abdesselem et d’El Badjouri. Texte arabe et traduction française, par J.-D. Luciani., ed. J.-D. Luciani (Alger: impr. de P. Fontana, 1907).

al-Zarkāšī, Abū ‘Abd Allāh Badr al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Bahādir 2009. al-Dībāǧ fī tawḍīḥ al-Minhāǧ: wa-huwa  šarḥ ʻalā al-Minhāǧ al-ṭālibīn li-al-Imām al-Nawawī fī fiqh al-Imām al-Šāfiʻī, ed. ʻUṯmān Ġazāl (Beirut: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2009).

al-Qazwīnī, ʻAlī b. ʻUmar, al-Ǧurǧānī, ʻAlī b. Muḥammad, and al-Rāzī, Quṭb al-Dīn Maḥmūd b. Muḥammad 1311. Taḥrīr al-qawāʻid al-manṭiqiyya fī šarḥ al-Risāla al-šamsiyya [...] wa-bi-hāmišihi Ḥāšiyat al-Sayyid ʻAlī b. Muḥammad al-Ǧurǧānī ʻalā šarḥ Quṭb al-Dīn al-Rāzī ʻalā Matn al-Šamsiyya (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya, 1311).

al-Taḥtānī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad Quṭb, al-Ǧurǧānī, ʻAlī ibn Muḥammad, al-Dawwānī, Muḥammad b. Asʻad, and al-Qazwīnī, ʻAlī b. ʻUmar 2011. Šurūḥ al-Šamsiyya maǧmūʻat ḥawāš wa-taʻlīqāt fī al-manṭiq (al-Qāhira: al-Maktaba al-Azhariyya li-al-Turāṯ, al-Ǧazīra li-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ, 2011).

Aḥmad b. Aḥmad b. ʻAbd al-Laṭīf al-Šarǧī 1416. Ṭabaqāt al-ḫawāṣṣ ahl al-ṣidq wa-al-iḫlāṣ (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat al-Kīlānī, 1416).

Muʻǧam al-udabā’ 2002. (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2002).

al-Šāṭibī, Abū al-Qāsim b. Fīrruh b. Ḫalaf 1937. Ḥirz al-amānī wa-waǧh al-tahānī, ed. ʻAlī Muḥammad al-Ḍabbāʻ (Cairo: 1937).

Uhlig, Siegbert, ed., 2007. Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, volume 3, He-O (Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 2007).

al-Qasṭallānī 1907. al-Mawāhib al-laduniyya bi-al-Minaḥ al-Muḥammadiyya (Cairo: 1907).

al-Nabhānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl s.a. al-Anwār al-muḥammadiyya (2) min al-Mawāhib al-laduniyya (Miṣr: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, s.a.).

al-Qasṭallānī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad, Muslim b. al-Ḥaǧǧāǧ, and al-Nawawī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’ 1304. Iršād al-sārī li-šarḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Buḫārī wa-bi-hāmišihi matn Ṣaḥīḥ al-Imām Muslim wa-šarḥ al-imām al-Nawawī ʻalayhi (Būlāq: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Kubrā al-Amīriyya, 1304).

ʻAbd al-Karīm al-Maṭarī al-Dimyāṭī 1886. Ḥāšiyat ʻAbd al-Karīm al-Maṭarī al-Dimyāṭī ʻalā šarḥ al-Šihāb al-Ramlī ʻalā al-sittīn mas’ala (Cairo: 1886).

Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl Nabahānī 1972. Sabīl al-naǧāt fī al-ḥubb fī Allāh wa-al-buġd fī Allāh (Cairo: Maktabat al-Kulliyyāt al-Azhariyya, 1972).

Aḥmad b. Idrīs al-Rubāṭābī 1991. al-Ibāna al-nūriyya fī šā’n ṣāḥib al-ṭarīqa al-ḫatmiyya, ed. Muḥammad Ibrāhīm Abū Salīm (Bayrūt: Dār al-ǧīl, 1991).

al-Dānī, Abū ʻAmr ʻUthmān b. Saʻīd b. ʻUmar al-Umawī al-Mālikī 1996. al-Taysīr fī al-qirā’āt al-sabʻ, ed. Pretzl, Otto (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 1996).

Ibn al-Qāṣiḥ, ʻAlī b. ʻUṯmān 1954. Sirāǧ al-qāri’ al-mubtadī wa-tiḏkār al-muqri’ al-muntahī (Cairo: Šarikat wa-maktabat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1954).

al-Nabhānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl 1996. Ǧāmiʻ karāmāt al-awliyā’, ed. ʻAbd al-Wāriṯ Muḥammad ʻAlī (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 1996).

al-Nabahānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl 1997. Saʻādat al-dārayn fī al-ṣalāt ʻalā sayyid al-kawnayn, ed. ʻAbd al-Wāriṯ Muḥammad ʻAlī (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 1997).

Uhlig, Siegbert and Bausi, Alessandro, eds, 2011. Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, volume 4, O-X (Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 2011).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad 2002. Tuḥfat al-murīd, ed. Laǧnat taḥqīq al-turāṯ (Cairo: al-Maktab al-Azhariyya li-al-Turāṯ, 2002).

al-Dīrīnī, ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz b. Aḥmad 1354. Ṭahārat al-qulūb wal-ḫuḍūʻ li-ʻallām al-ġuyūb (Miṣr: ʻUṯmān Ḫalīfa, 1354).

ʻAbd al-Ġānī al-Nābulusī 2007. Rā’iḥat al-ǧanna bi-šarḥ iḍā’at al-duǧunna (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-‘ilmiyya, 2007).

Muḥammad b. Sulaymān al-Rūdānī 1408. Ṣilat al-ḫalaf bi-mawṣūl al-ṣalaf, ed. Muḥammad  Ḥaǧǧī (Bayrūt: Dār al-ġarb al-islāmī, 1408).

Muḥammad Walī b. al-Ḥāǧǧ Aḥmad b. ʻUmar 2004. Kitāb Īqāẓ Humam al-Aġbiyā’ bi-šarḥ Qaṭra min Tarāǧim al-ʻUlamā’ wa-al-Awliyā’ fī Ǧumhuriyya Iṯiyūbiyā (Addis Ababa: Mu’assasat al-Naǧǧāšī li-al-Ṭibāʻāt wa-al-Našr wa-al-Tasǧīlāt al-Islāmiyya, 2004).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Ṣāliḥ Āl Bassām 2002. Taysīr al-ʻallām šarḥ ʻUmdat al-aḥkām, ed. ʻAbd al-Ġanī b. ʻAbd al-Wāḥid Ǧammāʻīlī (Cairo, Alexandria: Dār al-ʻAqīda, 2002).

al-Ḥāǧǧ ʻUmar b. Ibrāhīm 1973. Ǧawāhir al-ḏahab al-aḥmar (Addis Ababa: M. Addis, 1973).

Yūsuf Ilyān Sarkīs 1928. Muʻǧam al-maṭbūʻāt al-ʻarabiyya wa-al-muʻarraba (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Sarkīs, 1928).

al-Nawawī 1966. al-Maǧmūʻ šarḥ al-Muhaḏḏab (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-ʻĀṣima, 1966).

al-Šiblanǧī, Mu’min b. Ḥasan Mu’min 1997. Nūr al-abṣār fī manāqib ahl bayt al-nabī al-muḫtār, ed. ʻAbd al-Wāriṯ Muḥammad ʻAlī (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 1997).

Uhlig, Siegbert and Bausi, Alessandro, eds, 2014. Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, volume 5, Y-Z, Supplementa, Addenda et Corrigenda, Maps, Index (Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 2014).

Abū al-Faḍl Ḥāfeẓeyān Bābelī, ed., 1382. Fehrest-e nosḫahā-ye ḫaṭṭī ḥōzeh ve mōzeh āstāneh ḥaḍrat ʻAbd al-ʻAẓīm Ḥasanī ʻalayhi salām (Qom: Sāzmān-e Čāb ve Našr Dār al-Ḥadiṯ, 1382).

Aḥmad b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Naḥrāwī and al-Nawāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī 198 AD. Fatḥ al-maǧīd fī šarḥ al-Durr al-farīd fī ʻaqā’id ahl al-tawḥīd (Indonesia: Šarikat Maktabat al-Madaniyya, 198 AD).

al-Ǧāmī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥammad 2011. al-Fawā’id al-ḍiyā’iyya al-maʻrūf bi-Šarḥ Mullā Ǧāmī fī naḥw (Karachi: Maktabat al-Bušrā, 2011).

al-Isfarā’inī, ʻIṣām al-Dīn Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad ʻArab Šāh 1281. Ḥāšiya li-ʻIṣām ʻalā Ǧāmī ([Istanbul ?]: Maṭbaʻ Būsanawī al-Ḥāǧǧ Muḥammad, 1281).

Muḥammad al-Ḫudarī 1320. Ḥāšiyat Muḥammad al-Ḫuḍarī ʻalā Šarḥ Ibn ʻAqīl ʻalā Alfiyyat Ibn Mālik (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Šarafiyya, 1320).

Maǧmūʻ al-Mawālid al-Mubāraka: Mawlid al-Dībaʻī, Mawlid  Simṭ al-Durar, Mawlid ʻAzab 2010. (Ampang, Selangor: Sofa Production, 2010).

Muḥammad al-Amīn al-Hararī 1432. Hadiyat al-aḏkiyā’ fī tawḥīd al-asmā’ wa-al-ṣifāt wa-al-istiġāṯa wa-al-duʻā’ (Bayrūt: Dār al-Minhāǧ li-al-Našr wa al-Tawzīʻ, Dār Ṭawq al-Naǧā, 1432).

al-Nawāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī 1879. Madāriǧ al-ṣu‘ūd ilā iktisā’ al-burūd (Cairo: 1879).

Ǧamāl al-Dīn Muḥammad Abū ʻAbd al-Ṣamad al-Annī 1378. Kifāyat al-ṭālibīn fī maʻrifat muhimmāt al-dīn (Cairo: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1378).

Trimingham, J. S. 1971. The Sufi Orders in Islam (Oxford: Clarendon, 1971).

Bearman, Peri J., Bosworth, Clifford Edmund, Bianquis, Thierry, van Donzel, Emeri, and Heinrichs, Wolfhart P., eds, 1986–2005. Encyclopaedia of Islam, (2nd edn) (Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1986–2005).

Aḥmad b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Yūsuf b. ʻĪsā al-Ruṭbī al-ʻAdawī 1358. Minḥat al-aṣḥāb li-man arāda sulūk ṭarīq al-aṣfiyā’ wa-al-aḥbāb (Cairo: 1358).

al-Aradabīlī, Ǧamāl al-Dīn Yūsuf b. Ibrāhīm n.d. al-Anwār li-aʻmāl al-abrār: fī fiqh al-Imām Šāfiʻī wa-maʻahu ḥāšiyatān 1-al-Ḥāšiya al-musammā bi-al-Kummaṯrā, 2-Ḥāšiyat al-Ḥāǧǧ Ibrāhīm (Cairo: Mu’assasa al-Ḥalabī wa-šurakā-hu li-al-našr wa-al-tawzīʻ, ).

Bertrand Hirsch and Manfred Kropp, eds, 2003. Saints, Biographies and History in Africa, 5th, Nordostafrikanisch-westasiatische Studien (Frakfurt, Main: Peter Lang, 2003).

ʻAbd Allāh b. Ḥusayn Ḫāṭir al-ʻAdawī 1356. Ḥāšiyat laqṭ al-durar bi-šarḥ matn Nuḫbat al-fikar (Cairo: Šarikat wa-maktabat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1356).

Aḥmad b. ʻUṯmān al-Šarnūbī 1280. Ṭabaqāt (Cairo: Salīm Aḥmad, 1280).

Bausi, A., A. Gori, D. Nosnitsin, and E. Sokolinski, eds, 2015. Essays in Ethiopian Manuscript Studies: Proceedings of the International Conference Manuscripts and Texts, Languages and Contexts: the Transmission of Knowledge in the Horn of Africa, Hamburg, 17–19 July 2014, Supplement to Aethiopica, 4 (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2015).

Garad, Abdurahman 1990. Harar. Wirtschaftsgeschichte eines Emirats im Horn von Afrika (1825-75) (Frankfurt am Main, Bern, New York, Paris: Lang, 1990).

Loimeier 2009. Between Social Skills and Marketable skills: The politics of Islamic education in twentieth century Zanzibar (Leiden: Brill, 2009).

Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī 1997. al-Ġurar al-bahiyya (Lebanon: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 1997).

Ġāyat al-talḫīs al-murād min fatāwā Ibn Ziyād n.d.

María Jesús Rubiera Mata 1994. Ibn al-Ŷayyāb : el otro poeta de la Alhambra (Granada: 1994).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Sulaymān b. Yaḥyā b. ʻUmar al-Ahdal 1876. Fatāwā al-Ahdal (1876).

Bijdragen tot de Taal, -Land- en Volkenkunde 1990. (1990).

Aḥmad al-Ṭayyib b. Bašīr 199 AD. Sirr al-Asrār fī Ḏikr al-Ṣalāt ʻalā al-Nabī al-Muḫtār wa-yalīhi al-Ṣalāt al-Ṭayyiba (Khartoum: Dār al-Tawfīq, 199 AD).

Ǧalāl al-Dīn al-Suyūṭī 1993. Tanwīr al-ḥalak fī ru’yat al-nabī wal-malak, ed. Muḥammad Zaynahum Muḥammad ʻAzab (Cairo: Dār al-Amīn, 1993).

al-ʻUǧaymī, ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻUṯmān b. Aḥmad 1358. al-Ḫarīda al-bahiyya fī iʻrāb alfāẓ al-Āǧurrūmiyya (Cairo: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1358).

Taddese Beyene, ed., 1988. Proceedings of the Eighth International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, University of Addis Ababa, 1984, I (Addis Ababa: Institute of Ethiopian Studies; Frankfurt a. M.: Frobenius Institut, Johann Wolfgang Goethe Universität, 1988).

Qāsim b. Ṣalāḥ al-Dīn al-Ḫānī, 1422. al-Sayr wa-al-sulūk ilā malik al-mulūk, ed. ʻĀšūr, Saʻīd ʻAbd al-Fattāḥ (Cairo: Maktabat al-ṯaqāfa al-dīniyya, 1422).

al-Rāfiʻī, ʻAbd al-Karīm b. Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Karīm 1428. Šarḥ musnad al-Šāfiʻī, ed. Abū Bakr Wā’il Muḥammad Bakr Zahrān (al-Riyāḍ: Wuzārat al-awqāf wa-al-šu’ūn al-islāmiyya, 1428).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad 1306. Ḥāšiya ʻalā Šarḥ al-Šinšawrī ʻalā Matn al-raḥbiyya fī ʻilm al-farā’iḍ (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻah al-Azhariyya, 1306).

al-Šinšawrī, ‘Abd Allāh b. Muḥammad 1422. al-Fawā’id al-Šinšawriyya fī šarḥ al-manẓūma al-raḥbiyya, ed. Muḥammad ibn Sulaymān ibn ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz Āl Bassām (Makka al-Mukarrama: Dār ʻĀlam al-Fawā’id, 1422).

al-Dimyāṭī, Nūr al-Dīn 1258. Farā’id al-La’ālī fī bayān asmā’ al-mutaʻālī, ed. Ibrāhīm b. Meḥmed Ṣāliḥ al-Qādirī al-Kasṭamūnī al-Istānbūlī (Istanbul: Matbaa-yı Amire, 1258).

Ibn al-Mutafannina, Muḥammad b. ʻAlī 1340. Matn al-raḥbiyya fī ʻilm al-farā’iḍ (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-Manār, 1340).

Ǧawhar b. Ḥaydar 1324. al-Ǧawāhir al-ḥaydariyya fī al-ʻaqā’id al-dīniyya ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Taqrīrāt šarīfa wa-ḥawāš munīfa muǧarrada min ḫaṭṭ al-mu’allif al-maḏkūr, ed. Muḥammad al-Zuhrī al-Ġamrāwī (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymana, 1324).

Muḥammad Nawawī b. ʻUmar al-Ǧāwī al-Bantanī al-Tanārī 2011. Kāšifat al-siǧā šarḥ Safīnat al-naǧā, ed. Bassām ʻAbd al-Wahhāb al-Ǧābī (Dār Ibn Ḥazm, 2011).

ʻAbd al-Wahhāb b. Aḥmad b. ʻAlī al-Šaʻrānī 2004. Lawāqiḥ al-anwār al-qudsiyyah fī al-ʻuhūd al-Muḥammadiyyah, ed. Nawāf al-Ǧarrāḥ (Bayrūt: Dār Ṣādir, 2004).

Doutté, Edmond 1909. Magie et Religion dans l’Afrique du Nord (Alger: La Société Musulmande du Maghrib, 1909).

al-Šaṭṭanūfī, ʻAlī b. Yūsuf 2003. Bahǧat al-asrār wa-maʻdin al-anwār fī manāqib al-quṭb al-rabbānī al-šayḫ al-Imām ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Ǧīlānī, ed. Muḥammad Ḥusnī Muṣṭafā (Ḥalab: Dār al-qalam al-ʻArabī, 2003).

Nawawī Banten: Muḥammad Nawāwī al-Ǧāwī 2009. Marāqī al-ʻubūdiyya, ed. Wā’il Muḥammad ʻAbduh (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Baṣā’ir, 2009).

Herbert S. Lewis 2001. Jimma Abba Jifar - An Oromo Monarchy , Ethiopia 1830-1932 (Lawrenceville NJ: The Red Sea Press, 2001).

Hassen, Mohammed 1990. The Oromo of Ethiopia: A history, 1570–1860, African Studies Series, 66 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990).

Muḥammad b. Ṣāliḥ b. al-ʻUṯaymīn 1408. al-Ḍiyā’ al-lāmiʻ min al-ḫuṭab al-ǧawāmiʻ (Riyāḍ: al-Ri’āsa al-ʻāmma li-idārāt al-buḥūṯ al-ʻilmiyya wa-l-iftā’ wa-l-daʻwa wa-l-iršād, 1408).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Abī Bakr 1352. al-Ḥāwī li-al-fatāwī fī al-fiqh wa-ʻulūm al-tafsīr wa-al-ḥadīṯ wa-al-uṣūl wa-al-naḥw wa-al-iʻrāb wa-sā’ir al-funūn (al-Qāhira: al-Ṭibāʻa al-Munīriyya, 1352).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Abī Bakr 2000. al-Ḥāwī li-al-fatāwī fī al-fiqh wa-ʻulūm al-tafsīr wa-al-ḥadīṯ wa-al-uṣūl wa-al-naḥw wa-al-iʻrāb wa-sā’ir al-funūn (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyyah, 2000).

al-Laqānī, Ibrāhīm b. Ibrāhīm n.d. Kašf al-kurūb bi-munāǧāt al-ḥabīb wa-al-tawassul bi-al-maḥbūb, ed. Muṣṭafā Muḥammad ʻUmāra (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, ).

ʻAlī b. Aḥmad al-ʻAdawī 1416. Ḥāšiyat ʻAlī al-ʻAdawī ʻalā Šarḥ al-ʻizziyya li-al-šayḫ ʻAbd al-Bāqī al-Zurqānī (Bayrūt: al-Maktaba al-ṯaqafiyya, 1416).

Muḥammad al-Sayyid al-Tiǧānī 2000. al-Fawz wa-al-naǧā fī al-hiǧra ilā Allāh (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmīyah, 2000).

al-Irbilī, ʻAbd al-Qādir 1355. Tafrīǧ al-Ḫāṭir fī Manāqib ʻAbd al-Qāḍir, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (al-Qāhira: 1355).

ʻAbd al-Maǧīd al-Šarnūbī and Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ibn ʻAṭā’ Allāh 1304. Šarḥ Tā’iyyat al-sulūk wa-ʻalā hāmiš hāḏa al-kitāb šarhuhu ʻalā Ḥikam Ibn ʻAṭā’ Allāh (al-Qāhira: 1304).

Brockelmann, C. 1902. Geschichte der Arabischen Litteratur, II (Berlin: Verlag von Emil Felber, 1902).

al-Baǧīramī, Sulaymān b. Muḥammad, Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī, and al-Marṣafī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad 1355. Ḥāšiyat al-Baǧīramī ʻalā Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb li-qāḍī al-quḍāt al-Šayḫ Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī ... wa-bi-hāmišihi maʻa al-šarḥ nafā’is wa-laṭā’if muntaḫaba min Taqrīr al-ʻallāma al-šayḫ al-kabīr Aḥmad al-Marṣafī ʻalā hāḏa al-kitāb (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-Tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā, 1355).

Zakariyyā’ b. Muḥammad Anṣārī 1315. Kitāb al-daqā’iq al-muḥkama fī šarḥ al-Muqaddima li-Ibn al-Ǧazarī fī al-taǧwīd (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Ḥamīdiyyah, 1315).

ʻUmar b. Aḥmad al-Ḫarbūtī 1260. ʻAṣīdat al-šahda šarḥ Qaṣīdat al-Burda (Būlāq: 1260).

Ibrāhīm b. Idrīs al-Sanūsī al-Ḥusaynī al-Fāsī 1301. Sayf al-Naṣr bi-al-Sādāt al-Kirām Ahl Badr (al-Iskandariyya: Ṯaġr al-Iskandariyya, 1301).

Abū ʻAbd al-Ǧawād Yūsuf b. Ādam 2015. al-Burhān al-musaddad fī ṭuruq al-iǧāzāt wa-al-sanad (Addis Ababa: 2015).

al-Quḍāʻī, Muḥammad b. Salāma 1326. al-Šihāb fī al-ḥikam wa-al-amṯāl (1326).

Bahā’ al-Dīn ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān Ibn ʻAqīl 1990. Šarḥ Ibn ʻAqīl ʻalā Alfiyyat Ibn Mālik, eds Aḥmad Salīm al- Ḥimṣī and Muḥammad Aḥmad Qāsim (Ṭarābulus, Lubnān: Dār Ǧarrūs li-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ, 1990).

ʻAlawī b. Aḥmad Saqqāf 2008. Maǧmūʻat ṯamān rasā’il šāfiʻiyya mufīda, ed. Muḥammad Ḥasan Muḥammad Ḥasan Ismāʻīl (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2008).

Ibn ʻArabī, Muḥyī al-Dīn and al-Ǧurǧānī, ʻAlī b. Muḥammad 1845. Kitāb al-taʻrīfāt & Iṣṭilāḥāt al-ṣūfiyya: Definitiones viri meritissimi sejjid Scherif Ali ben Mohammed Dschordchani, Accedunt Definitiones theodophi Mohji-ed-Din Mohammed ben Ali vulgo Ibn Arabi dicti, ed. Gustav Flügel (Leipzig: F.C.G. Vogel, 1845).

Ibn Qutayba, Abū Muḥammad ʻAbd Allāh b. Muslim 1328. Kitāb al-imāma wa-al-siyāsa (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-Miṣriyya, 1328).

ʻUmar b. Muḥammad al-Suhrawardī 1939. Kitāb ʻawārif al-maʻārif (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-ʻAlāmiyya, 1939).

Willis, John Ralf, ed., 1979. The Cultivators of Islam, Studies in West African History (London: Frank Cass & Co. LTD, 1979).

ʻAbd al-Salām al-Qādirī 1350. al-Maqṣad al-aḥmad fī al-taʻrīf bi-sayyidinā Ibn ʻAbd Allāh Aḥmad (Fās: 1350).

Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl b. Yūsuf al-Nabhānī 1998. Ǧawāhir al-biḥār fī faḍā’il al-nabī al-muḫtār, ed. Muḥammad Amīn al-Ḍannāwī (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 1998).

ʻAlā’ al-Dīn Abū Bakr b. Masʻūd al-Kāsānī al-Ḥanafī al-mulaqqab bi-Malik al-ʻUlamā’ 1910. Badā’iʻ al-ṣanā’iʻ fī tartīb al-šarā’iʻ (Cairo: Maṭbaʻah al-Ǧamāliyya, 1910).

Ibn Rušd al-Qurṭubī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Aḥmad 2010. Bidāyat al-muǧtahid wa-nihāyat al-muqtaṣid, eds ʻAlī Muḥammad Muʻawwaḍ and ʻĀdil Aḥmad ʻAbd al-Mawǧūd (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2010).

Mohamed Haji Mukhtar 2003. Historical Dictionary of Somalia. New edition. (Lanham (Maryland) - Oxford: The Scarecrow Press, 2003).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī 1990. Mawlid al-Nabī ṣallā Allāh ʻalayhi wa-sallam (Ṭanṭā: Dār al-Ṣaḥāba li-al-Turāṯ, 1990).

ʻAbd al-ʻAẓīm b. ʻAbd al-Qawī al-Munḏirī 1373. al-Tarġīb wal-tarhīb min al-ḥadīṯ al-šarīf, ed. Muṣṭafā Muḥammad ʻAmāra (Cairo: Šarikat maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-awlāduhu, 1373).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī, Abū al-ʻAbbās Aḥmad b. Muḥammad 1035. Fatḥ al-ǧawād bi-šarḥ al-Iršād wa-bi-hāmišihi Ḥāšiyat Fatḥ al-ǧawād li-al-šāriḥ (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-maymaniyya, 1035).

Muḥammad Maḥfūẓ b. ʻAbd Allāh al-Turmusī and Muḥammad b. Sulaymān al-Kurdī 1326. Mawhibat ḏī al-faḍl ʻalā šarḥ ʻallāma Ibn Ḥaǧar Muqaddimat Bā Faḍl [...] waḍaʻnā bi-al-hāmiš [...] al-Mawāhib al-madaniyya (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-šarafiyya, 1326).

Muḥammad ʻAlī al-Ṣābūnī 1401. Ṣafwat al-tafāsīr (Bayrūt: Dār al-Qur’ān al-Karīm, 1401).

Fahd, Toufic 1966. La divination arabe. Études riligieuses, sociologiques et folkloriques sur le milieu natif de l’Islam (Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1966).

al-Ǧazīrī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 2009. Islamic Jurisprudence According to the Four Sunni Schools (Louisville: Fons Vitae, 2009).

Sartain, Elizabeth Sartain 1975. Jalal al-Din al-Suyuti. Volume I: Biography and Background (London & New York: Cambridge University Press, 1975).

al-Šinšawrī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad and al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad 1329. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻālim [...] al-Šayḫ Ibrāhīm al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā Šarḥ al-Šinšawrī ʻalā Matn al-raḥbiyya fī ʻilm al-farā’iḍ [...] muzayyana al-hawāmiš bi-al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (Miṣr: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-aḫawayhi Bakrī wa-ʻĪsā, 1329).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī 1347. Fatḥ al-ǧawād bi-šarḥ al-Iršād li-šayḫ al-islām [...]  Abī al-ʻAbbās Aḥmad Šihāb al-Dīn b. Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī [...] wa-bi-al-hāmiš Ḥāšiyat Fatḥ al-ǧawād li-šarḥ al-Iršād li-al-ʻallāma Ibn Ḥaǧar al-maḏkūr wa-ġayrihi mumayyaza bi-ǧadwal fawqahā (Miṣr: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1347).

al-ʻAṭṭār, Ḥasan b. Muḥammad 2009. Ḥāšiyat Ḥasan al-ʻAṭṭār ʻalā šarḥ al-Ǧalāl al-Maḥallī ʻalā Ǧamʻ al-ǧawāmiʻ fī uṣūl al-fiqh al-šāfiʻī li-al-imām Tāǧ al-Dīn al-Subkī, ed. Muḥammad Tāmir (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2009).

ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd al-Širwānī, Aḥmad b. Qāsim al-ʻAbbādī, and Aḥmad Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī 1357. Ḥawāšī Tuḥfat al-muḥtāǧ bi-šarḥ al-Minhāǧ li-al-ʻallāma [...] ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd al-Širwānī [...] wa-al-ʻallāma [...] Aḥmad b. Qāsim al-ʻAbbādī [...] wa-bi-hāmišihi Tuḥfat al-muḥtāǧ bi-šarḥ al-Minhāǧ (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā, 1357).

al-Baǧīramī, Sulaymān b. Muḥammad, Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī, and al-Marṣafī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad 1345. Ḥāšiyat [...] al-Šayḫ Sulaymān al-Baǧīramī ʻalā šarḥ Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb [...] wa-bi-hāmišihi maʻa al-šarḥ nafā’is wa-laṭā’if muntaḫaba min taqrīr [...] Muḥammad al-Marṣafī ʻalā hāḏa al-kitāb (Miṣr: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1345).

al-Biqāʻī, ʻUmar b. Muḥammad Barakāt, Ibn al-Naqīb, Aḥmad b. Lu’lu’, and Muḥammad ʻAlī b. Ḥusayn al-Mālikī 1358. Fayḍ al-ilāh fī ḥall alfāẓ ʻUmdat al-sālik wa-bi-hāmišihi matn al-maḏkūr wa-bi-asfal al-ṣulb wa-al-hāmiš Taqrīrāt qayyima li-Muḥammad ʻAlī b. Ḥusayn al-Mālikī (Miṣr: Matbaʻat al-ʻĀmira, 1358).

al-Bakrī, Abū Bakr ʻUṯmān b. Muḥammad Šaṭṭā’ al-Dimyāṭī and Zayn al-Dīn b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Malībārī al-Funānī 1356. Hāšiya Iʻānat al-ṭālibīn li-al-Sayyid Abī Bakr al-mašhūr bi-al-Sayyid al-Bakrī b. al-Sayyid Muḥammad Šaṭṭā al-Dimyāṭī al-Maṣrī nazīl Makka al-mušarrafa ʻalā ḥall alfāẓ Fatḥ al-Muʻīn bi-šarḥ Qurrat al-ʻayn bi-muhimmāt al-dīn li-Zayn al-Dīn b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Malībārī al-Funānī wa-bi-al-hāmiš (1) Fatḥ al-muʻīn bi-šarḥ Qurrat al-ʻayn (2) Taqrīrāt li-mu’allif al-Ḥāšiya, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1356).

al-Ṣāwī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad 1941. Ḥāšiya ʻalā tafsīr al-ǧalālayn li-al-imāmayn al-ʻaẓīmayn al-Ǧalāl al-Maḥallī wa-al-Ǧalāl al-Suyūṭī, ed. ʻAlī Muḥammad al-Ḍabbāʻ (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1941).

al-Ṣāwī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad s.a. al-Ṣāwī ʻalā al-Ǧalālayn ḥāšiyat al-ʻālim al-ʻallāma al-ʻārif bi-Allāh taʻālā al-šayḫ Aḥmad al-Ṣāwī al-Mālikī ʻalā Tafsīr al-Ǧalālayn (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat Dār iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya li-aṣḥābihā ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Šurakā’ihi, s.a.).

al-Fatāwā al-kubrā al-fiqhiyya li-al-ʻālim [...] Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Makkī al-Haytamī wa-bi-hāmišihi bāqī Fatāwī al-ʻallāma Šams al-Dīn Muḥammad b. al-ʻallāma Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad b. Aḥmad b. Ḥamza al-Ramlī 1357. (Miṣr: ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd Aḥmad Ḥanafī, 1357).

al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ and Muṣṭafā al-Ḏahabī 1323. Fatḥ (2) al-wahhāb bi-šarḥ Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb li-Šayḫ al-islām Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī wa-bi-hāmišihi matn al-Manhaǧ al-maḏkūr li-Šayḫ al-islām Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī wa-li-tamām al-nafʻ wuḍiʻa bi-hāmišihi ḥawāšī [...] al-Sayyid Muṣṭafā al-Ḏahabī al-musammā bi-al-Rasā’il al-ḏahabiyya, ed. Muḥammad al-Zuhrī al-Ġamrāwī (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-maymaniyya, 1323).

al-Qalyūbī, Aḥmad b. Aḥmad, ʻAmīra, Aḥmad al-Burullusī, and al-Maḥallī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad 1375. Ḥāšiyatān: al-ūlā li-Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad al-Qalyūbī [...] al-ṯāniya li-Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad al-Burullusī al-mulaqqab bi-ʻAmīra [...] ʻalā šarḥ Ǧalāl al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Maḥallī ʻalā Minhāǧ al-Ṭālibīn (Miṣr: Šarikat maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1375).

al-Šarqāwī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Ḥiǧāzī and al-Zabīdī, Abū al-ʻAbbās Aḥmad b. Aḥmad 1374. Fatḥ al-mubdī šarḥ muḫtaṣar al-Zabīdī li-Šayḫ al-islām ʻAbd Allāh b. Ḥiǧāzī al-Šarqāwī ʻalā al-Taǧrīd al-ṣarīḥ li-aḥādīṯ al-ǧāmiʻ al-ṣāḥīḥ li-Abī al-ʻAbbās Aḥmad b. Aḥmad [...] al-Zabīdī, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Miṣr: Šarikat maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1374).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān and al-Bāqillānī, al-Qāḍī Abū Bakr 1870. al-Itqān fī ʻulūm al-Qur’ān wa-bi-al-hāmiš Iʻǧāz al-Qur’ān (Miṣr: Šarikat maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1870).

al-Samarqandī, Naṣrb.Muḥammad s.a. Tanbīh al-ġāfilīn li-al-faqīh [...] Naṣr b. Muḥammad b. Ibrāhīm al-Samarqandī wa-bi-hāmišihi Bustān al-ʻārifīn li-al-mu’allif ayḍan (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Dār iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya Īsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Šurakāhu, s.a.).

Ḫayr al-Dīn al-Ziriklī 1986. al-Aʻlām: qāmūs tarāǧim, vol. 6, Muḥammad - Muḥammad (Beirut: Dār al-ʻilm lil-malāyīn, 1986).

Sulaymān al-ʻĪsā 1976. Ibn al-Ayham : al-izār al-ǧarīḥ (Dimašq: Ittiḥād al-Kuttāb al-ʻArab, 1976).

Muḥammad ʻAlī al-Hāšimī s.a. Dirāsa adabiyya wa-taṭbīq fī al-iʻrāb wa-al-balāġa wa-al-ʻarūḍ maʻa dirāsa kāmila li-masraḥiyyat Ibn al-Ayham al-izār al-ǧarīḥ li-ṭullāb al-šahāda al-ṯānawiyya al-adabī wa-al-ʻilmī (Ḥalab: al-Maktaba al-ʻArabiyya, s.a.).

Nabahānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl 1417. al-Maǧmūʻa al-nabahāniyya fī al-madā’iḥ al-nabawiyya (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 1417).

al-Fīrūzābādī, Muḥammad b. Yaʻqūb 1346. Sufar al-saʻāda (al-Qāhira: Idāra al-Ṭibāʻa al-Munīra, 1346).

al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ and Muṣṭafā al-Ḏahabī 1332. Fatḥ (3) al-wahhāb bi-šarḥ Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb li-šayḫ al-islām Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī wa-bi-hāmišihi matn al-Manhaǧ al-maḏkūr li-šayḫ al-islām Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī wa-li-tamām al-nafʻ wuḍiʻa bi-hāmišihi ayḍan maʻa al-matn al-maḏkūr ḥawāšī ... al-Sayyid Muṣṭafā al-Ḏahabī al-Šāfiʻī al-musammā bi-al-Rasā’l al-ḏahabiyya fī al-masā’il al-daqīqa al-manhaǧiyya (Miṣr: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā, 1332).

Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Širbīnī and Sulaymān b. Muḥammad al-Baǧīramī 1329. Ḥāšiyat ḫātimat al-muhaqqiqīn ... al-Šayḫ Sulaymān al-Baǧīramī al-musammā bi-Tuḥfat al-ḥabīb ʻalā šarḥ al-Ḫaṭīb al-musammā bi-al-Iqnāʻ fī ḥall alfāẓ Abī Šuǧāʻ wa-bi-hāmišihā al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (Miṣr: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā, 1329).

ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Fākihī 1351. Kašf al-niqāb šarḥ al-imām al-fāḍil ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Fākihī ʻan muḫaddarāt mulḥat al-iʻrāb li-al-ustāḏ ... Abī Muḥammad al-Qāsim b. ʻAlī al-Ḥarīrī al-Baṣrī bi-asfal al-ṣaḥā’if taqrīrāt li-afāḍil al-ʻulamā’ (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1351).

Abū al-ʻAbbās Sayyidī Aḥmad b. al-Šams 1331. Hāḏa al-ta’līf al-musammā bi-al-Daʻā’im al-qur’āniyya al-aṯariyya li-al-ṭarīq al-šarʻiyya al-ḥaqqiyya li-Šayḫinā ... Abī al-ʻAbbās Sayyidī Aḥmad b. al-Šams wa-bi-hāmišihi al-šarḥ al-musammā Barīd ahl al-taǧrīd ʻalā Taḏkarat al-murīd kilāhumā li-al-Šayḫ ... Šayḫinā Abī al-ʻAbbās Sayyidī Aḥmad b. al-Šams (Makka: Matbaʻat al-taraqqī al-māǧdiyya al-ʻuṯmāniyya, 1331).

al-Zabīdī, Abū al-ʻAbbās Aḥmad b. Aḥmad, al-Šarqāwī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Ḥiǧāzī, and Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī, Šams al-Dīn Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad s.a. al-Taǧrīd al-ṣarīḥ li-aḥādīṯ al-ǧāmiʻ al-ṣaḥīḥ ... wa-bi-al-hāmiš ḥawāš min šarḥay al-Šayḫ al-Šarqāwī wa-al-imām Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī (Maktabat Ibn Salam, s.a.).

Ǧawhar b. Ḥaydar  b. ʻAlī 1348. al-Bidʻa al-saniyya ʻalā al-lumʻa al-bahiyya (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat al-Maʻāhid, 1348).

Ḫayr al-Dīn al-Ziriklī 1986. al-Aʻlām: qāmūs tarāǧim, vol. 7,  Muḥammad - Nāfiʻ (Beirut: Dār al-ʻilm lil-malāyīn, 1986).

al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ and Muṣṭafā al-Ḏahabī s.a. Fatḥ (4) al-wahhāb bi-šarḥ Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb li-Šayḫ al-islām Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī wa-bi-hāmišihi matn al-Manhaǧ al-maḏkūr li-Šayḫ al-islām Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī wa-li-tamām al-nafʻ wuḍiʻa bi-hāmišihi ayḍan maʻa al-matn al-maḏkūr ḥawāšī [...] al-Sayyid Muṣṭafā al-Ḏahabī ... al-musammā bi-al-Rasā’il al-ḏahabiyya fī al-masā’il al-daqīqa al-manhaǧiyya (Sinqāfūra (Singapore): Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Sulaymān Marʻī, s.a.).

al-Ṣabbān, ʻAlī b. Muḥammad 1887. Ḥāšiyat al-Ṣabbān ʻalā šarḥ al-Ušmūnī ʻalā Alfiyyat Ibn Mālik fī al-naḥw (al-Maṭbaʻa al-Ḫayriyya, 1887).

al-Šarqāwī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Ḥiǧāzī, Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā, and Muṣṭafā b. Ḥanafī al-Ḏahabī 1360. Ḥāšiyat al-Šayḫ ʻAbd Allāh b. Ḥiǧāzī b. Ibrāhīm al-Šāfiʻī al-Azharī al-šahīr bi-al-Šarqāwī ʻalā Tuḥfat al-tullāb bi-šarḥ Taḥrīr tanqīḥ al-lubāb ... wa-bi-al-hāmiš (1) Tuḥfat al-ṭullāb ... (2) Taqrīr al-Sayyid Muṣṭafā b. Ḥanafī al-Ḏahabī al-Miṣrī ʻalā Ḥāšiyat al-Šayḫ al-Šarqāwī, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Miṣr: Šarikat maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1360).

al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb b. Aḥmad and Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Dimašqī al-ʻUṯmānī al-Šāfiʻī 1359. al-Mīzān al-kubrā ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Raḥmat al-umma fī iḫtilāf al-a’imma, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Mṣr: Šarikat maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1359).

al-Nawāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī and al-Wāḥidī, ʻAlī b. Aḥmad s.a. Marāḥ labīd - Tafsīr al-Nawawī al-Tafsīr al-munīr li-maʻālim al-tanzīl al-musfir ʻan wuǧūh maḥāsin al-ta’wīl al-musammā ṭibqan li-maʻnāhu Marāḥ labīd li-kašf maʻnā Qur’ān maǧīd li-ǧāmiʻihi ... Muḥammad Nawawī al-Ǧāwī ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Kitāb al-waǧīz fī tafsīr al-Qur’ān al-ʻazīz li-al-imām Abī al-Ḥasan ʻAlī b. Aḥmad al-Wāḥidī (Sinqāfūra (Singapore): Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Sulaymān Marʻī, s.a.).

al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb b. Aḥmad 1373. al-Ṭabaqāt al-kubrā al-musammā bi-Lawāqiʻ al-anwār fī ṭabaqāt al-aḫyār ... wa-bi-al-hāmiš al-Anwār al-qudsiyya fī bayān ādāb al-ʻubūdiyya li-al-mu’allif (Miṣr: Šarikat maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1373).

al-Qušayrī, Abū al-Qāsim and Zakariyyā al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā 1359. al-Risāla al-qušayriyya ... wa-bi-al-hāmiš muntaḫabāt min šarḥ Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā al-Anṣārī, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (al-Qāhira: al-Ḥalabī, 1359).

al-Šiǧāʻī, Aḥmad and Maḫlūf, Muḥammad Ḥasanayn al-ʻAdawī al-Mālikī 1356. al-Ḥāšiya al-ṯāniya ... ʻalā al-Ǧawāhir al-muntaẓimāt fī ʻuqūd al-maqūlāt wa-huwa šarḥ naẓm al-Maqūlāt al-ʻašar kilāhumā li-al-ʻallama al-Šayḫ Aḥmad al-Šiǧāʻī, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1356).

al-Damanhūrī, Muḥammad and al-Ḫawāṣṣ, Aḥmad b. ʻAbbās al-Qinā’ī 1354. al-Muḫtaṣar al-šāfī ʻalā matn al-Kāfī ... wa-bi-hāmišihi al-Kāfī fi ʻilmay al-ʻarūḍ wa-al-qawāfī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1354).

Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā and Yūsuf b. Sālim al-Ḥifnāwī 1351. Šarḥ ... Abī Yahyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī al-musammā al-Maṭlaʻ ʻalā matn Īsāġūǧī fī al-manṭiq wa-ʻalayhi ḥawāšī šarīfa wa-taʻlīqāt munīfa li-al-Šayḫ Yūsuf al-Ḥifnāwī al-maʻrūf bi-al-Ḥifnī (Miṣr: Šarikat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1351).

Ḫayr al-Dīn al-Ziriklī 1986. al-Aʻlām: qāmūs tarāǧim, vol. 4,  ʻAbd al-Salām - ʻAlī (Beirut: Dār al-ʻilm lil-malāyīn, 1986).

al-Baqarī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar and Sibṭ al-Māridīnī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad s.a. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻallāma ... Muḥammad b. ʻUmar al-Baqarī al-Šāfiʻī ʻalā Šarḥ matn al-Raḥbiyya fī ʻilm al-farā’iḍ li-al-imām al-šahīr bi-Sibṭ al-Māridīnī ... wa-bi-hāmišihi al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Dār iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya li-aṣḥābihā ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Šurakā’ihi, s.a.).

Daḥlān, Aḥmad b. Zaynī 1965. Taqrīb al-uṣūl li-tashīl al-wuṣūl li-maʻrifat Allāh wa-al-rasūl (Miṣr: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1965).

Naṣr Ibn Muḥammad Abū al-Layṯ al-Samarqandī 1962. Le traite arabe ‘Muqaddima’ d’Abou-l-Laiṯ as-Samarqandī en version mamelouk-kiptchak (Ms. Istanbul, Aya Sofya 1451), ed. Ananiasz Zajączkowski (Warszawa: Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe, 1962).

al-Ġazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1380. al-Maḥabba wa-al-šawq wa-al-uns wa-al-riḍā (Miṣr: Šarikat maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1380).

al-Maqqarī, Aḥmad, al-Dāh al-Šinqīṭī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad, and Ibn Fāris, Aḥmad b. Fāris b. Zakariyyā’ 1371. Iḍā’at al-duǧunna fī iʻtiqād Ahl al-Sunna ... wa-li-tamām al-nafʻ waḍaʻnā ʻalayhi Šarḥ al-šayḥ Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-mulaqqab bi-al-Dāh al-Šinqīṭī wa-yalīhi Awǧaz al-sayr li-ḫayr al-bašar li-Ibn Fāris, ed. Abū al-Faḍl ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad al-Ṣiddīq al-Ġamārī (Bayrūt: Dār al-ʻIlm al-Ǧamīʻ, 1371).

al-Lamṭī, Aḥmad b. Mubārak and al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb 1345. al-Ibrīz allaḏī talaqqāhu naǧm al-ʻirfān al-ḥāfiẓ Sayyidī Aḥmad b. al-Mubārak ʻan Quṭb al-wāṣilīn Sayyidī ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Dabbāġ ... wa-bi-hāmišihi kitābān ǧalīlān awwaluhumā kitāb Durar al-ġawwāṣ ʻalā fatāwī Sayyidī ʻAlī al-Ḫawwāṣ wa-ṯānīhimā kitāb al-Ǧawāhir wa-al-durar ... wa-kilāhumā li-al-quṭb ... Sayyidī ʻAbd al-Wahhāb al-Šaʻrānī (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya, 1345).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad and Muḥammad b. Sālim al-Ḥifnāwī 1323. Šarḥ al-imām Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad b. Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī ʻalā matn al-hamziyya fī madḥ ḫayr al-barriyya ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Ḥāšiya li-Šayḫ al-islām ... Sayyidī Muḥammad al-Ḥifnī (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-maymaniyya, 1323).

Ibn ʻAẓẓūm al-Qayrawānī 1317. Kitāb al-Ṣalāt al-Zakiyya ʻalā Nabiyynā Ḫayr al-Barriyya (Makka: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Mīriyya, 1317).

al-Fākihī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Aḥmad and al-Ḥaṭṭāb, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1351. al-Fawākih al-ǧaniyya ʻalā mutammimat al-Āǧurrūmiyya ... bi-hāmišihā Mutammimat al-Aǧurrūmiyya (Cairo: Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya, 1351).

Ḥasan al-ʻAdawī al-Ḥamzāwī 2010. Bulūġ al-masarrāt : šarḥ Dalā’il al-ḫayrāt wa-šawāriq al-anwār fī ḏikr al-ṣalāt ʻalā al-nabī al-muḫtār, ed. Aḥmad b. Farīd b. Aḥmad Mazīdī (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Āfāq al-ʻArabiyya, 2010).

Ḫayr al-Dīn al-Ziriklī 1986. al-Aʻlām: qāmus tarāǧim, vol. 1, al-Ābarī - Iġnāṭiyūs (Beirut: Dār al-ʻilm lil-malāyīn, 1986).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm, Ibn Qāsim Muḥammad al-Ġazzī, and Abū Šuǧāʻ al-Iṣfahānī 1925. Ḥāšiyyat al-ʻAllāma al-Fāḍil wa-al-Qudwa (3) al-Kāmil al-Šayḫ Ibrāhīm al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā Šarḥ al-ʻAllāma Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī ʻalā Matn al-Šāyḫ Abī Šuǧāʻ fī Maḏhab al-Imām al-Šāfiʻī (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻā al-Maymaniyya, 1925).

al-Nabahānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl and ʻAbd Allāh b. Asʻad al-Yāfiʻī 1329. Ǧāmiʻ karāmāt al-awliyā’ ... wa-yalīhi kitāb Asbāb al-ta’līf ... wa-tatmīman li-al-fawā’id waḍaʻnā bi-al-hāmiš baqiyyat al-kitāb al-ǧalīl al-musammā Našr al-maḥāsin al-ġāliya fī faḍl mašā’iḫ al-ṣūfiyya (Miṣr: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā, 1329).

al-Tirmiḏī, Muḥammad b. ʻĪsā 1985. al-Šamā’il al-muḥammadiyya, ed. ʻIzzat ʻUbayd al-Daʻʻās (Bayrūt: Dār al-Ḥadīṯ, 1985).

al-Munāwī, ʻAbd al-Ra’ūf and al-Qārī al-Harawī, ʻAlī b. Sulṭān Muḥammad 1318. Ǧamʻ al-wasā’il fī šarḥ al-Šamā’il ... wa-bi-hāmišihi baqiyyat šarḥ al-imām al-muḥaddiṯ al-šayḫ ʻAbd al-Ra’ūf al-Munāwī al-Miṣrī (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻĀmira al-Šarafiyya, 1318).

Aḥmad b. Zaynī Daḥlān and Nūr al-Dīn al-Ḥalabī, ʻAlī b. Ibrāhīm 1329. Insān al-ʻuyūn fī sīrat al-amīn al-ma’mūn al-maʻrūfa bi-al-Sīra al-Ḥalabiyya ta’līf ... ʻAlī b. Burhān al-Dīn al-Ḥalabī al-Šāfiʻī ... wa-bi-hāmišihā al-Sīra al-nabawiyya wa-al-āṯār al-muḥammadiyya li-muftī ... Aḥmad Zaynī al-mašhūr bi-Daḥlān (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya, 1329).

ʻAbd Allāh b. Aḥmad al-Fākihī and al-ʻUlaymī, Yāsīn b. Zayn al-Dīn 1347. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻallāma al-Šayḫ Yāsīn ʻalā šarḥ al-Fākihī ʻalā Qaṭr al-nadā, ed. Muḥammad Kāmil b. Muḥammad al-Asyūṭī al-Azharī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat al-Taqaddum al-ʻIlmiyya, 1347).

al-Qur’ān al-karīm (2) S. A. ([India?]: S. A.).

ʻAbd al-Munʻim ʻIwaḍ al-Ǧirǧāwī and Muḥammad Quṭṭa al-ʻAdawī 1355. Šarḥ al-šayḫ ʻAbd al-Munʻim ʻIwaḍ al-Ǧirǧāwī ... ʻalā Šawāhid Ibn ʻAqīl li-Alfiyyat al-imām Ibn Mālik wa-bi-al-hāmiš Fatḥ al-ǧalīl bi-šarḥ Šawāhid Ibn ʻAqīl, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-awlāduhu, 1355).

al-Nawawī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’, Abū al-Qāsim ʻAbd al-Karīm b. Muḥammad al-Rāfiʻī, and Ibn Ḥaǧar al-ʻAsqalānī, Abū al-Faḍl Aḥmad b. ʻAlī 1344. al-Maǧmūʻ šarḥ al-Muhaḏḏab ... wa-yalīhi Fatḥ al-ʻazīz šarḥ al-Waǧīz ... wa-yalīhi al-Talḫīṣ al-ḥabīr fī taḫrīǧ aḥādīṯ al-Rāfiʻī al-kabīr (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat al-Taḍāmun al-Aḫawī, 1344).

al-Maqqarī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Aḥmad b. Yaḥyā 1374. Iḍā’at al-duǧunna fī iʻtiqād Ahl al-Sunna (al-Qāhira: Maktaba al-Qāhira, 1374).

Abū Šāma, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Ismāʻīl and al-Dabbāʻ, ʻAlī b. Muḥammad 1349. Ibrāz al-maʻānī min Ḥirz al-amānī ... wa-huwa šarḥ matn al-Šāṭibiyya fī al-qirā’āt al-sabʻ ... wa-bi-hāmišihi kitābān al-awwal Iršād al-murīd ilā maqṣūd al-qaṣīd wa-huwa šarḥ ʻalā al-Šāṭibiyya ayḍan, al-ṯānī al-Bahǧa al-marḍiyya šarḥ al-Durra al-muḍiyya fī al-qirā’āt al-ṯalāṯ al-mutammima li-al-ʻašar (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1349).

Ḥāšiyat Nasimāt al-asḥār ʻalā šarḥ Ifāḍat al-anwār ʻalā matn uṣūl al-manār 1328. (Cairo: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻarabiyya al-kubrā, 1328).

al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb b. Aḥmad b. ʻAlī and al-Fīrūzābādī, Muḥammad b. Yaʻqūb al-Šīrāzī 1370. Kašf al-ġumma ʻan ǧamīʻ al-umma wa-bi-hāmišihi al-kitāb al-musammā Sufar al-saʻāda, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1370).

al-Nawāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī and al-Wāḥidī, ʻAlī b. Aḥmad s.a. al-Tafsīr al-munīr li-maʻālim al-tanzīl ... al-musammā ṭibqan li-maʻnāhu Marāḥ labīd li-kašf maʻnā Qur’ān maǧīd ... wa-bi-hāmišihi kitāb al-Waǧīz fī tafsīt al-Qur’ān al-ʻazīz (Miṣr: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā, s.a.).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytami and al-Suyūṭī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1325. al-Fatāwī al-ḥadīṯiyya wa-bi-hāmišihi kitāb al-Durar al-muntaṯira fī al-aḥādīṯ al-muštahira (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya, 1325).

al-Šaṭṭanūfī, ʻAlī b. Yūsuf al-Laḫmī and ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Ǧīlānī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Muḥammad 1330. Bahǧat al-asrār wa-maʻdin al-anwār ... Futūḥ al-ġayb al-mawǧūd bi-al-hāmiš (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1330).

al-Ǧamal, Sulaymān b. ʻUmar, al-Ṣuyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān, al-Maḥallī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Aḥmad, and al-ʻUkbarī, Abū al-Baqā’  ʻAbd Allāh b. al-Ḥusayn s.a. al-Futūḥāt al-ilāhiyya bi-tawḍīḥ Tafsīr al-Ǧalālayn li-al-daqā’iq al-ḫafiyya ... wa-bi-al-hāmiš kitābān (1) al-Tafsīr al-al-Ǧalālayn ... (2) Imlā’ mā manna bihi al-raḥmān min wuǧūh al-iʻrāb wa-al-qirā’āt fī ǧamīʻ al-Qur’ān (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Šurakā’uhu, s.a.).

Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā Muḥammad s.a. Tuḥfat al-ṭullāb bi-šarḥ Taḥrīr tanqīḥ al-lubāb ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Taḥrīr al-tanqīh matn hāḏihi al-šarḥ (Miṣr / reprint: Sinqāfūra: Dār al-Ṭibāʻa al-Islāmiyya al-Kubrā, s.a.).

Zayn al-Dīn al-Malibārī 1343. Fatḥ al-muʻīn bi-šarḥ Qurrat al-ʻayn bi-muhimmāt al-dīn ... wa-bi-hāmišihi taqrīrāt li-afāḍil ʻulamā’ al-šāfiʻiyya, ed. Ibrāhim b. Ḥasan al-Inbābī (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1343).

Mawʻiẓat al-mu’minīn min Iḥyā’ ʻulūm al-dīn 1996. (Beirut: Dār al-Fikr, 1996).

Maḫlūf b. Muḥammad al-Badawī al-Minyawī and Aḥmad al-Damanhūrī 1357. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻallāma al-šayḫ Maḫlūf b. Muḥammad al-Badawī al-Minyawī ʻalā šarḥ Ḥilyat al-lubb al-maṣūn ... wa-bi-hāmišihā Ḥilyat al-lubb al-maṣūn bi-šarḥ al-Ǧawhar al-maknūn, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1357).

al-Zabīdī, Aḥmad b. Aḥmad and al-Šubrāwī, Muḥammad ʻUkkāša al-Šarqāwī s.a. al-Fawā’id fī al-ṣalāt wa-al-ʻawā’id ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Šarḥ asmā’ Allāh wa-ḫawāṣṣuhā li-al-Šabrāwī (al-Qāhira: Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat al-Mašhad al-Ḥusaynī, s.a.).

al-Samhūdī, Nūr al-Dīn Abū al-Ḥasan ʻAlī b. ʻAfīf al-Dīn ʻAbd Allāh, al-Šāfiʻī 1971. Wafā’ al-wafā bi-aḫbār dār al-muṣṭafā (Beirut: Dār Iḥyā’ al-turāṯ al-ʻarabī, 1971).

Naṣr b. Muḥammad Abū al-Layṯ al-Samarqandī s.a. Tanbīh al-ġāfilīn (3) ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Bustān al-ʻārifīn (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muḥammad Afandī ʻAbd al-Laṭīf Ḥiǧāzī, s.a.).

Muḥammad Yūsuf al-[Kāndahlawī] n.d. Ḥayāt al-ṣaḥāba, ed. الشيخ نايف العباس - محمد علي دولة (Širkat al-rāǧiḥī li-al-ṣirāfa wa-al-tiǧāra, ).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān and Mālik b. Anas n.d. Tanwīr al-ḥawālik šarḥ ʻalā Muwaṭṭa’ Mālik ... wa-li-tamām al-nafʻ bi waḍaʻnā matn al-Muwaṭṭa’ mafṣūlan ... bi-aʻlā kull ṣafḥa ... wa-yalīhi Kitāb Isʻāf al-mubaṭṭa’ bi-riǧāl al-Muwaṭṭā’ li-al-Suyūṭī (Cairo: Dār Iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya, ).

Nūr al-yaqīn fī sīrat sayyid al-mursalīn S. A. (Cairo: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, S. A.).

Muḥammad b. Yūsuf al-Ḫayyāṭ and Yaḥyā b. Muḥammad al-Ḥaṭṭāb 1348. La’āli’ al-ṭall al-nadiyya šarḥ al-Bākūra al-ǧaniyya fī ʻamal [al-’āla] al-ǧaybiyya... wa-bi-asfal ṣaḥā’ifihi taqrīrāt li-al-mu’allif wa-li-al-ʻallāma ... Muḥammad Ḥāmid min ʻulamā’ al-Ḥiǧāz ... wa-yalīhi Wasīlat al-ṭullāb fī ʻilm al-falak bi-ṭarīq al-ḥisāb (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1348).

Nūr al-Dīn ʻAlī b. Abī Bakr al-Hayṯamī 1967. Maǧmaʻ al-zawā’id wa-manbaʻ al-fawā’id, eds ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. al-Ḥusayn ʻIrāqī and Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ibn al-Ḥaǧar al-Hayṯamī (Beirut: Dār al-kitāb, 1967).

Ḥāšiyat al-Ǧamal ‘alā šarḥ al-Manhaǧ S. A. (Cairo: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, S. A.).

Brockelmann, Carl 1937. Geschichte der arabischen Litteratur. Erster Supplementband (Leiden: Brill, 1937).

al-Ḫawāṣṣ, Aḥmad b. ʻIbād b. Šaʻīb al-Qinā’ī 2006. al-Kāfī fī ʻilmay al-ʻarūḍ wa-al-qawāfī, ed. ʻAbd al-Maqṣūd Muḥammad ʻAbd al-Maqṣūd (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-ṯaqāfa al-dīniyya, 2006).

Ibn Hišām, ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf and al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm 1349. Šarḥ ʻalā qaṣīdat Bānat Suʻād ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Ḥāšiyat al-isʻād ʻalā Bānat Suʻād, ed. Ibrāhim b. Ḥasan al-Inbābī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1349).

al-Sānūsī, Muḥammad and al-Dasūqī, Muḥammad 1339. Ḥāšiyat al-Dasūqī ʻalā šarḥ Umm al-barāhīn li-mu’allifihā al-imām sayyidī Muḥammad al-Sanūsī ... wa-bi-hāmišihā al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (Cairo: Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya, 1339).

Kitāb aḫlāq al-Nabī, ṣallī Allāhu ʻalyhi wa-salam, wa-adābihi 1972. (Cairo: Maktabat al-Nahḍa al-Miṣriyya, 1972).

Muḥammad ʻAlī al-Ṣābūnī S. A. Tafsīr ǧuz’ ʻamm (Meca: Ǧāmiʻat al-malik ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz, S. A.).

al-Qārī al-Harawī, ‘Alī b. Sulṭān Muḥammad 1316. Šarḥ al-šifā’ (Istanbul: Dār Saʻādāt, 1316).

al-Ibšīhī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad 1993. al-Mustaṭraf fī kull fann al-mustaẓraf, ed. al-Ḏahabī, Muṣṭafā Muḥammad (Bayrūt: Manšūrāt Dār Maktabat al-Ḥayāt, 1993).

ʻĪsā ʻAmmār 1380. al-Tafsīr al-ḥadīṯ li-al-Qur’ān al-karīm (al-Qāhira: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1380).

al-Ḥaddād, ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻAlawī 1391. al-Durr al-manẓūm li-ḏawī al-ʻuqūl wa-al-fuhūm, eds ʻUmar b. Aḥmad Bāriǧā, Ḥasan b. Muḥammad Fadʻak al-ʻAlawī al-Makkī, and Ḥasanayn Muḥammad Maḫlūf (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat al-Madanī, 1391).

Ibn al-Aṯīr al-Ǧazarī, Maǧd al-Dīn Abū al-Saʻādāt al-Mubārak b. Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Karīm al-Šaybānī and al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1311. al-Nihāya fī ġarīb al-ḥadīṯ wa-al-aṯar ... wa-bi-hāmišihā al-Durr al-naṯīr talḫīṣ Nihāyat Ibn al-Aṯīr li-al-Ǧalāl al-Suyūṭī, ed. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz Ismāʻīl al-Ṭahṭāwī (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻUṯmāniyya, 1311).

al-Šāfiʻī, Muḥammad b. Idrīs 1394. Dīwān al-Šāfiʻī, ed. Muḥammad ʻAfīf al-Zaʻbī (Bayrūt: Mu’assasa li-al-Zaʻbī, 1394).

Ḫayr al-Dīn al-Ziriklī 1986. al-Aʻlām: qāmūs tarāǧim, vol. 5, ʻAlī b. Muḥammad - Muḥammad b. Aḥmad (Bayrūt: Dār al-ʻilm lil-malāyīn, 1986).

Abū Dāwud 1381. Sunan Abī Dāwud, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (S. L: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1381).

al-Ǧazīrī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥammad b. ʻAwḍ 1964. Kitāb al-fiqh ʻalā al-maḏāhib al-arbaʻa (2) (Cairo: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, 1964).

al-Saḫāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1388. Fatḥ al-muġīṯ (2) šarḥ Alfiyyat al-ḥadīṯ li-al-ʻIrāqī, ed. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān Muḥammad ʻUṯmān (al-Madīna al-munawwara: al-Maktaba al-salafiyya, 1388).

al-Ḥarīrī, Abū Muḥammad al-Qāsim b. ʻAlī, Ibn al-Ḫaššāb, Abū Muḥammad ʻAbd Allāh b. Aḥmad, and Abū Muḥammad ʻAbd Allāh b. Barrī 1369. al-Maqāmāt al-adabiyya ... maʻahā ṯalāṯ rasā’il (1) al-Risāla al-sīniyya katabahā al-Ḥarīrī; (2) al-Risāla al-šīniyya arsalahā al-Ḥarīrī ilā Šams al-šuʻarā’ al-Šayḫ Ṭalḥa ibn Aḫmad b. Ṭalḥa al-Nʻumānī (3) al-Iʻtirāḍ ʻalā al-Ḥarīrī wa-maʻahu al-intiṣār li-al-Ḥarīrī (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1369).

Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Ġazālī, ʻAbd al-Qādir b. Šayḫ b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Šayḫ b. ʻAbd Allāh al-ʻAydarūs Bā ʻAlawī, al-Suhrawardī, ʻUmar b. Muḥammad, and al-Ḥāfiẓ al-ʻIrāqī, ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. al-Ḥusayn s.a. Iḥyā’ ʻulūm al-dīn ... wa-bi-ḏaylihi kitāb al-Muġnī ʻan ḥaml al-asfār fī al-isfār ... wa-tamāman li-al-nafʻ alhaqnā bi-al-kitāb fi āḫirihi ṯalāṯa kutub: (1) Taʻrīf al-aḥyā’ bi-faḍā’il al-iḥyā’, (2) al-Imlā’ ʻan iškalāt al-Iḥyā’, (3) ʻAwārif al-maʻārif (Cairo: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, s.a.).

al-Nabahānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl 1379. Ǧawāhir (2) al-biḥār fī faḍā’il al-nabī al-muḫtār (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1379).

Ṣaḥīḥ al-Buḫārī S. A. (S. L: S. A.).

Abū Bakr Ǧābir al-Ǧazā’irī 1993. Aysar al-tafāsīr li-kalām al-ʻalī al-kabīr; wa-bi-hāmišihi Nahr al-Ḫayr ʻalā Aysar al-tafāsīr (Medina: Maktabat al-ʻUlūm wa-al-Ḥikām, 1993).

Ibn ʻAbbād, Muḥammad b. Ibrāhīm and al-Šarqāwī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Ḥiǧāzī 1331. Šarḥ al-ʻālim ... al-maʻrūf bi-Ibn ʻAbbād al-Nafzī al-Rundī ʻalā matn al-Ḥikam li-al-imām ... al-Sikandarī ... wuḍiʻa ʻalā hāmiš hāḏa al-šarḥ Šarḥ al-muḥaqqiq ... ʻAbd Allāh al-Šarqāwī (Miṣr: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā, 1331).

Ibn al-ʻArabī 1329. al-Futūḥāt al-makkiyya (Cairo: Dār al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya al-kubrā, 1329).

al-Bayqūnī, ʻUmar b. Muḥammad b. Fattūḥ 1419. al-Manẓūma al-Bayqūniyya fī muṣṭalaḥ al-ḥadīṯ (al-Qāhira: Dār al-salām li-al-našr wa-al-tawzīʻ, 1419).

Ibn Ḥāǧar al-ʻAsqalānī, Aḥmad b. ʻAlī and al-Buḫārī, Muḥammad b. Ismāʻīl b. Ibrāhīm 1959. Fatḥ al-bārī bi-šarḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Buḫārī (3) (Cairo: Širkat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1959).

ʻAlī b. Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-ʻAzīzī al-Šāfiʻī and Muḥammad b. Sālim al-Ḥifnī (al-Ḥifnāwī) 1377. al-Sirāǧ al-munīr šarḥ ... ʻalā al-Ǧāmiʻ al-ṣaġīr fī aḥādīṯ al-bašīr al-naḏīr ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Ḥāšiyat šayḫ al-islām Muḥammad b. Sālim al-Ḥifnī (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1377).

Ibn Ḥāǧar al-ʻAsqalānī, Aḥmad b. ʻAlī 1963. Hudā al-sārī muqaddimat Fatḥ al-bārī (Cairo: Širkat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1963).

al-Buḫārī, Muḥammad b. Ismāʻīl b. Ibrāhīm b. al-Muġīra b. Bardizbah Abū ʻAbd Allāh al-Ǧuʻfī 1981. Matn al-Buḫārī maškūl bi-ḥāšiyyat al-Sindī (Cairo: Dār Iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya, 1981).

al-Buḫārī 1981. Ṣaḥīḥ al-Buḫārī (2) (Dār al-fikr li-al-ṭibāʻa wa-al-našr wa-al-tawzīʻ, 1981).

al-Fīrūzābādī, Muḥammad b. Yaʻqūb and Naṣr al-Hūrīnī 1357. al-Qāmūs al-muḥīṭ li-Maǧd al-Dīn al-Fīrūzābādī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻa Dār al-Ma’mūn, 1357).

Zād al-Muslim fī-mā ittafaqa ʻalayhi al-Buḫārī wa-Muslim 1399. ([Beirut]: Dār al-fikr, 1399).

Ḥilyat al-awliyā’ wa-ṭabaqāt al-aṣfiyā’ 1967. (Beirut: Dār al-kitāb al-ʻarabiyya, 1967).

Aḥmad b. Zaynī Daḥlān and Nūr al-Dīn al-Ḥalabī, ʻAlī b. Ibrāhīm s.a. Insān al-ʻuyūn (2) fī sīrat al-amīn al-ma’mūn al-maʻrūfa bi-al-Sīra al-Ḥalabiyya ta’līf ... ʻAlī b. Burhān al-Dīn al-Ḥalabī al-Šāfiʻī ... wa-bi-hāmišihā al-Sīra al-nabawiyya wa-al-āṯār al-muḥammadiyya li-muftī ... Aḥmad Zaynī al-mašhūr bi-Daḥlān (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, s.a.).

Ḫizānat al-turāṯ - fihris maḫṭūṭāt n.d. (Markaz al-Malik Fayṣal, ).

Muḥammad Nāṣir al-Dīn al-Albānī 1969. Silsilat al-aḥādīṯ al-ṣaḥīḥa wa-šay’ min fiqhihā wa-fawā’idihā (Damascus: Manšūrāt al-maktab al-islāmī, 1969).

Ibn Hišām, ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf s.a. Muġnī al-labīb ʻan kutub al-aʻārīb, ed. Muḥammad Muḥyī al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kitāb al-ʻArabī, s.a.).

al-Šawkānī, Muḥammad b. ʻAlī b. Muḥammad 1961. Nayl al-awṭār šarḥ muntaqā al-aḫbār min aḥādīṯ Sayyid al-aḫbār (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1961).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1356. al-Ašbāh wa-al-naẓā’ir fī qawā’id wa-furūʻ fiqh al-šāfiʻī, ed. Muḥammad Ḥāmid al-Faqī (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1356).

Ibn ʻAllān, Muḥammad b. ʻAllān al-Ṣiddīqī and al-Nawawī, Abū Zakariyyā’ Yaḥyā s.a. al-Futūḥāt al-rabbāniyya ʻalā al-aḏkār al-nawāwiyya ... wa-qad wuḍiʻa bi-aʻlā kull ṣafḥa mā yaḫuṣṣuhā min kitāb Ḥilyat al-abrār wa-šiʻār al-aḫyār fī talḫīṣ al-daʻwāt wa-al-aḏkār (s.l.: al-Maktaba al-Islāmiyya, s.a.).

Ibn Kaṯīr, Ismāʻīl b. ʻUmar s.a. Tafsīr al-Qur’ān al-ʻaẓīm (al-Qāhira: Maktabat Dār al-Turāṯ, s.a.).

al-Bakrī, Abū Bakr b. Uṯmān al-Dimyāṭī and Zayn al-Dīn b. Ġazzāl al-Malībārī s.a. Iʻānat al-ṭālibīn ʻalā ḥall alfāẓ Fatḥ al-muʻīn ... wuḍiʻa bi-al-hāmiš Fatḥ al-muʻīn al-maḏkūr maʻa taqrīrāt šarīfa wa-ziyādāt al-munīfa li-al-mu’allif al-Sayyid al-Bakrī (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya, s.a.).

Ibn ʻAqīl, ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān and Muḥammad Muḥyī al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd 1381. Šarḥ Ibn ʻAqīl ... ʻalā Alfiyyat ... Ibn Mālik ... wa-maʻahu kitāb Minḥat al-ǧalīl bi-taḥqīq šarḥ Ibn ʻAqīl, ed. Muḥammad Muḥyī al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, 1381).

Tafsīr al-Qur’ān al-ʻaẓīm (2) 1970. (Beirut: Dār al-Fikr, 1970).

Muslim S. A. Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim (Beirut: Dār al-maʻrifa, S. A.).

Sezgin, Fuat 1967. Geschichte des arabischen Schrifttums, vol. 1. Qur’ānwissenschaften, Ḥadīṯ, Geschichte, Fiqh, Dogmatik, Mystik : bis ca. 430 H. (Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1967).

Ṣaḥīḥ al-Buḫārī (3) n.d. (Maktabat al-ǧumhuriyya al-ʻarabiyya, ).

al-Samhūdī, Nūr al-Dīn Abū al-Ḥasan ʻAlī b. ʻAfīf 1326. Wafā’ al-wafā (2) bi-aḫbār dār al-muṣṭafā (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat al-Ādāb wa-al-Mu’ayyad, 1326).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Ǧazīrī 1990. Kitāb al-fiqh ʻalā al-maḏāhib al-arbaʻa (3) (Beirut: Dār al-Fikr, 1990).

Ǧamāl al-Dīn Abū Muḥammad ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf al-Ḥanafī al-Zaylaʻī and al-Marġīnānī 1973. Naṣb al-rāya li-aḥādīṯ al-hidāya; Buġyat al-almaʻī fī Taḫrīǧ al-Zaylaʻī (Beirut: al-Maktaba al-islāmiyya, 1973).

al-Muhaḏḏab fī Fiqh al-Maḏhab al-Šāfiʻī (2) 1959. (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1959).

Muḥammad ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. ʻAbd al-Raḥīm Mubārakfūrī 1970. Muqaddimat Tuḥfat al-aḥwāḏī šarḥ Ǧāmiʻ al-Tirmīḏī (Beirut: Dār al-kitāb al-ʻarabī, 1970).

Šuʻla, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Mawṣilī 1374. Šarḥ Šuʻla ʻalā al-Šāṭibiyya al-musammā Kanz al-maʻānī - šarḥ Ḥirz al-amānī (al-Qāhira: al-Ittiḥād al-ʻĀmm li-Ǧamāʻat al-Qurrā’, 1374).

Ibn Manẓūr 1300. Lisān al-ʻarab (Cairo: Maṭbaʻa Bulāq, 1300).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm and Ḫālid b. ʻAbd Allāh al-Azharī 1370. Ḥāšiyat al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā al-Burda ... wa-bi-hāmišihā Šarḥ al-Burda (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1370).

Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad b. Idrīs al-Šāfiʻī n.d. al-Umm, ed. Muḥammad Zuhrī al-Naǧǧār (Beirut: Dār al-maʻrifa li-alṭibāʻa aw-al-našr, ).

Ḫayr al-Dīn al-Ziriklī 1986. al-Aʻlām: qāmūs tarāǧim, vol. 8, Nāfiʻ b. Ẓarīb - Yūhannis (Bayrūt: Dār al-ʻilm lil-malāyīn, 1986).

al-Āmidī, Abū al-Qāsim al-Ḥasan b. Bišr b. Yaḥyā 1381. al-Mu’talif wa-al-muḫtalif, ed. ʻAbd al-Sattār Aḥmad Farāǧ (al-Qāhira: Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya, 1381).

Ibn ʻIrāq, Abū al-Ḥasan ʻAlī b. Muḥammad al-Kinānī 1964. Tanzīh al-šarīʻa al-marfūʻa ʻan al-aḥādīṯ al-šanīʻa al-mawḍūʻa, eds ʻAbd al-Wahhāb ʻAbd al-Laṭīf and al-Sayyid ʻAbd Allāh b. al-Ṣiddīq al-Ġumārī (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-Qāhira, 1964).

al-Nawawī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’, Abū al-Qāsim ʻAbd al-Karīm b. Muḥammad al-Rāfiʻī, and Ibn Ḥaǧar al-ʻAsqalānī, Abū al-Faḍl Aḥmad b. ʻAlī n.d. al-Maǧmūʻ šarḥ al-Muhaḏḏab ... wa-yalīhi Fatḥ al-ʻazīz šarḥ al-Waǧīz ... wa-yalīhi al-Talḫīṣ al-ḥabīr fī taḫrīǧ aḥādīṯ al-Rāfiʻī al-kabīr (2) (Beirut: Dār al-fikr, ).

al-Sayyid Sābiq 1389. Fiqh al-sunna (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kitāb al-ʻArabī, 1389).

al-Iršād al-šāfī ʻalā matn al-Kāfī fī ʻilm al-ʻarūḍ wa-al-kawāfī S. A. (S. L: S. A.).

Ibn ʻAllān, Muḥammad al-Ṣiddīqī and al-Nawawī, Abū Zakariyyā’ Yaḥyā 1385. Dalīl al-fāliḥīn li-ṭuruq Riyāḍ al-ṣāliḥīn ... wuḍiʻa bi-aʻlā al-ṣaḥā’if kitāb Riyāḍ al-ṣāliḥīn, ed. Maḥmūd Ḥasan Rabīʻ (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1385).

Ḏikrā mawlid ḫayr al-bariyya Muḥammad (ṣallā Allāh ʻalayhi wa-sallam) S. A. (S. L: S. A.).

Muḥammad b. ʻAlī b. ʻAqīl b. Yaḥyā alʻAlawī al-Makkī 1965. al-Muḫtār al-ḥadīṯ fī ʻilm al-mawārīṯ (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-Madanī, 1965).

Aḥmad ibn ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd ʻAbbāsī 197 AD. Kitāb ʻUmdat al-aḫbār fī madīnat al-muḫtār (Cairo: Asʻad Darābzūnī al-Ḥusaynī, 197 AD).

‘Abd Allāh b. ‘Abd al-Raḥmān Bā Faḍl al-Ḥaḍramī 1408. al-Muqaddima al-Ḥaḍramiyya fī fiqh al-sāda al-šāfi‘iyya (Bayrūt: Mu’assasa al-Risāla, 1408).

Ḥaǧǧī Ḫalīfa, Mullā Kātib al-Ǧalabī (Kâtip Çelebi) 1941–1943. Kašf al-ẓunūn ʻan asāmī al-kutub wa al-funūn, eds Kilisli Mualim Rifat and Muāammad Šaraf al-Dīn Yāltaqāyā (M. Serefettin Yaltakaya) ([Istanbul]: Maarıf Matbaası, 1941–1943).

Ḥifnī Bek Nāsif, Muḥammad Bek Diyāb, Muṣtafā Ṭammūm, and Maḥmūd Efendī S. A. Kitāb Qawāʻid al-luġa al-ʻarabiyya (S. L: S. A.).

Ibn Taymiyya s.a. al-Ǧawāb al-ṣaḥīḥ li-man baddal dīn al-Masīḥ (s.l.: Maṭābiʻ al-Maǧd al-Tiǧāriyya, s.a.).

‘Abd Allāh b. ‘Abd al-Raḥmān Bā Faḍl al-Ḥaḍramī 1948. al-Muḫtaṣar al-ṣaġīr fī-mā lā budda li-kull muslim min maʻrifatihi fī al-ʻibādāt ʻalā maḏhab al-imām al-Šāfiʻī (Cairo: 1948).

Muḥammad ʻAlī al-Sāyis, ed., 1953. Tafsīr āyāt al-aḥkām; Kulliyat al-šarīʻa, muqarrar al-sana al-ūlā wafqa al-manhaǧ (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻa Muḥammad ʻAlī Ṣubayḥ, 1953).

Muḥammad b. ʻUṯmān al-Mīrġānī, Aḥmad Ḥarība, Abū Bakr b. al-Mutaʻariḍ, and Muḥammad al-Amīn Abū Qurrayn 1936. Dīwān Šifā’ al-qulūb wa-al-ġarām fī madḥ man aḍḥā li-al-anbiyā’ ḫitām... wa yalīhi al-Zuhūr al-fā’iqa fī taʻrīf ḥuqūq al-ṭarīqa al-ṣādiqa; al-Qaṣīda al-tawḥīdiyya al-ʻuṣamā’; Ṯalāṯa qaṣā’id; Arbaʻa qaṣā’id (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1936).

Ibn Kaṯīr, Ismāʻīl b. ʻUmar s.a. Qiṣaṣ al-anbiyā’ li-al-Imām Abī al-Fidā’ Ismāʻīl b. Kaṯīr, ed. Muḥammad Aḥmad ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz (Ǧidda / [al-Qāhira]: Dār al-Walīd / Dār al-Ḥadīṯ, s.a.).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān s.a. Tanwīr al-ḥawālik (2) ... wa-yalīhi kitāb Isʻāf al-mubaṭṭa’ bi-riǧāl al-Muwaṭṭa’ li-al-mu’allif nafsihi (s.l.: Dār al-Fikr, s.a.).

Ibn Qayyim al-Ǧawziyya 1406. al-Rūḥ fī al-kalām ʻalā arwāḥ al-amwāt wa-al-aḥyā’ bi-al-dalā’il min al-kitāb wa-al-sunna wa-al-āṯār wa-aqwāl al-ʻulamā’, ed. ʻAbd al-Fattāḥ Maḥmūd ʻUmar (ʻAmmān: Dār al-Fikr, 1406).

Ibn Ḫuzayma, Muḥammad b. Isḥāq 1968. al-Tawḥīd wa-iṯbāt ṣifāt al-rabb ʻazza wa-ǧalla, ed. Muḥammad Ḫalīl Harrās (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-Kulliyya al-Azhariyya, 1968).

al-Šawkānī, Muḥammad b. ʻAlī 1398. al-Fawā’id al-maǧmūʻa fī al-aḥādīṯ al-mawḍūʻa, eds ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Yaḥyā al-Muʻallimī al-Yamānī and ʻAbd al-Wahhāb ʻAbd al-Laṭīf ([al-Qāhira]: Maṭbaʻa al-Sunna al-Muḥammadiyya, 1398).

Ḫayr al-Dīn al-Ziriklī 1986. al-Aʻlām: qāmūs tarāǧim, vol. 3, al-Dahhān - ʻAbd al-Salām (Bayrūt: Dār al-ʻilm lil-malāyīn, 1986).

ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Wahhāb 1396. Muḫtaṣar sīrat al-rasūl ṣalā Allāh ʻalayhi wa-sallam, ed. Muḥibb al-Dīn al-Ḫaṭīb (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Salafiyya wa-Maktabatuhā, 1396).

Manṣūr ʻAlī Nāṣif 1381. al-Tāǧ al-ǧāmiʻ li-al-uṣūl fī aḥādīṯ al-rasūl ... wa-ʻalayhi Ġāyat al-ma’mūl šarḥ al-Tāǧ al-ǧāmiʻ al-uṣūl ([Miṣr]: al-Maktaba al-Islāmiyya, 1381).

Hāšim b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Hararī 1949. al-Fatḥ al-raḥmānī fī ḏikr al-ṣalāt ʻalā ašraf al-nawʻ al-insānī sayyidinā Muḥammad al-muṣṭafā al-ʻadnānī (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1949).

Maǧmūʻat taḫāmīs al-Burda S. A. (S. L: S. A.).

al-Bannānī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Ǧād Allāh S. A. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻallāma al-Bannānī ʻalā šarḥ al-Ǧalāl Šams al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Maḥallī ʻalā matn Ǧamʻ al-ǧawāmiʻ li-al-Imām Tāǧ al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Wahhāb b. ʻAlī al-Subkī (S. L: Dār Iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya, S. A.).

Muslim b. al-Ḥaǧǧāǧ al-Qušayrī and al-Nawāwī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū Zakariyyā’ 1380. al-Ǧāmiʻ al-ṣaḥīḥ ... wa-bi-al-hāmiš muḫtaṣar min Šarḥ al-Imām al-Nawawī wa-ġayri-hi iḫtiyār al-ʻallāma Muḥammad Ḏihnī, ed. Muḥammad Ḏihnī (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1380).

Badr al-Dīn b. Surūr al-Zabbī al-ṯānī al-Ubbī S. A. Talḫīṣ suwar wa-āyāt qur’āniyya wa-aḏkār wa-adʻiya nabawiyya li-al-šayḫ Badr al-Dīn b. al-Ḥāǧǧ Surūr al-maʻrūf bi-Ubbiyyu (S. L., S. A.).

al-Nawawī S. A. Riyāḍ al-ṣāliḥīn (Cairo: Maktabat Muḥammad ʻAlī Ṣubayḥ wa-awlādihi  bi-maydān al-Azhar, S. A.).

al-Damanhūrī, Muḥammad 1956. al-Muḫtaṣar al-šāfī ʻalā matn al-Kāfī (Cairo: Maktabat Muḥammad ʻAlī Ṣubayḥ wa-awlādihi  bi-maydān al-Azhar, 1956).

al-Manẓūma al-yamaniyya S. A. (S. L: S. A.).

Ibn Bābašāḏ, Ṭāhir b. Aḥmad 1424. Kitāb al-mufīd fī al-naḥw, ed. al-ʻUmayrī, Muḥsin Sālim Rašīd (Makka: al-Maktaba al-Fayṣaliyya, 1424).

al-Mīrġānī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Ibrāhīm ʻAfīf al-Dīn S. A. al-Rasā’il al-mīrġaniyya (S. L: S. A.).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1389. Ta’rīḫ al-ḫulafā’ (Bayrūt: Dār al-turāṯ, 1389).

Ibn Qayyim al-Ǧawziyya s.a. Zād al-maʻād fī hady ḫayr al-ʻibād ([al-Qāhira]: al-Maṭbaʻa al-miṣriyya, s.a.).

Ibn Fāris, Aḥmad b. Fāris b. Zakariyyā’ 1366. Muʻǧam maqāyīs al-luġa, ed. ʻAbd al-Salām Muḥammad Hārūn (al-Qāhira: Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya, 1366).

al-Ġazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1318. al-Waǧīz (2) fī fiqh maḏhab al-Imām al-Šāfiʻī ([al-Qāhira]: Maṭbaʻat Ḥūš Qadam bi-al-Ġawriyya, 1318).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥammad b. Yaḫlaftan b. Aḥmad b. Taflīt al-Fāzāzī al-Yaǧfašī Abū Zayd, al-Ġamrāwī, Muḥammad al-Zuhrī, Zayn al-ʻĀbidīn ʻAlī b. al-Ḥusayn b. ʻAlī b. Abī Ṭālib, and ʻUmar b. Abī Bakr b. ʻUṯmān al-Kebbawī 1950. al-Qaṣā’id al-ʻašariyya wa-maʻahā Šarḥ ʻibārātihā al-muǧāziyya wa-tafsīr alfāẓihā al-luġawiyya; wa-yalīhā ṯalāṯa kutub: (1) al-Zuhd wa-al-waṣiyya, (2) Tarbīʻ Kitāb al-Zuhd wa-al-waṣīyya, (3) Kitāb al-Sariǧa al-warīqa fī ʻilm al-waṯīqa (Cairo: ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1950).

Muḥammad Nāṣir al-Dīn al-Albānī S. A. Ṣifat ṣalāt al-Nabī min al-tarkīb ilā al-taslīm ka-annaka tarāhā (S. L: Manšūrāt al-maktab al-islāmī, S. A.).

ʻAbbās Karārah s.a. al-Dīn wa-al-haǧǧ ʻalā al-maḏāhib al-arbaʻa manāsik al-ḥaǧǧ wa-al-ʻumra wa-ziyārat al-madīna bi-al-ṣuwar (al-Makka al-Mukarrama: Maktabat ʻAbd Allāh Fidā wa-awlāduhu, s.a.).

al-Nabhānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl S. A. Kitāb Ǧawāhir al-biḥār fī faḍā’il al-nabī al-muḫtār (Cairo / Mecca: Dār miṣriyya li-al-ṭabaʻa / Maktaba al-Ḥaramayn, S. A.).

Aḥmad b. Idrīs al-Sanūsī 1315. al-ʻIqd al-nafīs fī naẓm ǧawāhir al-tadrīs (Cairo: Maṭbaʻa al-kubrā al-amīriyya / Būlāq, 1315).

al-Ṭaṣfāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻAbd Allāh b. al-Ḥusayn al-Šāfiʻī al-Tiǧānī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Tiǧānī al-Šinqīṭī, and Muḥammad ʻUlwān b. al-Sayyid b. Ḥasanayn al-Ǧawsaqī 1982. al-Fatḥ al-rabbānī fī-mā yaḥtāǧ ilayhi al-murīd al-tiǧānī ... wa-yalīhi ṯalāṯ rasā’il (1) al-Futūḥāt al-rabbāniyya fī al-ṭarīqa al-Aḥmadiyya al-Tiǧāniyya li-al-Šinqīṭī; (2) al-Nafḥa al-Qudsiyya fī al-sīra al-Aḥmadiyya al-Tiǧāniyya li-al-Ǧawsaqī; (3) al-Sirr al-abhar fī awrād al-quṭb al-akbar Sīdī Aḥmad al-Tiǧānī li-al-Ǧawsaqī (Bayrūt: al-Maktaba al-Ṯaqafiyya, 1982).

ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad b. ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Ḫalīfī S. A. Kitāb al-Ṯaqāfa al-ʻamma wa-al-durūs al-hamma (S. L: S. A.).

Maḥmūd Sāmī Bek 1948. al-Muḫtaṣar al-nafīs fī fiqh al-Šāfiʻī Muḥammad b. Idrīs (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1948).

al-Damanhūrī, Muḥammad and al-Ḫawwāṣ, Aḥmad b. ʻAbbād b. Šuʻayb al-Qinā’ī 1957. al-Iršād al-šāfī wa-huwa al-ḥāšiya al-kubrā ʻalā matn al-Kāfī fī ʻilm al-ʻarūḍ wa-al-kawāfī (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1957).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-ʻAsqalānī 1352. Bulūġ al-marām min adillat al-aḥkām, ed. Muḥammad Ḥāmid al-Faqī (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, 1352).

Qawāʻid al-luġa al-ʻarabiyya li-talāmīḏ al-madāris al-ṯanawiyya S. A. (S. L: S. A.).

al-Amīr, Muḥammad b. Ismāʻīl al-Ṣanʻānī and ibn Ḥaǧar al-ʻAsqalānī s.a. Subul al-salām šarḥ Bulūġ al-marām min adillat al-aḥkām ... wa-yalīhi Nuḫbat al-fikar fī muṣṭalaḥ ahl al-aṯar (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, s.a.).

Muḥammad Nāṣir al-Dīn al-Albānī 1383. Silsilat al-aḥādīṯ al-ḍaʻīfa wa-aṯaruhā al-sayyi’ fī al-umma (Dimašq: al-Maktab al-Islāmī li-al-Ṭibāʻa wa-al-Našr, 1383).

Maḥmūd Abū al-Fayḍ al-Manūfī 1387. Ǧamharat al-awliyā’ wa-aʻlām ahl al-taṣawwuf (al-Qāhira: Mu’assasat al-Ḥalabī wa-Šurakā’uhu li-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ, 1387).

ʻAbd Allāh ʻUlwān 1401. Tarbiyat al-awlād fī al-islām (Bayrūt - Ḥalab: Dār al-Salām li-al-Ṭibāʻa wa-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ, 1401).

Muḥammad Makkī Naṣr and ʻAlī Muḥammad Ḍabbāʻ 1349. Nihāyat al-qawl al-mufīd  fī ʻilm al-taǧwīd (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1349).

Brockelmann, C. 1938. Geschichte der Arabischen Litteratur, Supplement II (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1938).

Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl al-Nabhānī 1960. Wasā’il al-wuṣūl ilā šamā’il al-Rasūl (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1960).

al-Dīrīnī, ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz b. Aḥmad n.d. Ṭahārat al-qulūb (2) wal-ḫuḍūʻ li-ʻallām al-ġuyūb (Cairo: Maktaba wa-maṭbaʻat Muḥammad ʻAlī Ṣubayḥ wa-awlādihi, ).

al-Dāh al-Šinqīṭī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad 1394. Fatḥ al-wahhāb šarḥ ʻalā Bulūġ al-marām min adillat al-aḥkām (Bayrūt: Dār al-Fikr, 1394).

Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr Ibn Qayyim al-Jawziyya 1952. al-Wābil al-ṣayyib min al-kalam al-ṭayyib (Cairo: Dār al-zaynā li-al-ṭabaʻ wa-al-našr, 1952).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Ḥasan Āl al-Šayḫ 1397. Fatḥ al-maǧīd šarḥ Kitāb al-tawḥīd, ed. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Bāz (al-Madīna al-munawwara: al-Maktaba al-salafiyya, 1397).

al-Šāfiʻī, Muḥammad b. Idrīs 1358. al-Risāla li-al-imām al-Muṭṭalibī Muḥammad b. Idrīs al-Šāfiʻī, ed. Aḥmad Muḥammad Šākir (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1358).

Muṣṭafā Abū Sayf al-Ḥammāmī 1355. Taqārīẓ al-naḥḍa al-iṣlāḥīyya li-al-usra al-islāmiyya, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1355).

Ibn al-Azraq, Ibrāhīm b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān and Šams al-Dīn al-Ḏahabī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad 1367. Tashīl al-manāfiʻ fī al-ṭibb wa-al-ḥikma ... wa-bi-hāmišihi al-Ṭibb al-nabawī li-al-ḥāfiẓ Abī ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad b. Aḥmad b. ʻUṯmān al-Ḏahabī (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1367).

al-Ġazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Ṭūsī 1909. Kitāb al-Iqtiṣād fī al-iʻtiqād (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-saʻāda, 1909).

Muḥammad b. Hiba al-Makkī 1327. Kitāb Ḥadā’iq al-fuṣūl wa-ǧawāhir al-ʻaqūl (S. L: 1327).

Luis Molina, ed., 1990. Estudios onomástico-biográficos de al-Andalus IV, Estudios onomástico-biográficos de al-Andalus, IV (Granada: CSIC, Escuela de Estudios Árabes, 1990).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad and Muḥammad b. Sālim al-Ḥifnāwī 1307. Šarḥ (2) al-imām Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad b. Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī ʻalā matn al-hamziyya fī madḥ ḫayr al-barriyya... wa-bi-hāmišihi Ḥāšiya li-Šayḫ al-islām ... Sayyidī Muḥammad al-Ḥifnī (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ḫayriyya, 1307).

Morin, Didier 2015. Dictionnaire historique afar (1288-1982). Nouvelle édition augmentée (Paris: Karthala, 2015).

al-Šāṭibī, Ibrāhīm b. Mūsā s.a. al-Iʻtiṣām, ed. Muḥammad Rašīd Riḍā (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, s.a.).

al-Ušmūnī, ʻAlī b. Muḥammad, al-Rifāʻī, Aḥmad, and al-Ṣabbān, Abū al-ʻIrfān Muḥammad b. ʻAlī 1343. Ḥāšiyat al-Ṣabbān (2) ʻalā šarḥ al-Ušmūnī ʻalā al-Alfiyya ... wa-bi-hāmišihi šarḥ al-ʻallāma al-Ušmūnī maʻa baʻḍ taqrīrāt li-al-ʻālim al-ʻallāma al-Šayḫ Aḥmad al-Rifāʻī (Cairo: al-Maktaba al-azhariyya, 1343).

Ibn Qayyim al-Ǧawziyya 1367. al-Ǧawāb al-kāfi li-man sa’ala ʻan al-dawā’ al-šāfī, ed. Muḥammad Ḥāmid al-Fiqī (Miṣr: Maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muḥammad ʻAlī Ṣubayḥ wa-awlāduhu, 1367).

al-Šinšawrī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad, [Sibṭ al-Māridīnī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad], and Riḍā al-Dīn Abū Bakr b. Aḥmad b. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Sabtī s.a. Fatḥ al-qarīb al-muǧīb bi-šarḥ kitāb al-tartīb ... wa-bi-hāmišihi kitāb Šarḥ al-raḥbiyya (al-Ṣafā, al-Makka al-Mukarrama: Maktabat al-Naḥḍa al-Waṭaniyya, s.a.).

Ibn Qayyim al-Ǧawziyya 1390. Zād al-maʻād (2) fī hady ḫayr al-ʻibād, ed. Ṭaha ʻAbd al-Ra’ūf Ṭaha (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1390).

al-Bayhaqī, Aḥmad b. al-Ḥusayn 1389. Dalā’il al-nubuwwa li-al-Bayhaqī, ed. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān Muḥammad ʻUṯmān (al-Madīna al-munawwara: al-Maktaba al-salafiyya, 1389).

al-Madanī, Muḥammad and al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1333. al-Itḥāfāt al-saniyya fī al-aḥādīṯ al-qudsiyya; Masālik al-ḥunafā’ fī wāliday al-Muṣṭafā; al-Maqāma al-sundusiyya fī al-nisba al-muṣtawfiyya; Inbā’ al-aḏkiyā’ fī ḥayāt al-anbiyā’ (Ḥaydarābād al-Dakkan: Dā’irat al-Maʻārif al-Niẓāmiyya, 1333).

Faḫr al-Dīn al-Rāzī and Abū al-Suʻūd, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1324. Mafātīḥ al-ġayb al-muštahir bi-al-tafsīr al-kabīr ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Tafsīr al-ʻallāma Abī al-Suʻūd (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻĀmira al-Šarafiyya, 1324).

Lirola Delgado, J. y Puerta Vílchez, J. M. 2004. Biblioteca de al-Andalus IV (Almería: Fundación Ibn Tufayl de Estudios Árabes, 2004).

Encyclopaedia of Islam III Online n.d.

al-ʻAṭṭār, Ḥasan, al-Subkī, Tāǧ al-Dīn, al-Širbīnī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān, and Muḥammad ʻAlī b. Ḥusayn al-Mālikī s.a. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻAṭṭār ʻalā Ǧamʻ al-ǧawāmiʻ ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Taqrīr al-Širbīnī ʻalā Ǧamʻ al-ǧawāmiʻ ... wa-bi-asfal al-ṣulb wa-al-hāmiš Taqrīrāt al-šayḫ Muḥammad ʻAlī b. Ḥusayn al-Mālikī ... waḍaʻnā al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr bi-aʻlā al-ṣaḥīfa (Miṣr: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, s.a.).

Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Amīr, ʻAbd al-Salām al-Mālikī, and al-Laqānī 1368. Ḥāšīyat al-Šayḫ Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Amīr ʻAlā Šarḥ al-Šayḫ ʻAbd al-Salām b. Ibrāhīm al-Mālikī li-Ǧawharat al-Tawḥīd li’l-Imām al-Laqānī wa bi-Hāmišihā Itḥāf al-Murīd Šarḥ al-Šāyḫ ʻAbd al-Salām al-Mālikī ʻalā Ǧawharat al-Tawḥīd, eds Muḥammad Amīn ʻImrān and Rustom Muṣṭafā al-Ḥalabī (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1368).

al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb and Aḥmad b. ʻIṭā’ Allāh al-Iskandarī 1357. Laṭā’if al-minan wa-al-aḫlāq fī bayān wuǧūb al-taḥadduṯ bi-niʻmat Allāh ʻalā al-iṭlāq ... wuḍiʻa bi-hāmišihi kitābān (1) Laṭā’if al-minan fī manāqib Abī al-ʻAbbās al-Mursī wa-šayḫihi Abī al-Ḥasan; (2) Miftāḥ al-falāḥ wa-miṣbāḥ al-arwāḥ (Miṣr: ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd Aḥmad Ḥanafī, 1357).

Ḥāsiyat al-ʻAllāma al-Fāḍil wa-al-Qudwa (2) al-Kāmil al-Šayḫ Ibrāhīm al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā Šarḥ alʻAllāmā Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī ʻalā Matn al-Šāyḫ Abī Šuǧāʻ fī Maǧhab al-Imam al-Šāfiʻī n.d. (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya, ).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī 1308. al-Sawāʻiq al-Muḥriqa fī al-Radd ʻalā Ahl al-Bidaʻ wa al-Zandaqa wa bi-Hamišihi Kitāb Taṭhīr al-Ǧinān wa al-Lisān ʻan al-Ḫuṭūr wa al-Tafawwuh bi-Ṯalb Sayyidina Muʻāwiya b. Abī Sufiyān (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻa al-ʻĀmiriyya, 1308).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥāmmad Bāʻlāwī and ʻAlī Bāṣīrī 1952. Kitāb Buġyat al-Mustaršidīn fī Talḫīṣ Fatāwā baʻḍ al-A’imma min al-ʻUlamā’ al-muta’aḫḫirīn maʻa ḍamm fawā’id ǧamma min kutub šattā wa bi-hāmišihi Ġāyat talḫīṣ almrād min Fatāwā Ibn Ziyād wa bi-hāmišihi ayḍan Kitāb Iṯmiḏ al-ʻaynayn fī baʻḍ iḫtilāf al-šāyḫayn Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī wa alŠams al-Ramlī ([al-Qāhira]: [Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī], 1952).

Muḥsin al-Amīn al-ʻĀmilī 1403. Aʻyān al-šīʻa, ed. Ḥasan al-Amīn (Bayrūt: Dār al-taʻāruf li-al-maṭbūʻāt, 1403).

Aġā Bozorg al-Ṭahrānī 1983. al-Ḏarīʻa ilā taṣānīf al-šīʻa (Dār al-Aḍwā’ li-al-Ṭibāʻa wa-al-Našr wa-al-Tawzīʻ, 1983).

Faraǧ ʻAbd al-Salām al-Sawqī, ʻAlī ʻAbd al-Munʻim ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd, ʻAbd al-Ḥalīm Muḥammad Sulaymān al-Dasūqī, Raǧab al-Hādī Ḍayāf, and Ibrāhīm Aḥmad al-Ḫalīǧī 1398. al-Tarbiya al-islāmiyya li-al-ṣaff al-awwal al-iʻdādī (s.l.: Amānat al-taʻlīm wa-al-tarbiya, al-Ǧamāhīriyya al-ʻArabiyya al-Lībiyya, 1398).

Lirola Delgado, J. y Puerta Vílchez, J. M. 2004. Biblioteca de al-Andalus II (Almería: Fundación Ibn Tufayl de Estudios Árabes, 2004).

Muḥammad b. Yaḥyā al-Tādifī al-Ḥanbalī 1317. Qalā’id al-Ǧawāhir fī manāqib al-šayḫ ʻAbd al-Qādir al-fard al-ǧāmiʻ al-rabbānī al-haykal al-lāmiʻ al-nūrānī sayydinā al-Šayḫ Muḥīy al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Ǧīlānī (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya / Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1317).

Naǧm al-Dīn al-Ġazzī 1997. al-Kawākib al-Sā’ira bi-Aʻiyān al-Mi’ā al-ʻĀšira, ed. Ḫalīl Manṣūr (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 1997).

al-Ḫazraǧī, Aḥmad b. ʻAbd Allāh 1322. Ḫulāṣat taḏhīb al-kamāl fī asmā’ al-riǧāl (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Ḫayriyya, 1322).

Sayyid b. Ḥusayn al-ʻAffānī 2006. Wā Muḥammadāh: Inna šāni’aka huwa al-abtar (Cairo: Dār al-ʻAffānī, 2006).

Aḥmad Šawqī 1939. al-Šawqiyyāt (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat Miṣr, 1939).

ʻAbd al-Malik b. Hišām 1404. al-Sīra al-nabawiyya li-Ibn Hišām, ed. Ṭaha ʻAbd al-Ra’ūf Saʻd (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-Kulliyya al-Azhariyya, 1404).

Maǧmūʻat al-ṣarf taštamil ʻalā ǧumlat rasā’il fī ʻilm al-ṣarf: al-Šāfiya, al-Marāḥ, Kitāb ʻIzzī, al-Maqṣūd, Kitāb al-binā’, Kitāb amṯila muḫtalifa 1419. (Addis Ababa: Mu’assasa al-Naǧāšī li-al-Ṭabʻ wa-al-Našr, 1419).

Iḥsān Muḥammad Daḥlān 1426. Sirāǧ al-ṭālibīn: Šarḥ ʻalā minhāǧ al-ʻābidīn ilā ǧannat rabb al-ʻālamīn li-al-imām ḥuǧǧat al-islām Abī Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Ġazzalī (Beyrut: Dār al-Fikr, 1426).

al-Ǧāmī, Muḥammad Amān b. ʻAlī 1399. Aḍwāʼ ʻalā ṭarīq al-daʻwa ilā al-Islām (Bayrūt - Dimašq: Al-maktab al-Islāmī, 1399).

Macdonald, D. B. n.d. Encyclopaedia of Islam, II Edition, Online, eds P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C. E. Bosworth, E. J. van Donzel, and W. P. Heinrichs (Leiden: Brill, ).

al-ʻImrāwī, ʻAbd al-Ḥayy and Murād, ʻAbd al-Karīm 1404. Al-taḥḏīr min al-iġtirār bi-mā ǧāʼ fī Kitāb al-ḥiwār (Rabat: Maṭbaʻa al-maʻarīf al-Ǧadīda, 1404).

Muḥammad al-Ḥasan ʻAlawī al-Mālikī 1387. al-Ǧazr wa-al-madd fī aḥkām al-ǧadd (Ḥaydarābād al-Dakkan: Maǧlis Dā’rat al-Maʻārif al-ʻUṯmāniyya, 1387).

Abū al-Faḍl ʻImād al-Dīn Ǧamīl Ḥalīm al-Ḥusaynī 1427. Asrār al-āṯār al-nabawiyya - adilla šarʻiyya wa-ḥālāt šifā’iyya wa-ṣuwar nādira li-al-āṯār al-muḥammadiyya ([Bayrūt]: Šarikat Dār al-Mašārīʻ, 1427).

Daḥlān, Aḥmad b. Zaynī and al-Samarqandī, Abū al-Qāsim b. Abī Bakr s.a. Maǧmūʻ ḫams rasā’il: (1) Risāla ka-al-ḥāšiya ʻalā matn al-Samarqandiyya wa-al-matn bi-al-hāmiš, (2) Risāla fī al-istiʻārāt, (3) Risāla mutaʻallaqa bi-ǧā’a Zayd, (4) Risāla fī al-naḥw mutaʻallaqa bi-al-mabniyyāt, (5) Risālat maqūlāt al-ʻilm (Miṣr: Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya, s.a.).

al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb and al-Ġazzālī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad s.a. Tanbīh al-muġtarrīn ... wa-bi-hāmišihi kitāb al-Kašf wa-al-tabyīn fī ġurūr al-ḫalq aǧmaʻīn (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat al-Maymaniyya, s.a.).

al-Qārī al-Harawī, ʻAlī b. Sulṭān Muḥammad and Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā 1367. al-Minaḥ al-fikriyya šarḥ al-Muqaddima al-ǧazariyya ... wa-bi-hāmišihā šarḥ Abī Yaḥyā Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī ʻalā al-Muqaddima al-ǧazariyya (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1367).

Ibn al-Ǧazarī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1349. al-Ḥiṣn al-ḥaṣīn min kalām Sayyid al-Mursalīn (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1349).

ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd Quds 1330. Laṭā’if al-išārāt ilā šarḥ Tashīl al-ṭuruqāt (Cairo: 1330).

Aḥmad al-Ṣāwī n.d. Ḥāšiyat al-Ṣāwī ʻalā Tafsīr al-Ǧalālayn ([al-Qāhira?]: ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd Aḥmad Ḥanafī, n.d.).

ʻAbd al-Ǧalīl b. Muḥammad Ibn ʻAẓẓūm 1930. Tanbīh al-anām fī bayān ʻulūw maqām nabiyyinā Muḥammad ʻalayhi al-ṣalāt wa-al-salām (al-Qāhira: al-Maktaba al-Tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā, 1930).

al-Ġamrāwī, Muḥammad Zuhrī and Ibn al-Naqīb, Aḥmad b. Lu’lu’ 1348. Anwār al-masālik šarḥ ʻUmdat al-sālik wa-ʻuddat al-nāsik ... [maʻa matn] ʻUmdat al-sālik (Miṣr: Matbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1348).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Maqqarī 1968. Nafḥ al-ṭīb min ġuṣn al-Andalus al-raṭīb, ed. Iḥsān ʻAbbās (Bayrūt: Dār Ṣādir, 1968).

al-Sayyid ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz b. al-Sayyid Hāšim al-Idrīsī, ed., n.d. al-Munāẓara al-kubrā bayna ʻayn aʻyān li-ummat al-hādiyyīn [...] al-Sayyid Aḥmad b. Idrīs wa-fuqahā’ al-wahhābiyya, al-Maktaba al-taḫaṣṣuṣiyya li-al-radd ʻalā al-wahhābiyya ([Makka]: Maktabat Umm al-Qurā, ).

Maǧallat Nūr al-islām n.d.

Maǧallat al-rābiṭa al-islāmiyya n.d.

al-Malibārī, Zayn al-Dīn b. ʿAlī 1991. Sirāǧ al-qulūb wa-ʻilāǧ al-ḏunūb, eds Muʿawwad, ʿAlī Muḥammad and ʿAbd al-Mawǧūd, ʿAdil Aḥmad (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-Zahrā’, 1991).

Archives et manuscrits, Bibliothèque nationale de France n.d.

Muḥammad b. al-Muḫtār al-Tiǧānī 2008. Dīwān tiryāq al-fuhūm fī šamm rā’iḥat manāqib al-Quṭb al-Maktūm (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-Qāhira, 2008).

Indira Falk Gesink 2010. Islamic Reform and Conservatism: Al-Azhar and the Evolution of Modern Sunni Islam (London and New York: Tauris Academic Studies, 2010).

Ḥusayn b. Ḥabīb Ibn Ādam 2003. Tawḍīḥ al-marām wa-masraḥ al-afhām : šarḥ Tanbīh al-anām fī al-ṣalāt ʻalā ḫayr al-anām (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2003).

Muḥammad ʻIlīš 1306. Hidāyat al-murīd li-ʻaqīdat ahl al-tawḥīd […] wa bi-hāmišihi Šarḥ al-Ustāḏ al-maḏkūr al-musammā bi-al-Futūḥāt al-ilāhiyya al-wahbiyya ‘alā al-manẓūma al-Maqariyya al-musammāt Iḍāʻat al-duǧunna fī i‘tiqād ahl al-sunna […]. (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat Afandī Muṣṭāfā, 1306).

Abun-Nasr, Jamil M. 1965. The Tijaniyya: A Sufi order in the modern world (London, New York, Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1965).

Seesemann, Rüdiger 2011. The Divine Flood: Ibrāhīm Niasse and the Roots of a Twentieth-Century Sufi Revival (New York: Oxford University Press, 2011).

Morin, D. 2004. Dictionnaire historique afar (1288-1982), Hommes et Sociétés, (1st edition) (Paris: Karthala, 2004).

Ibn al-ʻArabī 2007. A prayer for spiritual elevation and protection: al-Dawr al-aʻlā (Ḥizb al-wiqāya), eds Suha Taji-Farouki and Muhyiddin Ibn ʻArabi Society (Oxford: Anqa, 2007).

al-Fīrūzābādī, Muḥammad b. Yaʻqūb 1330. al-Qāmūs al-muḥīṭ (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Ḥusayniyya al-Miṣriyya, 1330).

Ibn Hišām, ʻAbd Allāh b. Yūsuf 1937. Muġnī al-labīb - Ḥāšiyat ḫātimat al-muḥaqqiqīn wa-ʻumdat al-a’imma al-mudaqqiqīn (Cairo: al-Maktaba al-tiǧāriyya al-kubrā, 1937).

Al-Šarqāwī and al-Hudhudī 189 AD. Al-Šarqāwī ʻalā al-Hudhudī (Cairo: Dār al-Iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya, 189 AD).

ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Ǧīlānī 2000. Al-fuyūḍāt al-rabbāniyya fī al-maʼāṯir wa-l-awrād al-Qādiriyya (al-Qāhira: al-Maktaba al-Azhariyya li-l-turāṯ, 2000).

ʻUmar Riḍā Kaḥḥāla 1414. Muʻǧam al-mu’allifīn. Tarāǧim muṣannifī al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya (Bayrūt: Mu’assasa al-risāla, 1414).

Zayn al-Dīn b. Ġazzāl b. Zayn al-Dīn ʻAlī b. Aḥmad ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Malībārī S. A. Qāmiʻ al-ṭiġyān ʻalā Manẓūmat Šaʻb al-Īmān (Cairo: Dār al-Iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya, S. A.).

al-Šiblanǧī, Mu’min b. Ḥasan Mu’min and al-Ṣabbān, Muḥammad  b. ʻAlī 1926. Nūr al-abṣār fī manāqib Āl bayt al-Nabī al-muḫtār - Isʻāf al-rāġibīn fī sīrat al-Muṣṭfā wa faḍā’il Ahl Baytihi al-ṭāhirīn (Cairo: Dār al-Iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya, 1926).

al-Nawāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī, Muḥammad Ḥasab Allāh al-Makkī, and Sālim b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Saʻd b. Samīr al-Ḥaḍramī 1308. Kāšifat al-siǧā - bi-hāmišihi (1) Safīnat al-naǧā; (2) al-Riyāḍ al-badī‘a fī uṣūl al-dīn wa-ba‘ḍ furū‘ al-šarī‘a (Cairo: Dār Iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya, 1308).

Muḥammad Aḥmad Darnīqa 2003. Muʻǧam aʻlām šuʻarā’ al-madḥ al-nabawī, ed. Yāsīn al-Ayyūbī (s.l.: Dār wa-Maktabat al-Hilāl, 2003).

Ibn al-Naqīb, Aḥmad b. Lu’lu’ b. ʻAbd Allāh al-Rūmī 1357. ʻUmdat al-sālik wa-ʻuddat al-nāsik wa-bi-hāmišihi taʻlīqāt li-baʻḍ al-ʻulamā’ al-ṯiqāt, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1357).

Zayn al-Dīn b. Ġazzāl b. Zayn al-Dīn ʻAlī b. Aḥmad ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Malībārī 1317. Iršād al-ʻibād ilā sabīl al-rišād - Muḫtaṣar ǧalīl yataḍamman aḥādīṯ wa-āṯār wa-mawāʻiẓ tataʻallaq bi-al-mawt wa-mā baʻdahu (Cairo: Maktabat al-Sayyid Muḥammad ʻAb al-Wāḥid Bek al-Ṭawbī, 1317).

al-Ǧamal, Sulaymān b. ʻUmar b. Manṣūr, al-Būṣīrī, Šaraf al-Dīn, and Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Ṣāwī al-Mālikī 1319. al-Futūḥāt al-aḥmadiyya bi-al-minaḥ al-Muḥammadiyya ʻalā matn al-Hamziyya li-Šaraf al-Dīn al-Būṣīrī : wa-bi-hāmišihā al-Matn al-maḏkūr maʻa taqrīrāt li-Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Ṣāwī al-Mālikī (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-Taqaddum al-ʻilmiyya, 1319).

al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb b. Aḥmad 1351. al-Yawāqīt wa-al-ǧawāhir fī bayān ʻaqā’id al-akābir - al-Kibrīt al-Aḥmar fī Bayān ‘Ulūm al-Šayḫ al-Akbar (Cairo: 1351).

‘Alawī b. Aḥmad al-Saqqāf 1940. Maǧmūʻa sabʻa kutub mufīda: wa-bi-hāmišihi ʻIlāǧ al-amrāḍ al-radiyya bi-šarḥ al-Waṣiyya al-ḥaddādiyya (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1940).

al-Ḥarīrī, Abū Muḥammad al-Qāsim b. ʻAlī al-Baṣrī 1882. Mulḥat al-iʻrab (Būlāq: Maṭbaʻat al-maʻārif, 1882).

Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad al-Bāǧūrī and Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī 1343. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻallāma al-fāḍil wa-al-qudwa al-kāmil al-šayḫ Ibrāhīm al-Bāǧūrī ‘alā Šarḥ Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī ‘alā matn Abī Šuǧā‘ fī maḏhab al-imām al-Šāfi‘ī wa-bi-al-hāmiš al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1343).

Abbas Halmi II 2006. The Last Khedive of Egypt: Memoirs of Abbas Halmi II, ed. Amira Sonbol (Cairo: American University of Cairo Press, 2006).

ʻUmar Barakāt b. Muḥammad Barakāt 1309. Fayḍ al-ilāh al-mālik fī ḥall alfāẓ ʻUmdat al-sālik, ed. Muḥammad al-Ḥusaynī (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat al-Kubrā al-Amiriyya bi-Būlāq, 1309).

Muḥammad b. Sīrīn n.d. Taʻbīr al-ru’yā li-al-ḥabr al-Imām wa-al-ǧahbaḏ al-himām al-ustāḏ Muḥammad b. Sīrīn (Cairo: al-Maktaba al-Mulūkiyya, ).

al-Dayrabī, Aḥmad and al-Sanūsī, Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad b. Yūsuf 1338. Kitāb Muǧarrabāt al-ʻālim al-ʻallāma al-Šayḫ Aḥmad al-Dayrabī al-musammā bi-Fatḥ al-malik al-maǧīd al-mu’allaf li-nafʻ al-ʻabīd ... wa-bi-hāmišihi kitāb Muǧarrabāt al-imām al-Sānūsī (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻat al-Raḥmāniyya, 1338).

Ibn ʻAṭā’ Allāh al-Iskandarī 1931. al-Tanwīr fī isqāṭ al-tadbīr wa Tāǧ al-ʻarūs al-ḥāwī li-tahḏīb al-nufūs (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya, 1931).

Raḍī al-Dīn Abū Naṣr b. Amīn al-Dīn Abī ʻAlī Faḍl Allāh al-Ṭabarsī 1331. Makārim al-aḫlāq (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻĀmira al-Malīǧiyya, 1331).

Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr al-Šillī Bāʻalawī 1319. Kitāb al-mašraʻ al-rawī fī manāqib al-Sāda al-Kirām Āl Abī ʻAlawī (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻĀmira al-Šarafiyya, 1319).

ʻUṯmān b. Ḥasan b. Aḥmad al-Ḫūbuwī 1327. Maǧālis kitāb Durrat al-wāʻiẓīn, ed. Muḥammad al-Zuhrī al-Ġumarī (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya, 1327).

Lentin, J. and Grand’Henry, J., eds, 2008. Moyen arabe et variétés mixtes del’arabe à travers l’histoire. Actes du Premier Colloque International (Louvain-la-Neuve, 10-14 mai 2004), Publications de l’Institut Orientaliste de Louvain, 58 (Louvain: Peeters, 2008).

al-Ḥarīrī, al-Qāsim b. ʻAlī 1904. Molhat al-irab : ou les récréations grammaticales; éd. suivie de variantes du commentaire intitulé: Tohfat-el-ahbab, ed. Pinto, Léon (Paris: Guilmoto, 1904).

al-Damāmīnī, Badr al-Dīn Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr al-Maḫzūmī and al-Anṣārī, Zakariyā’ 1324. al-ʻUyūn al-fāḫira al-ġāmiza ʻalā ḫabāyā al-rāmiza - Wa bi-al-hāmiš kitāb fatḥ al-Rabb al-Barriyya bi-šarḥ al-Ḫazraǧiyya, ed. Muḥammad al-Zuhrī al-Ġamrāwī (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya, 1324).

al-Sayyid al-Bakrī al-Makkī Ibn al-Sayyid Muḥammad Šāṭā and Muḥammad Nawawī 1325. Kifāyat al-atqiyā’ wa minhāǧ al-aṣfiyā’ - wa bi-hāmišihi Salālim al-fuḍalā’ li-ḫātimat al-awliyā’ (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā, 1325).

Šurunbulālī, Ḥasan b. ʻAmmār n.d. Matn nūr al-īḍāḥ fī fiqh al-Imām Abī Ḥanīfa (Miṣr: Muḥammad ʻAlī Ṣabīḥ wa-Awlāduhu, ).

ʻAbd al-Ḥalīm Maḥmūd and Aḥmad ʻAbd al-Ǧawwād n.d. Al-Islām, Arkān al-Islām, ed. al-Azhar al-Šarīf (al-Qāhira: ).

Nazmi al-Juabah 1422. Catalogue of Manuscripts in Al-Khalidiya Library Jerusalem, ed. Walid al-Khalidi (London: Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1422).

Ṭabbārah, ʻAfīf ʻAbd al-Fattāḥ 1969. Rūḥ al-dīn al-islāmī (Bayrūt: Dār al-ʻIlm li’l-Malāyyin, 1969).

al-Maǧmūʻa al-Tawḥīdiyya 1998. (Addis Ababa: Širkat al-Naǧǧāšī li-al-ṭibāʻa al-ḫaṣṣa al-maḥdūda, 1998).

Maǧmūʻat al-ṣarf taštamil ʻalā ǧumlat al-rasā’il fī ʻilm al-ṣarf... - wa-bi-hāmišhi baʻḍa taqyīdāt yasīra lāsīman ʻalā matn al-šāfiya li-takūna li-muʻḍlātihā šāfiya min al-qāmūs wa-šarḥ  al-raḍī wa-al-ǧār bi-raddī wa-ġayrihā 1990. (Addis Ababa: Mu’assasat al-Naǧǧāšī li-al-ṭibāʻa wa-al-našr, 1990).

al-Kurdī 1324. al-Ḥawāšī al-Madaniyya... - wa-bi-hāmišihā maʻa al-šarḥ taqrīrāt nafīsa min al-ḥāšiyya al-kubrā wa-ġayrihā (al-Maṭbaʻa al-ḫayriyya, 1324).

al-Ġazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Ṭūsī n.d. Minhāǧ al-ʻābidīn...- wa-bi-hāmišihi al-kitāb al-musammā Bidāyat al-hidāya (Cairo: ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, ).

Brockelmann, Carl 1942. Geschichte der arabischen Litteratur. Dritter Supplementband (Leiden: Brill, 1942).

Fihrist, online n.d.

al-Ḫwarizmī, Ǧamāl al-Dīn Abū Bakr 1331. Mufīd al-ʻulūm wa-mubīd al-humūm (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat Ḥusayn Efendi Šaraf, 1331).

Ḥāšiyatā al-imāmayn [...] Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad al-Qalyūbī wa-al-šayḫ ʻAmīra ʻalā al-šarḥ al-ʻallāma Ǧalāl al-Dīn al-Maḥallī ʻalā Minhāǧ al-ṭālibīn li-al-šayḫ Muḥyī al-Dīn al-Nawawī fī fiqh maḏhab al-imām al-Šāfiʻī wa-bi-al-hāmiš al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr 1340. (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1340).

Zakariyyā’ b. Muḥammad al-Anṣārī and Muṣṭafā al-Ḏahabī 1343. Fatḥ al-wahhāb (bi-šarḥ) Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Manhaǧ al-ṭullāb (Cairo: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1343).

Fayḍ al-ilāh al-mālik (3) fī ḥall alfāẓ ʻUmdat al-sālik 1953. (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1953).

Ḫuḍarī and Ibn ʻAqīl 1932. Ḥāšiyat Muḥammad al-Ḫuḍarī  (2) ʻalā Šarḥ Ibn ʻAqīl ʻalā Alfiyyat Ibn Mālik... wa-bi-hāmišihi al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya, 1932).

Muṣṭafā Rušdī b. Ismāʻīl al-Dimašqī 1955. Ǧabr al-kasr fī naẓm asmā’ ahl Badr (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1955).

Ibn Mālik, Maǧd al-Dīn Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad, Badr al-Dīn, Abū ʻAbd Allāh b. Maǧd al-Dīn Ibn Mālik, Volck, W., and Kellgren 1864. Ibn Mālik’s Lāmìyat al Afʻāl mit Badraddīn’s Commentar von Kellgren, Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des sciences de St.-Pétersbourg, VIIe série, VII, 6 (St. Petersburg - Riga - Leipzig: Eggers et Comp. - Samuel SChmidt - Leopold Voss, 1864).

al-Mīrġanī, Muḥammad ʻUṯmān b. Muḥammad Abī Bakr b. ʻAbd and Muḥammad b. ʻUṯmān al-Mīrġanī 1332. al-Nūr al-barrāq fī madḥ al-Nabī al-miṣdāq wa yalīhi al-Nafaḥāt a-madaniyya fī al-madā’iḥ al-muṣṭafawiyya ([al-Qāhira]: al-Sayyid Muḥammad ʻAbd al-Salām al-Maġribī, 1332).

Hunwick, John O. and O’Fahey, Rex S., eds, 1995. Arabic Literature of Africa. Volume 2. The writings of central Sudanic Africa, Handbuch der Orientalistik (Leiden - New York - Köln: E.J. Brill, 1995).

al-ʻAydarūs, ʻAbd al-Qādir b. ʻAbd Allāh 2001. al-Nūr al-sāfir ʻan aḫbār al-qarn al-ʻāšir, eds Aḥmad Ḥālū, Muḥammad al-Arnā’ūṭ, and Akram al-Būšī (Bayrūt: Dār Ṣādir, 2001).

Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. ‘Alī al-Muqrī al-Fayyūmī 1987. al-Miṣbāḥ al-munīr fī ġarīb al-Šarḥ al-kabīr (Bayrūt: Maktabat Lubnān, 1987).

Muḥammad Ḥaqqī al-Nāzilī and Šams al-Dīn Muḥammad b. al-Ǧazarī n.d. Ḫazīnat al-asrār ǧalīlat al-aḏkār wa bi-hāmišihā kitāb al-Ḥiṣn al-ḥaṣīn min kalām sayyid al-mursalīn (Singapore: Sulaymān Marġī, ).

Zayn Āl Sumayṭ 1417. Masā’il kaṯura ḥawlahā al-niqāš wa-al ǧadal (Kuwayt: al-Sayyid Yūsuf al-Sayyid Hāšim al-Rifāʻī, 1417).

ʻAbdurrahman Kutti and Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī 1997. Sabīl al-naǧāt ʻan bidʻat ahl al-zayġ wa-al-ḍallāla [...] wa-yalīhi kitābān (1) Kaff al-raʻāʻ ʻan muḥarramāt al-lahw wa-al-samāʻ, (2) al-Aʻlām bi-qawāṭiʻ al-islām (Istanbul: Hakīkat kitabevi, 1997).

al-Ġāzālī, Abū Ḥāmid, al-ʻAydarūs Bā ʻAlawī, ʻAbd al-Qādir b. Šāyḫ b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Šayḫ b. ʻAbd Allāh, and al-Suhrawardī n.d. Kitāb iḥiyā’ ʻulūm al-dīn - wa bi-hāmišihā Kitāb taʻrīf al-aḥiyā’ bi-faḍā’il al-Iḥiyā’ wa ʻAwārif al-maʻārif (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya - Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, ).

al-Ġazzī, Muḥammad b. Qāsim and Abū Šuǧāʻ, Aḥmad b. al-Ḥusayn 1319. Fatḥ al-qarīb al-muǧīb ʻalā al-kitāb al-musammā bi’l-Taqrīb - wa bi-hāmišihā al-matn al-maḏkūr (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya - Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1319).

al-Damanhūrī, Aḥmad and al-Aḫḍarī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1350. Šarḥ al-ʻAllāma al-Šayḫ Aḥmad al-Damanhūrī al-musammā Ḥiliyat al-lubb al-maṣūn  ʻalā al-Ǧawhar al-maknūn (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1350).

al-Nabahānī, Yūsuf 1330. Kitāb al-Arbaʻīn arbaʻīn fī aḥādīṯ sayyid al-mursalīn (Bayrūt: 1330).

Maḥmūd Muḥammad Ḥamza and Muṣṭafā al-Saqā 1959. Hidāyat al-nāši’īn fī al-Qur’ān al-karīm wa al-tahḏīb wa al-dīn (al-Qāhira: Dar al-Maʻārif, 1959).

al-Dardīr, Aḥmad and al-Ġayṭī, Naǧm al-Dīn 1328. Ḥāšiyat alimām al-ʻārif bi’Llāh taʻālā Abī al-Barakāt sayyidī Aḥmad al-Dardīr ʻalā Qiṣṣat al-miʻrāǧ li’l-ʻallāma al-himām barakat al-anām Naǧm al-Dīn al-Ġayṭī (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya - Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1328).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrahīm, Ibn Qāsim Muḥammad al-Ġazzī, and Abū Šuǧāʻ al-Iṣfahānī 1331. Ḥāšiyat al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā šarḥ Ibn Qāsim al-Ġāzzī ʻalā al-Ġāya li-Abī Šuǧāʻ (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya - Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1331).

al-Murtaḍā al-Zabīdī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1306. Tāǧ al-ʻarūs min ǧawāhir al-qāmūs, vol. 1-10 (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Ḫayriyya, 1306).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrahīm and al-ʻAmrīṭī, Šaraf al-Dīn 1325. Fatḥ Rabb al-barriyya ʻalā al-Durra al-Bahiyya naẓm al-Āǧurrūmiyya - wa bi’l-hāmiš Naẓm al-Āǧurrūmiyya (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā - Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1325).

Muḥammad b. Yaḥyā al-Tādifī al-Ḥanbalī 1331. Qalā’id al-Ǧawāhir fī manāqib al-šayḫ ʻAbd al-Qādir al-fard al-ǧāmiʻ al-rabbānī al-haykal al-lāmiʻ al-nūrānī sayydinā al-Šayḫ Muḥīy al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Ǧīlānī (al-Qāhira: Dar al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā - Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1331).

ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad Aḥmad al-Fākihī 1327. Kašf al-niqāb ʻan Mulḥat al-iʻrāb li-al-imām ʻAbd Allāh b. Muḥammad Aḥmad al-Fākihī - wa-bi-hāmišihi taqrīrāt li-baʻḍa al-afāḍil (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1327).

al-Ġazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 2005. Letter to a disciple = Ayyuhā al-walad, ed. Tobias Meyer (Cambridge: Islamic Text Society, 2005).

Muḥammad Ḫalīl b. ʻAlī al-Ḥusaynī 1408. Silk al-durar fī aʻyān al-qarn al-ṯānī ʻašar (Bayrūt: Dār al-Bašā’ir al-Islāmiyya, 1408).

Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Ġazālī, ʻAbd al-Qādir b. Šayḫ b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Šayḫ b. ʻAbd Allāh al-ʻAydarūs Bā ʻAlawī, al-Suhrawardī, ʻUmar b. Muḥammad, and al-Ḥāfiẓ al-ʻIrāqī, ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. al-Ḥusayn 1352. Iḥyā’ ʻulūm al-dīn - wa-maʻahu kitāb al-Muġnī ʻan ḥaml al-asfār fī al-isfār - wa-bi-hāmišihi ṯalāṯa kutub: (1) Taʻrīf al-aḥyā’ bi-faḍā’il al-iḥyā’, (2) al-Imlā’ ʻan iškalāt al-Iḥyā’, (3) ʻAwārif al-maʻārif (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻUṯmaniyya al-Miṣriyya, 1352).

al-Bāǧūrī 1926. Ḥāšiyat al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā matn al-Ǧawharat al-tawḥīd (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya, 1926).

Yūsuf ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Hararī, ed., 1345. Rabīʻ al-qulūb fī ḏikr manāqib wa-faḍā’il Sayyidinā al-Šayḫ Nūr Ḥusayn ... wa-yalīhi kitāb Nuzhat al-asrār wa-ṭaḥārat al-aqdām fī manāqibihi wa-faḍā’ilihi ayḏan wa-yalīhi Nasabuhu al-šarīf raḍiya Allāh ʻanhu (Cairo: M. al-Šarq, 1345).

al-Nawāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī, Muḥammad Ḥasab Allāh al-Makkī, and Sālim b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Saʻd b. Samīr al-Ḥaḍramī 1343. Šarḥ Kāšifat al-siǧā ʻalā Safīnat al-naǧā fī uṣūl al-dīn wa al-fiqh; wa-qad ṭurriza hāmiš hāḏā al-kitāb bi-kitābayn (1) matn hāḏā al-šarḥ; (2) kitāb al-Riyāḍ al-badī‘a fī uṣūl al-Dīn wa-ba‘ḍ furū‘ al-šarī‘a ʻalā maḏhab al-Imām al-Šāfiʻī, ed. Ibrāhīm b. Ḥasan al-Inbābī (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Babī al-Ḥalabī wa Awlādihi, 1343).

Muḥammad b. Qāsim al-Ġazzī al-Šāfiʻī and Abū Šūǧāʻ, Aḥmad b. al-Ḥusayn al-Iṣfahānī 1952. Fatḥ al-qarīb al-muǧīb šarḥ Muḥammad b. Qāsim al-Ġazzī al-Šāfiʻī ʻalā al-kitāb al-musamma bi’l-Taqrīb, ed. Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Babī al-Ḥalabī wa Awlādihi, 1952).

al-Murtaḍā al-Zabīdī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1994. Tāǧ al-ʻarūs min ǧawāhir al-qāmūs, vol. 1-20, ed. ʻAlī Šayrī (Bayrūt: Dār al-Fikr, 1994).

Ibn Kaṯīr, Abū al-Fidā’ Ismāʻīl n.d. Šamā’il al-Rasūl wa dalā’il nubuwwatihi wa faḍāiluhu wa ḫaṣā’iṣuhu, ed. Muṣṭafā ʻAbd al-Wāḥid (Bayrūt: Dār al-Maʻrifa, ).

Ibn Mālik, Muḥammad b. ʻAbd Allāh s.a. Alfiyyat Ibn Mālik fī al-naḥw wa-al-ṣarf, eds ʻAbd al-Fattāḥ al-Ṣaʻīdī and Ḥusayn Yūsuf Mūsā (Singapore, Penang: Sulaymān Farʻī, s.a.).

al-Rāzī, Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr 1417. Tuḥfat al-mulūk fī fiqh maḏhab al-Imām Abī Ḥanīfa al-Nuʻmān, ed. ʻAbd Allāh Nadīr Aḥmad (Bayrūt: Dār al-Bašā’ir al-Islāmiyya, 1417).

al-Damīrī, Muḥammad b. Mūsā b. ʻῙsā Kamāl al-Dīn and al-Qazwīnī, Zakariyyā’ b. Muḥammad ibn Maḥmūd 1376. Ḥayāt al-ḥayawān al-kubrā ... wa-yalīhi ʻAǧā’ib al-maḫlūqāt wa-ġarā’ib al-mawǧūdāt (Cairo: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1376).

al-Qarāfī, Šihāb al-Dīn Abū al-ʻAbbās al-Ṣinhāǧī and Ibn Šāṭṭ, Qāsim b. ʻAbd Allāh al-Anṣārī n. d. al-Furūq li-al-Imām Šihāb al-Dīn Abī al-ʻAbbās al-Ṣinhāǧī al-mašhūr bi-al-Qarāfī ... wa-bi-asfalihā ḥāšiyat ... Ibn al-Šāṭṭ al-musammā Idrār al-šurūq ʻalā anwār al-furūq ... wa-bi-hāmiš al-kitābayn Tahḏīb al-furūq wa-al-qawāʻid al-saniyya fī al-asrār al-fiqhiyya li-mu’allifihi Muḥammad ʻAlī b. Ḥusayn (Beirut: Dār al-maʻrifa, n. d.).

Aḥmad al-Tīǧānī, Abū al-ʻAbbās b. Maḥammad b. al-Muḫtār, ʻAlī Ḥarāzim b. al-ʻArabī Barāda, and ʻUmar al-Fūtī al-Ṭūdī al-Kadwī 1937. Ǧawāhir al-maʻānī wa bulūġ al-amānī fī fayḍ Abī ʻAbbās al-Tiǧānī - Kitāb Rimāḥ ḥizb al-Raḥīm ʻalā nuḥūr ḥizb al-Raǧīm (al-Qāhira: ʻAbbās b. ʻAbd al-Salām b. Šaqrūn, 1937).

al-Nawawī,  Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī 1936. Nūr al-ẓulām šarḥ Manẓumat ʻAqīdat al-ʻawāmm, eds Aḥmad Saʻd ʻAlī, Muḥammad Amīn ʻImrān, and Rustom Muṣṭafā al-Ḥalabī (al-Qāhira: [Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī], 1936).

ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Ǧīlānī n. d. Al-fuyūḍāt al-rabbāniyya (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-umma Bahǧat al-darb al-aḥmar, n. d.).

Robinson, David 1985. The Holy War of Umar Tal (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1985).

al-Nawawī,  Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī and Aḥmad b. Zayn al-Ḥabašī n.d. Bahǧat al-wasā’il bi-šarḥ al-masā’il ʻalā al-Rišālā al-ǧāmiʻa bayna uṣūl al-dīn wa al-fish wa al-taṣawwuf (al-Qāhira: ).

Kitāb Iḥiyā’ ʻulūm al-dīn 1321. ([al-Qāhira]: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻĀmira al-Šarqiyya, 1321).

al-Nawawī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar and al-Barzanǧī, Ǧaʻfar b. Ḥasan 1340. Madāriǧ al-ṣuʻūd (2) ilā iktisā’ al-burūd ... šarḥ ʻalā al-Mawlid al-nabawī ... wa-bi-hāmišihi al-Mawlid al-maḏkūr (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1340).

Muḥammad Ḥaqqī al-Nāzilī and Ibn al-Ǧazarī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1349. Ḫazīnat al-asrār al-kubrā ǧalīlat al-aḏkār ... wa-yalīhi al-Ḥiṣn al-ḥaṣīn min kalām sayyid al-mursalīn (Miṣr: Šarikat Maktabat wa-Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlādihi, 1349).

Padwick, Constance E. 1961. Muslim Devotions: A Study of Prayer-Manuals in Common Use (London: SPCK, 1961).

Aḥzāb wa-awrād Aḥmad al-Tiǧānī n.d. (Cairo: ).

Ibn al-Wardī 1939. Ḫarīdat al-ʻaǧā’ib wa-farīdat al-ġarā’ib (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1939).

ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz Sayyid al-Ahl 1353. al-Ḫalīfa al-zāhid ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz (Bayrūt: Dār al-ʻIlm al-Malāyīn, 1353).

Ǧaʻfar b. Ḥasan b. ʻAbd al-Karīm al-Barzanǧī n.d. Manẓūmat Ahl Badr al-musammāt bi-Ǧāliyyat al-Kadar (Singapore: Maṭbaʻat Sulaymān Marʻī, ).

Khaled el-Rouayheb 2015. Islamic Intellectual History in the Seventeenth Century. Scholarly Currents in the Ottoman Empire and the Maghreb (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2015).

Dalīl al-ḥāǧǧ wa-al-muʻtamar n.d. (Jeddah: Markaz al-Daʻwa wa-al-iršād bi-Ǧidda, ).

Maḥmūd b. Sulaymān al-Tiǧānī 1959. al-Manhal al-aṣfā fī ziyārat al-Nabī al-Muṣtafā (al-Qāhira: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1959).

Baḫraq al-Yamanī al-Ḥaḍramī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar s.a. Tuḥfat al-aḥbāb wa-ṭurfat al-aṣḥāb ... wa-wuḍiʻa bi-hāmišihi baʻḍ taqyīdāt wa-fawā’id ǧalīla min šarḥ al-mu’allif wa-al-Fākihī wa-al-Yamanī wa-ġayruhā li-al-fā’ida wa-ziyāda fī nafʻ al-ṭullāb (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya, s.a.).

Ǧamāl al-Dīn al-Annī 1337. Kifāyat al-ṭālibīn (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat Maṭar, 1337).

Ḫālid Muḥammad Ḫālid 1999. Riǧāl ḥawla al-Rasūl (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 1999).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Ṣafūrī al-Šāfiʻī and ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Dīrīnī n.d. Nuzhat al-maǧālis wa muntaḫab al-nafā’is wa bi-hāmišihā kitāb Ṭahārat al-qulūb wal-ḫuḍūʻ li-ʻallām al-ġuyūb (al-Qāhira: ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa Šurakā’hu, ).

Ǧamāl al-Dīn al-Annī 1433. al-Naǧm al-munīr, fī iršād man yurīd al-safar ilā al-āḫira wa-yasīr, ed. Muḥammad b. Ḥāmī al-Dīn b. ʻAbd al-Ṣamad al-Wollowī al-Būranī, Silsilat mu’allifāt al-Šayḫ ... Ǧamāl al-Dīn Muḥammad al-Annī (Addīs Abābā: Maktabat al-Sunna, 1433).

Abū al-Suʻūd Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-ʻImādī 1928. Tafsīr Abī al-Suʻūd al-musammā Iršād al-ʻaql al-salīm ilā mazāyā al-Qur’ān al-karīm, eds al-Šāyḫ Ḥasan Muḥammad al-Masʻūdī and Muḥammad Muḥammad ʻAbd al-Laṭīf (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Miṣriyya, 1928).

al-Sayyid Muḥammad b. ʻAlawī al-Mālikī al-Ḥasanī n.d. al-Madḥ al-nabawī bayn al-ġuluww wa al-inṣāf, Silsila Īḍāḥ mafāhīm al-sunna al-nabawiyya, 1 (al-Qāhira: Dār Wahdān liìl-Ṭibāʻa wa al-Našr, ).

al-Qārī al-Harawī, ʻAlī b. Sulṭān Muḥammad and Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā 1347. al-Minaḥ al-fikriyya šarḥ matn al-Ǧazariyya ... wa-bi-hāmišihi šarḥ al-ʻallāma Šayḫ al-islām Zakarīyā’ al-Anṣārī ʻalā al-Muqaddima al-ǧazariyya ayḍan (Miṣr: Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-Awlāduhu, 1347).

Ibn Mālik, Abū ʻAbd Allāh Ǧamāl al-Dīn Muḥammad b. ʻAbd Allāh 1888. Manuel pour l’étude des grammairiens arabes: la ’Alfiyyah d’Ibn Mālik, suivi du Lāmiyyah du meme auteur, ed. Goguyer, Antoine (Bayrūt: Imprimerie des Belles-lettres, 1888).

Ismāʻīl Ḥaqqī al-Burūswī 1927. Tafsīr rūḥ al-bayān (Istanbul: ʻUṯmān Bey Maṭbaʻası, 1927).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥāmmad Bāʻlāwī and ʻAlī Bāṣīrī 1325. Kitāb Buġyat al-mustaršidīn (2) fī talḫīṣ fatāwā ba‘ḍ al-a’imma min al-‘ulamā’ al-muta’aḫḫirīn [...] wa-bi-hāmišihi Kitāb Iṯmiḏ al-ʻaynayn fī baʻḍ iḫtilāf al-šayḫayn Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī wa-al-Šams al-Ramlī [...] ṯumma yalīhi bi-al-hāmiš ayḍan Kitāb Ġāyat Talḫīṣ al-Murād min Fatāwā Ibn Ziyād (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1325).

al-Bannānī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn al-Maḥallī, and al-Širbīnī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān n.d. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻallāma al-Bannānī ʻalā šarḥ al-Ǧalāl al-Maḥallī ʻalā Ǧamʻ al-Ǧawāmiʻ li-al-imām Ibn al-Subkī - wa-ʻalā hāmišīhi al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr wa-baʻḍ taqrīrāt li-al-ʻālim al-ʻallāma al-šayḫ ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Širbīnī, ed. Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥālabī wa aḫawayihi Bakrī wa ʻĪsā (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā, ).

Maǧmūʻ al-mutūn al-kabīr: muštamil ʻalā 63 matnan min muhimmāt al-mutūn fī muḫtalif al-ʻulūm wa-al-funūn 1378. (al-Qāhira: al-Maktaba al-Tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā, 1378).

al-ʻAṭṭār, Ḥasan b. Muḥammad and al-Širbīnī, ʻAbd al-Raḥmān 1898. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻAṭṭār ʻalā šarḥ al-Ǧalāl al-Maḥallī ʻalā Ǧamʻ al-Ǧawāmiʻ li’l-Subkī - wa bi-hāmišihi Taqrīr li-ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Širbīnī ʻalā Ǧamʻ al-ǧāwāmiʻ (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻIlmiyya, 1898).

ʻAbd al-Qādir b. Aḥmad al-Ḫaṭīb al-Ṭarābulusī 1312. Risāla fī taḥrīr al-maqādīr al-šarʻiyya ʻalā maḏhab al-a’imma al-arbaʻa al-muǧtahidīn (Būlāq: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Amīriyya, 1312).

al-Fayyūmī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. ʻAlī al-Maqqarī 1980. al-Miṣbaḥ al-Munīr fī ġarīb al-Šarḥ al-Kabīr li’l-Rifāʻī, ed. Muṣṭafā al-Šaqā (al-Qāhira: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa Awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1980).

al-Qayrawānī, Ibn Abī Zayd and Ṣāliḥ ʻAbd al-Samīʻ al-Ābī al-Azharī n.d. Risālat al-Imām Ibn Abī Zayd al-Qayrawānī wa bi-hamišihā al-šarḥ al-musammā al-Ṯamar al-dānī fī taqrīb al-maʻānī (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-Qāhira, ).

Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad al-Bāǧūrī and Ḫālid al-Azharī 1344. Ḥāšiyat ... Ibrāhīm al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā matn al-Burda (2) ... wa-bi-hāmišihā Šarḥ al-Šayḫ Ḫālid al-Azharī ʻalā al-Burda ayḍan (Cairo: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maḥmūdiyya al-tiǧāriyya, 1344).

al-Nawāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī and al-Ġazzālī, Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad al-Ṭūsī 1343. Šarḥ Marāqī al-ʻubūdiyya [...] ʻalā matn Bidāyat al-hidāya ... wa-bi-hāmišihi Bidāya al-hidāya al-maḏkūra (Cairo: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1343).

Abū Rīma, Muḥammad al-Maḥmūd al-Naǧǧār 1922. Hidāyat al-mustafīd fī aḥkām al-taǧwīd (Miṣr: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1922).

‘Alī b. Aḥmad al-‘Azīzī al-Būlāqī al-Šāfi‘ī 1357. al-Sirāǧ al-munīr šarḥ al-Ǧāmi‘ al-ṣaġīr fī ḥadīṯ al-bašīr al-naḏīr (Cairo: ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1357).

al-Qināwī, Masʻūd b. Ḥasan b. Abī Bakr 1346. Fatḥ al-raḥīm al-raḥmān (al-Qāhira: Muḥammad ʻAlī Ṣubayḥ wa-Awlāduhu, 1346).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Muḥammad b. Yaḫlaftan b. Aḥmad b. Taflīt al-Fāzāzī al-Yaǧfašī Abū Zayd, Abū Bakr Muḥammad al-Mahīb, Yūsuf al-Nabahānī, and Ibn Ǧābir al-Andalusī s.a. al-Wasā’il al-mutaqabbila fī madḥ al-Nabī ... wa-taḫmīsuhu li-al-Šayḫ al-imām Abī Bakr Muḥammad al-Mahīb...wa-yalīhi qaṣīdatayn (1) al-Sābiqāt al-ǧiyād (2) Qasīdat madḥ al-nabī fī al-tawriya bi-suwar al-Qur’ān (Cairo: Maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat al-Mašhad al-Ḥusaynī, s.a.).

al-Ḫuḍarī, Muḥammad, Ibn ʻAqīl, and Ibn Mālik 1319. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻālim al-ʻallāma [...] al-šāyḫ Muḥammd al-Ḫuḍarī [...] ʻalā Šarḥ al-muḥaqqiq al-ǧalīl al-ʻallāma al-himām Ibn ʻAqīl ʻala Alfiyyat al-imām Ibn Mālik - wa bi’l-hāmiš šarḥ Ibn ʻAqīl al-maḏkūr, ed. Muḥammad Ramaḍān (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya al-Miṣriyya, 1319).

al-Fākihī, ʻAbd Allāh b. Aḥmad and al-Ḥaṭṭāb, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 1322. Šarḥ al-Fawākih al-ǧaniyya ʻalā Mutammimat al-Āǧurrūmiyya ... wa-bi-hāmišihi matn ḏālika al-šarḥ wa-huwa Mutammimat al-Aǧurrūmiyya fī ʻilm al-ʻarabiyya (Miṣr: Matbaʻat al-Taqaddum al-ʻIlmiyya, 1322).

Abū Rīma, Muḥamamd al-Maḥmūd n.d. Hidāyat al-mustafīd fī aḥkām al-taǧwīd (Ḥalab: al-Maktaba al-Adabiyya - ʻUmar Muḥammad Rayḥāwī, ).

al-Anṣārī, Aḥmad b. ʻĪsā 1341. Kitāb šarḥ al-muqaddima al-ʻašmāwiyya - wa bi’l-hāmiš taʻalliqāt mufīda li’l-mu’allif (al-Qāhira: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa Awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1341).

al-Baqarī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar and al-Sibṭ al-Māridīnī n.d. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻālim al-ʻallāma [...] Muḥammad b. ʻUmar al-Baqarī ʻalā Šarḥ al-raḥbiyya li’l-imām Sibṭ al-Māridīnī - wa bi-hāmišihā al-Šarḥ al-maḏkūr li’l-imām al-Sibṭ al-Māridīnī ([al-Qāhira]: Maḥmūd Tawfīq al-Kutubī, ).

Mudarris Sālim ʻAlī and al-Maraġī, Aḥmad Muṣṭafā 1921. Tahḏīb al-tawḍīḥ (Egypt: Maṭbaʻat al-Saʻāda, 1921).

ʻUbayda b. Muḥammad al-Ṣaġīr al-Šinqīṭī 1348. Mīzāb al-raḥma al-rabbāniyya fī al-tarbiyya bi’l-ṭarīqa al-Tiǧāniyya, ed. Ibrāhīm Ḥasan al-Inbābī (al-Qāhira: Muṣtafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1348).

Minhāǧ al-ʻābidīnli’l-šāyḫ ... Abī Ḥāmid al-Ġazālī - wa-bi-hāmišihi al-kitāb al-musammā Bidāyat al-hidāya n.d. (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya - Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, ).

al-Nabahānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl n.d. Maǧmūʻ yaštamil ʻalā ṯalāṯa kutub: (1) al-Qaṣīda al-rā’iyya al-kubrā fī al-kamālāt al-ilāhiyya wa-al-sīra al-nabawiyya wa-waḍʻ al-milla al-islāmiyya wa-al-milal al-uḫrā, (2) Saʻādat al-anām fī atbāʻ dīn al-islām, (3) Muḫtaṣar Iršād al-ḥayārā fī taḥḏīr al-muslimīn min madāris al-naṣārā.

al-Nawāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻUmar b. ʻArabī al-Ǧāwī, Muḥammad Ḥasab Allāh al-Makkī, and Sālim b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Saʻd b. Samīr al-Ḥaḍramī 1332. Kāšifat al-siǧā - bi-hāmišihi (1) Matn Safīnat al-naǧā; (2) al-Riyāḍ al-badī‘a fī uṣūl al-dīn wa-ba‘ḍ furū‘ al-šarī‘a ʻalā maḏhab al-imam al-Šāfiʻī (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻa al-Ḫayriyya - al-Sayyid ʻUmar Ḥusayn al-Ḫaššāb, 1332).

‘Alawī b. Aḥmad al-Saqqāf and al-Malībārī, Zayn al-Dīn b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz 1311. Ḥāšiyat Fatḥ al-muʻīn al-musammā Taršīḥ al-mustafidīn bi-tawšīḥ Fatḥ al-muʻīn li-al-ʻallāma [...] al-Sayyd ʻAlawī b. al-Sayyid Aḥmad al-Saqqāf - wa bi-al-hāmiš Fatḥ al-muʻīn bi-šarḥ Qurrat al-ʻayn li-al-ʻallāma [...] al-šayḫ Zayn al-Dīn b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz al-Malībārī (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya, 1311).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm and Ibn Qāsim al-Ġazzī 1354. Ḥāšiyat al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā Ibn Qāsim - Šarḥ ... ʻalā matn al-Šayḫ Abī al-Šuǧāʻ fī maḏhab al-iimām al-Šāfiʻī - wa bi’l-hāmiš al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr (al-Qāhira: al-Maktaba al-Tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā - Muṣṭafā Muḥammad, 1354).

Tafsīr al-ʻušr al-aḫīr min al-Qur’ān al-karīm min kitāb Zubdat al-tafsīr wa-yalīhi aḥkām tahummu al-muslim n.d.

al-Ibšīhī, Šihāb al-Dīn Muḥammad b. Aḥmad Abī al-Fatḥ, Muḥammad b. Ibrāhīm al-Aḥdab, and Ibn Ḥiǧǧa al-Ḥamawī, Taqī al-Dīn Abū Bakr b. ʻAlī b. Muḥammad  al-Qādirī al-Ḥanafī 1368. al-Mustaṭraf fī kull fann al-mustaẓraf - wa bi’l-hāmiš Tamarāt al-awrāq fī al-muḥāḍarāt - wa yalīhī ḏaylān 1) li-Ibn Ḥiǧǧa al-Ḥamawī 2) li-Muḥammad b. Ibrāhīm al-Aḥdab (al-Qāhira: ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd Aḥmad Ḥanafī, 1368).

al-Naẓīfī, Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad Fatḥā b. ʻAbd al-Wāḥid al-Sūsī s.a. Kitāb al-Durra al-ḫarīda šarḥ al-Yaqūta al-farīda - bi-ḏayl ṣaḥā’’ifihi kitāb al-Nafḥa al-rabbāniyya fī al-ṭarīqa al-Tiǧāniyya (Bayrūt - Wād Madanī (Sūdān): al-Maktaba al-Sanʻabaniyya? - Maktaba Maḍawī, s.a.).

Luwīs Maʻlūf al-Yasūʻī 1937. al-Munǧid muʻǧam madrasī li-al-luġa al-ʻarabiyya (Bayrūt: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Kātūlīkiyya li-al-Ābā’ al-Yasūʻiyyīn, 1937).

Theodor Nöldeke, Gotthelf Bergsträsser, Friedrich Schwally, and Otto Pretzl 2013. The History of the Qur’an, ed. Wolfgang Behn (Leiden: Brill, 2013).

al-Rāzī, Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr Zayn al-Dīn and al-ʻUkbarī, Muḥibb al-Dīn Abū al-Baqā’ ʻAbd Allāh b. al-Ḥusayn b. ʻAbd Allāh n.d. Imlā’ mā manna bihi al-raḥmān min wuǧūh al-iʻrāb wa-al-qirā’āt fī ǧamīʻ al-Qur’ān - wa buhāmišihi Umnūḏaǧ ǧalīl fī bayān as’ila wa aǧwiba min ġarā’ib Āy al-tanzīl (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya - Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, ).

al-Bayḍāwī, Nāṣir al-Dīn Abū Saʻīd ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻumar b. Muḥammad al-Šīrāzī and al-Kāzarūnī, Abū al-Faḍl al-Qurašī al-Ṣiddīqī al-Ḫaṭīb 1330. Anwār al-tanzīl wa-asrār al-ta’wīl - wa bi-hāmišihi Ḥašīyat [...] Abī al-Faḍl al-Qurašī al-Ṣiddīqī al-Ḫaṭīb al-mašhūr bi-’l-Kāzarūnī (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā - Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa Aḫawayh Bakrī wa ʻĪsā, 1330).

ʻAbd al-Ḥaqq sibṭ al-ʻAllāma al-Nawawī al-ṯānī and al-Taftāzānī, Saʻd al-Dīn Masʻūd b. ʻUmar b. ʻAbd Allāh 1348. Tadrīǧ al-adānī ilā qirā’at šarḥ al-Saʻd ʻalā Taṣrīf al-Zanǧānī ... wa-bi-al-hāmiš al-šarḥ al-maḏkūr li-al-ḥibr al-Taftāzānī ʻalā matn al-Zanǧānī (Miṣr: Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya, 1348).

Yūsuf al-Nabahānī 1312. al-Naẓm al-badīʻ fī mawlid al-shafīʻ (Bayrūt: al-Maṭbaʻa al-adabiyya, 1312).

al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb and al-Ġazālī, Muḥammad b. Muḥammad n.d. Tanbīh al-muġtarrīn li’l-quṭb al-rabbānī [...] ʻAbd al-Wahhāb al-Šaʻrānī - wa bi-hāmišihi kitāb al-Kašf wa al-tabiyyn fī ġurūr al-ḫalq aǧmaʻīn (al-Qāhira: al-Maktaba al-Tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā - Muṣṭafā Muḥammad, ).

Muḥammad Yūsuf al-Kāndihlawī 2003. al-Aḥādīṯ al-muntaḫaba fī al-ṣifāt al-sitt li-al-daʻwa ilā Allāh taʻālā, ed. Muḥammad Saʻd al-Kāndihlawī (New Delhi: Idāra Išāʻāt Dīniyyāt, 2003).

Muhammed Rashaad Kabiir Abdullee Kabiir Muummayyaa Carcar Harar 1991. Fat-hgurraghmaan kan hiikkaa qur’aanaa kan afaan oromo’oo (Addīs Abābā: Maktabat Muṣʻab b. ʻAmīr al-Islāmiyya, 1991).

al-Qāšānī, ʻAbd al-Razzāq n.d. Tafsīr al-šayḫ al-akbar (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya - Muṣṭafā al_Bābī al-Ḥalabī, ).

Muḥammad al-Amīn al-Urumī al-Hararī al-Buwayṭī 1429. Manāhil al-riǧāl wa-marāḍiʻ al-aṭfāl bi-libān maʻānī Lāmiyyat al-afʻāl (Bayrūt: Dār Ṭawq al-Naǧā, 1429).

al-Amīr, Muḥammad b. Ismāʻīl al-Ṣanʻānī s.a. Subul al-salām šarḥ Bulūġ al-marām min ǧamʻ adillat al-aḥkām (al-Qāhira: Šarikat al-Quds li-al-Taṣdīr, s.a.).

Qara Bulūṭ, ʻAlī al-Riḍā and Qara Bulūṭ, Aḥmad Ṭūrān 2006. Muʻǧam al-ta’rīḫ al-turāṯ al-islāmiyya fī maktabāt al-ʻālam = Dünya kütüphanelerinde mevcut İslâm kültür tarihi ile ilgili eserler ansiklopedisi, İlmı̂ eserler serizi, 3 (Qayṣarī, Turkiyā: Dār al-ʻAqaba, 2006).

Aḥmad al-Tiǧānī 2012. Aḥzāb wa-awrād quṭb al-rabbānī wa-l-ʻārif al-ṣamdānī, ed. Muḥammad al-Ḥāfiẓ al-Tiǧānī (Fās [?]: Maṭbaʻat al-zāwiya al-Tiǧāniyya, 2012).

Muḥamamd b. ʻAbd al-Laṭīf n.d. Ḥaqīqa daʻwa al-šayḫ al-imām al-muǧaddid Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Wahhāb (al-Riyāḍ: Mu’assasa al-Nūr li’l-Ṭibāʻa wa al-Taǧlīd, ).

Muḥarram Efendī and al-Ǧāmī 1320. Ḥāšiyat Muḥarram (Istanbul: Ḫūršīd Maṭbaʻasi, 1320).

al-Dayrabī, Aḥmad b. ʻUmar 1956. Ġāyat al-maqṣūd li-man yataʻāṭā al-ʻuqūd (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1956).

Aḥmad b. Zaynī Daḥlān 1347. al-Durar al-saniyya fī al-radd ʻalā al-wahhābiyya - wa yalīhi Risālat al-naṣr fī ḏikr waqt al-ʻaṣr (al-Qāhira: Dār Iḥiyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya - ʻĪsā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, 1347).

Muṣtafā Muḥammad ʻAmmāra 1345. Title Azhār al-adab fī durūs al-inšā’ wa al-imlā’ wa al-muṭālaʻa - mawḍūʻāt ʻaṣriyya naṯran wa šiʻran - adabiyya li-talāmīḏ al-madāris al-abtidā’iyya wa al-ṯanāwiyya wa al-mu’allimīn (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻa al-Maʻāhid, 1345).

Aḥmad b. Zaynī Daḥlān 1349. al-Durar al-saniyya fī al-radd ʻalā al-wahhābiyya - wa yalīhi Risālat al-naṣr fī ḏikr waqt al-ʻaṣr (2) (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī - Muḥammad Amīn ʻImrān, 1349).

Maǧmūʻ min muhimmat al-mutūn al-mustaʻmala min ġālib al-ḫawāṣṣ al-funūn n.d. (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya - Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī, ).

al-Qāḍī Abī al-Faḍl ʻAyāḍ al-Yaḥṣabī and al-Šūmunnī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 2000. al-Šīfā’ bi-taʻrīf ḥuqūq al-Muṣtafā - Muzīl al-ḫafā’ ʻan al-fāẓ al-šīfā’, ed. ʻAbd al-Salām Muḥammad Amīn (Bayūt: Muḥammad ʻAlī  Bayḍūn - Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2000).

Aḥmad Bey al-Hāšimī 1949. Inšā’ al-mukātabāt al-ʻaṣriyya wa al-murāsalāt al-ʻarabiyya ([al-Qāhira]: al-Maktaba al-Tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā - Muṣṭafā Muḥammad, 1949).

[Bā Faḍl al-Ḥaḍramī] n.d. Haḏihi al-taḫmīsa al-manẓūma asmā’ Allāh al-ḥusnā - wa maʻahu asmā’ al-ḥusnā naṯran allatī awwaluhā (Singapore: Sulaymān Maraʻī, ).

Ismāʻīl Bāšā al-Baġdādī 199 AD. Īḍāḥ al-maknūn fī al-ḏayl ʻalā Kašf al-ẓunūn (Bayrūt: Dār iḥyā’ al-turāṯ al-ʻarabī, 199 AD).

al-Nawawī, Abū Zakariyyā’ Yaḥyā b. Šaraf and Zakariyyā’ al-Anṣārī, Abū Yaḥyā b. Muḥammad s.a. Minhāǧ al-ṭālibīn wa-ʻumdat al-muftīn ... wa-bi-hāmišihi matn al-Manhaǧ (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Raḥmāniyya, s.a.).

Muḥammad al-Ṣaġīr al-Šinqīṭī and al-ʻArabī b. al-Sā’iḥ 1356. Buġyat al-mustafīd li-šarḥ Munyat al-murīd - al-Ǧayš al-Kafīl bi-aḫḏ al-nār mimman salla ʻalā al-šayx al-Tiǧānī sayf al-inkār - maʻa taḏayyulihi bi’l-Qaṣīda al-fayḥā’ wa al-rawḍā al-Ġinā’ al-mulaqqaba bi-Sirriyat al-Ḥaqq wa al-intiṣār wa al-ḏabb ʻan awliyā’ Allh al-aḫiyār (al-Qāhira: al-Maktaba al-Tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā - Muṣṭafā Muḥammad, 1356).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad and al-Tirmiḏī, Muḥammad b. ‘Īsā 1319. al-Mawāhib al-laduniyya ʻalā al-Šamā’il al-muḥammadiyya ... wa-bi-hāmišihā matn al-Šamā’il al-maḏkūr (Miṣr: al-Maṭbaʻa al-ʻĀmira al-Šarafiyya, 1319).

al-Nabahānī, Yūsuf b. Ismāʻīl s.a. al-Anwār al-muḥammadiyya min al-Mawāhib al-laduniyya (s.l.: Not given, s.a.).

Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī and Bā Faḍl al-Ḥaḍramī 1338. Šarḥ al-ʻallāma Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad b. Ḥaǧar al-Haytami al-Makkī al-Šāfiʻī ʻalā Muḫtaṣar al-ʻallāma al-faqīh ʻAbd Allāh Bā Faḍl al-Ḥaḍramī ... wa-bi-hāmišihi al-Muḫtaṣar al-maḏkūr (Miṣr: Dār Iḥyā’ al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya, 1338).

Muʻǧam al-šuʻarā’ al-ʻarab 2010. (2010).

Muḥammad Mahdī al-Ḫurasān 2000. Mawsūʻat ʻAbd Allāh b. ʻAbbās (Qum: Sitāra, 2000).

al-Naẓīfī, Muḥammad Fatḥā b. al-Sayyid ʻAbd al-Wāḥid b. Muḥammad al-Tiǧānī 1342. Qaṣīdat al-Yāqūta al-farīda fī uṣūl wa-ādāb wa-manāqib wa-awrād al-ṭarīqa al-Ḫatmiyya al-Aḥmadiyya al-Tiǧāniyya ([Ḥiǧāz]: al-Šabība al-Tiǧaniyya bi-al-Aqṭār al-Ḥiǧāziyya, 1342).

Maḥmūd b. Sulaymān al-Tiǧānī n.d. Ǧilā’ al-fikr fī tarǧamat al-ʻārif billāh sayyidī Aḥmad b. ʻUmar al-Burnawī al-Tiǧānī ([al-Qāhira]: Muṣṭafā al-Babī al-Ḥalabī wa awlādihi bi-Miṣr, ).

Ḥifnī Bey Nāṣif, Muḥammad Bey Diyab, Muḥammad Bey Ṣāliḥ, and Muṣṭafā Tamمūm 1923. Kitāb al-durūs al-naḥwiyya li-talāmīḏ al-madāris al-ibtidā’iyya - al-Kitāb al-ṯāliṯ, ed. Wizārat al-Maʻārif - Šams al-Dīn al-Inbābī (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Amiriyya, 1923).

ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Yūsuf al-Afrīqī 1396. al-Anwār al-Raḥmāniyya li-hidāyat al-firqat al-Tīǧāniyya (Madīna: al-Ǧāmiʻat al-Islāmiyya fī Madīna, 1396).

Ḫadīǧa bt. Aḥmad Fāll b. Muḥammadar b. Aḥmad al-Šinqīṭī 1355. al-Sayf al-yamānī fī al-ḏabb ʻan šayḫinā Aḥmad al-Tiǧānī wa radd hafawāt al-munkir al-ǧānī (al-Qāhira: Dār Ṭibāʻa al-Sāda al-Ašrāf al-Tīǧāniyya - ʻAbd al-Karīm al-ʻAṭṭā al-Tiǧānī, 1355).

al-Ṭaṣfāwī, Muḥammad b. ʻAbd Allāh b. Ḥasanayn 1912. al-Fatḥ al-rabbānī fīmā yaḥtāǧ ilayhi al-murīd al-tiǧānī (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Ǧamāliyya, 1912).

ʻAbd al-Razzāq Nawfal n.d. al-Islām wa al-ʻilm al-ḥadīṯ (al-Faǧǧāla [al-Qāhira]: Maktaba al-Waʻī al-ʻArabī - Dār al-Ǧīl, ).

Daḥlān, Aḥmad b. ʻAbd Allāh n.d. Muḫtaṣar fī maʻrifat al-sinīn wa al-rubʻ muštahar (Makka: Maktabat al-Ṯaqāfa - Maktabat ʻUmar ʻAbd al-Karīm al-Bāẓ, ).

ʻAbd al-Munʻim ʻIwaḍ al-Ǧirǧāwī and Muḥammad Quṭṭa al-ʻAdawī 1914. Šarḥ šawāhid Ibn ʾAqīl ʿalā Alfiyyat Ibn Mālik liʾl-ʿālim… ʿAbd al-Munʿim al-Ǧirǧāwī…  wa bi-hāmišihi Fatḥ al-ǧalīl bi-šarḥ šawāhid Ibn ʿAqīl liʾl-ʿAllāma … Qūṭṭa al-ʿAdawī (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya, 1914).

ʻAlī al-Maḥfūẓ 1958. Hidāyat al-muršidīn ilā ṭuruq al-waʻẓ wa al-ḫiṭāba ([al-Qāhira]: 1958).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. Abī Bakr 1959. al-Ḥāwī li’l-fatāwī fī al-fiqh wa ʻulūm al-tafsīr wa al-ḥadīṯ wa al-uṣūl wa al-naḥw wa al-iʻrāb wa sā’ir al-ʻulūm, ed. Muḥammad Muḥīy al-Dīn ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd (al-Qāhira: al-maktaba al-Tiǧāriyya al-Kubrā - Muṣtafā Muḥammad, 1959).

Vladimir Lenin n.d. The National Liberation Movement in the East.

Ḥusayn b. ʻAbd Allāh Bāsalāma 1969. Ḥayāt Sayyid al-ʻarab wa-ta’rīḫ al-nahḍa al-islāmiyya maʻa al-ʻilm wa-al-madaniyya (1969).

Aḥmad al-Tiǧānī s.a. Aḥzāb wa-awrād [...] Aḥmad al-Tiǧānī, ed. Muḥammad al-Ḥāfiẓ al-Tiǧānī (al-Qāhira: Dār iḥyā’ al-kutub al-ʻarabiyya, s.a.).

al-Barzanǧī, Ǧaʻfar b. Ḥasan n.d. Mawlid šaraf al-ānām (Lucknow (?): ).

Marʻī al-Karmī, b. Yūsuf al-Ḥanbalī 1378. Ġāyat al-muntahā fī al-ǧamʻ bayn al-iqnāʻ wa-al-muntahā (Dimašq: Muḥammad Zuhayr al-Šāwīš, 1378).

Saʻīd Ḥawwā n.d. Allāh ǧalla ǧalāluhu: Dirāsa manhaǧiyya ḥawla al-uṣūl al-ṯalāṯa: Allāh, al-Rasūl, al-Islām (al-Qāhira: Maktaba Wahba, ).

al-Bāǧūrī, Ibrāhīm, al-Aḫḍarī, and Muḥamamd al-Inbābī 1347. Ḥāšiyat ḫātimat al-muḥaqqiqīn ... al-šayḫ Ibrāhīm al-Bāǧūrī ʻalā matn al-Sullam fī fann al-manṭiq li’l-imām al-Aḫḍarī - wa bi-hāmišihā matn al-Sullam al-maḏkūr maʻa taqrīr al-muḥaqqiq ... al-šāyḫ Muḥammad al-Inbābī (al-Qāhira: Muṣṭafā al-Babī al-Ḥalabī wa awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1347).

al-Zurqānī, Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Bāqī, al-Qasṭallānī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr b. ‘Abd al-Malik al-Qutaybī al-Miṣrī Abū al-‘Abbās Šihāb al-Dīn, and Ibn Qayyim al-Ǧawziyya, Muḥammad b. Abī Bakr al-Zarʻī Abū Bakr Šams al-Dīn 1325. Šarḥ al-imām al-ʻallāma Muḥammad Ibn ʻAbd al-Bāqī al-Zurqānī al-Mālikī ʻalā al-Mawāhib al-laduniyya li-al-ʻallāma al-Qasṭallānī. Wa-bi-hāmišihi Kitāb zād al-maʻād fī hady ḫayr al-ʻibād ([al-Qāhira]: [al-Maṭbaʻa al-Azhariyya al-Miṣriyya], 1325).

al-Ḥimṣī, Yāsīn b. Zayn al-Dīn al-Ḥimṣī and al-Fākihī, Šiḥab Aḥmad b. Ǧamāl ʻAbd Allāh b. Aḥmad b. ʻAlī n.d. Ḥāšiyat al-ʻallāma al-Šayḫ Yāsīn ... al-Ḥimṣī ʻalā šarḥ al-Fākihī ʻalā Qaṭr al-nadā - wa bi-hāmišihi šarḥ al-Fākihī al-maḏkūr al-musammā bi-Muǧīb al-nadā ʻalā al-muqaddima al-musammā bi-Ball al-ṣadā (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻArabiyya al-Kubrā - Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa aḫawayhi Bakrī wa ʻĪsā, ).

Muḥammad Asʻad Ṭalas n.d. Ta’rīḫ al-umma al-ʻarabiyya: ʻAṣr al-inbiṯāq (Bayrūt: Maṭbaʻat Dār al-kutub, ).

ʻAbd al-Waṣīf Muḥammad ʻAbd al-Raḥmān n.d. ʻIlm al-manṭiq al-ḥadīṯ wa al-qadīm ʻalā al-niẓām al-ṣaḥīḥ wa al-naẓm al-qawīm ([al-Qāhira]: al-Ǧāmiʻa al-ʻIlmiyya al-Azhariyya, ).

al-Damhanūrī, Aḥmad and al-Aḫḍarī 1324. Īḍāḥ al-mubham min maʻānī al-Sullam fī al-manṭiq - wa yalīhi šarḥ al-ʻallāmā al-Aḫḍarī ʻalā Sullamihi al-maḏkūr (al-Qāhira: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya - Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa aḫawayhi Bakrī wa ʻĪsā, 1324).

al-Barzanǧī, Ǧaʻfar b. Ḥasan, al-Ḫazraǧī, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad, al-Dība’ī , ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. ʻAlī, and al-Būṣīrī, Muḥammad b. Saʻīd 1429. Mawlid al-Barzanǧī: wa-fī awwalihi al-qawl al-wāḍiḥ al-mufīd fī qirā’at al-mawlid fī kull ʻāmm ǧadīd wa-fī ḫitāmihi al-Šāhid al-munǧī li-al-mawlid al-Barzanǧī wa-yaḍummu ayḍan Mawlid šaraf al-anām, Mawlid al-Barzanǧī (naẓman), Qaṣīdat al-Burda, ʻAqīdat al-ʻawāmm, Adʻiya ḫatm al-mawlid, Talqīn al-mayyit, Duʻā’ niṣf Šaʻbān, Mawlid al-Dībaʻī, ed. Bassām Muḥammad Bārūd (Abū Ẓabī: Iṣdārāt al-Sāḥa al-Ḫazraǧiyya, 1429).

Hockey, Thomas; et al., ed., 2007. The Biographical Encyclopedia of Astronomers (New York: Springer, 2007).

al-Taftāzānī, Saʻd al-Dīn 2012. Šarḥ al-Talwīḥ ʻalā al-Tawḍīḥ li-matn al-Tanqīḥ fī uṣūl al-dīn (Bayrūt: Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyya, 2012).

Muḥammad al-Ḥasan b. ʻAlawī b. ʻAbbās al-Mālikī n.d. Huwa Allāh.

Ǧaʻfar al-Subḥānī 1407. al-Wahhābiyya fī al-mīzān (Mu’assasat al-našr al-islāmī al-tābiʻa bi-ǧamāʻat al-mudarrisīn bi-Qum al-mušarrafa, 1407).

Burnett, Bernice 1955. The First Book of Holidays (New York: Franklin Watts, Inc., 1955).

Szumowski, Peggy and Hoffman, Bruce n.d. English for New Ethiopia for Year 1, Semester 2 – Book One.

ʻUmar Abū al-Naṣr n.d. al-Hawā wa-al-šabāb wa-al-ḥaḍāra fī ʻahd al-Rašīd: waṣf al-ḥayāt fī Baġdād ʻāṣimat al-dunyā (Bayrūt: Maktab ʻUmar Abū al-Naṣr, ).

Faraǧ ʻAbd al-Salām al-Sūqī, ʻAbd al-Ǧawād al-Ṭayyib, ʻAlī Ḥasan ʻAṭih (?), and ʻAbd al-Badīʻ Muḥammad Ġurāb 1978. al-Nuṣūṣ li’l-marḥala al-iʻdādiyya (al-Širka al-ʻāmma li-al-našr wa-al-tawzīʻ wa-al-iʻlān, 1978).

Ḫawāǧa Muḥammad Islām n.d. Manẓar al-mawt wa-mā baʻda al-mawt (Lahore: Idārat išāʻat dīniyyāt, ).

al-Azhar: ta’rīḫuhu wa-taṭawwuruhu 1983. (al-Qāhira: al-Širka al-miṣriyya li-al-ṭabāʻa wa-al-našr, 1983).

al-Būnī, Abū al-ʻAbbās Aḥmad b. ʻAlī 1390. Šams al-maʻārif wa-laṭā’if al-ʻawārif (Beirut: al-Maktaba al-Šaʻbiyya, 1390).

ʻAbd al-Ǧalīl b. Muḥammad Ibn ʻAẓẓūm 1386. Tanbīh al-anām (2) fī bayān ʻulūw maqām nabiyyinā Muḥammad ʻalayhi al-ṣalāt wa-al-salām, ed. Ibrāhīm b. Ḥasan al-Inbābī (Addis Ababa: Maṭbaʻat Addīs, 1386).

Ibn Sīnā, al-Ḥusayn b. ʻAbd Allah 1954. al-Šifā’,/al-Manṭiq. 8, al-Ḫaṭāba, eds Salīm, Muḥammad and Madkūr, Ibrāhīm (Cairo: Imprimerie Nationale, 1954).

ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. Muḥammad b. Ismāʻīl b. Nabāta n.d. Ḫuṭab Ibn Nubāta (Singapore: Maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Sulaymān Marʻī, ).

Muḥammad Yūsuf al-Kāndihlawī n.d. Ḥayat al-Ṣaḥāba (Beirut: Dār Ṣaʻb, ).

al-Šaʻrānī, ʻAbd al-Wahhāb b. Aḥmad, al-Suwaydī, ʻIzz al-Dīn Abū Isḥāq Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad, and al-Qalyūbī, Aḥmad b. Aḥmad b. Salāma Šihāb al-Dīn 1356. Muḫtaṣar taḏkirat al-Imām al-Suwaydī fī al-ṭib wa-bi-hāmišihi taḏkirat Šihāb al-Dīn Aḥmad b. Aḥmad b. Salāfa al-Qalyūbī al-Šāfiʻī (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat Mustafā Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1356).

Dāwud b. ʻUmar al-Anṭākī n.d. Taḏkirat ūlī al-albāb wa-al-ǧāmiʻ li-al-ʻaǧab al-ʻuǧāb wa-bi-hāmišihi al-Nuzhat al-mubhiǧa fī tašḥīḏ al-aḏhān wa-taʻdīl al-amziǧa (Cairo: Maktabat wa-maṭbaʻat Muḥammad ʻAlī Sabīḥ wa-awlādihi, ).

Ibn al-ʻArabī, Muḥyī al-Dīn Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad b. ʻAlī b. Muḥammad b. al-ʻArabī al-Ḥātimī al-Ṭā’ī and al-Ḍabbā‘,‘Alī b. Muḥammad b. Ḥasan b. Ibrāhīm ١٣٦٨. Maǧmūʻat sāʻat al-ḫabar, taštamil ʻalā ḥikam al-sabaʻa al-aflāk, wa-maʻrifat asmā’ al-burūḥ wa-maʻrifat manāzil al-qamr, wa-ḥirz sayyidinā Sulaymān b. Dawūd wa-baḫūrāt al-kawākib al-sabaʻa, wa-kaṯīr min al-fawā’id al-mubāraka ma’ḫūḏa ʻan sayyidinā Muḥyī al-Dīn b. al-ʻArabī (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat Mustafā Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-awlādihi bi-Miṣr, ١٣٦٨).

Aḥmad al-Dayrabī and Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad b. Yūsuf al-Sanūsī 1343. Kitāb Muǧarrabāt al-ʻālim al-ʻallāma al-Šayḫ Aḥmad al-Dayrabī al-musammā bi-Fatḥ al-malik al-maǧīd al-mu’allaf li-nafʻ al-ʻabīd ... wa-bi-hāmišihi kitāb Muǧarrabāt al-imām al-Sānūsī (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat Mustafā Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1343).

Naḏīr ad-Durgilī 2004. Die Islamgelehrten Daghestans und ihre arabischen Werke: Naḏīr ad-Durgilīs (st. 1935) Nuzhat al-aḏhān fī tarāǧim ʻulamā’ Dāġistān, eds Kemper, Michael and Šixsaidov, Amri R., Muslim culture in Russia and Central Asia, 4 (Berlin: K. Schwarz, 2004).

Aḥmad b. Aḥmad b. Salāma Šihāb al-Dīn al-Qalyūbī n.d. al-Nawādir (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat Mustafā Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-awlādihi bi-Miṣr, ).

al-Maǧmūʻa al-Tawḥīdiyya (2) n.d. (Cairo: ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd Aḥmad Ḥanafī, ).

‘Abd Allāh al-Bāʻlawī al-Ḥaddād 1357. al-Naṣā’iḥ al-dīniyya wa-al-waṣāya al-īmāniyya wa-bi-hāmishihi Sabīl al-idkār wa-al-iʻtibār bi-mā yamur bi-al-insān wa-yanqaḍī lahu al-aʻmār lil-mu’allif (Cairo: Maṭbaʻat Mustafā Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa-awlādihi bi-Miṣr, 1357).

Veccia Vaglieri, Laura 1925. Apologia dell’Islamismo (Roma: Formiggini, 1925).

al-Ġumārī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. al-Ṣiddīq al-Ḥasanī 1971. Muṭabaqat al-iḫtirāʻāt al-ʻaṣriyya limā aḫbara bihi sayyid al-barriyya (al-Qāhira: Maktabat al-Qāhira - Dār al-Tibāʻa al-Muḥammadiyya, 1971).

al-Sayyid Aḥmad al-Hāšimī 2007. Muḫtār al-aḥādīṯ al-nabawiyya wa al-ḥikam al-muḥammadiyya (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2007).

al-Munāwī, ʻAbd al-Ra’ūf and Ibn Sīnā 1900. Kitāb al-ʻallāma Zayn al-Dīn [...] ʻAbd al-Ra’ūf [...] al-Munāwī ʻalā Qaṣīdat al-nafs li-Ibn Sīnā ([al-Qāhira]: Maṭbaʻat al-Mawsūʻāt, 1900).

Yarshater, Ehsan, ed., 1989. Encyclopaedia Iranica (London - Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1989).

M. ʿAbdur Rabb 1971. The Life, Thought and Historical Importance of Abu Yazid Al­-Bistami (Dacca: 1971).

Ḥasan al-Mašāṭ 1372. al-Ǧawāb al-mubīn fī tanbīh al-muslimīn wa taḥdīrihim min idḫāl awladihim dār al-kāfirīn wa madārs al-maġḍūb ʻalayihim wa lā al-ḍāllīn (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat Miṣr, 1372).

al-Širwānī, ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd, al-Haytamī, Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ibn Ḥaǧar, and al-ʻAbbādī, Aḥmad b. Qāsim 1315. Ḥawāšī ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd al-Širwānī wa-Aḥmad b. Qāsim al-ʻAbbādī ʻalā Tuḥfat al-muḥtāǧ bi-šarḥ al-Minhāǧ li-Ibn Ḥaǧar al-Haytamī ([al-Qāhira]: al-Maṭbaʻa al-Maymaniyya, 1315).

al-Daǧwī, Yūsuf Aḥmad Naṣr 1914. Kitāb sabīl al-saʻāda (al-Qāhira: Maṭbaʻat al-Nahḍa al-Adabiyya, 1914).

al-Kahf wa al-raqīm fī šarḥ fawā’id bismillāh al-Raḥmān al-Raḥīm 1918. (Ḥayderābād: Maṭbaʻāt Dā’irat al-Maʻārif, 1918).

al-Suyūṭī, Ǧalāl al-Dīn 1983. al-Durr al-manṯūr fī al-tafsīr bi’l-ma’ṯūr (Bayrūt: Dār al-Fikr, 1983).

al-Bakrī, Abū al-Ḥasan Aḥmad ʻAbd Allāh 2007. Kitāb al-anwār wa miṣbāḥ al-surūr wa al-afkār (Bayrūt: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmiyya, 2007).

Muḥammad b. Muḥammad b. al-Ḥasan b. ʻAbd Allāh al-Tiǧānī n.d. Itḥaf al-ḫall al-wafī bi-šarḥ alfāẓ al-ḥizb al-sayfī (al-Qāhira: Dār al-Qāhira li’l-Ṭibāʻa wa al-Našr, ).

Ibn Rušd, Muḥammad b. Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Aḥmad al-Qurṭubī 1960. Bidāyat al-muǧtahid wa-nihāyat al-muqtaṣid (Šarika Maktabat wa Maṭbaʻat Muṣṭafā al-Bābī al-Ḥalabī wa Awlādihi bi-Miṣr - Maḥmūd Naṣṣār al-Ḥalabī wa Šurakā’ihi - Ḫulafā’, 1960).